File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp |
Warning: | line 3124, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaDeclAttr.cpp - Declaration Attribute Handling ----------------===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This file implements decl-related attribute processing. | ||||
10 | // | ||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
12 | |||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | ||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | ||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||
21 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||
22 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | ||||
23 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | ||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | ||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||
26 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||
27 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | ||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" | ||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||
32 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||
33 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||
34 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | ||||
37 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | ||||
38 | |||||
39 | using namespace clang; | ||||
40 | using namespace sema; | ||||
41 | |||||
42 | namespace AttributeLangSupport { | ||||
43 | enum LANG { | ||||
44 | C, | ||||
45 | Cpp, | ||||
46 | ObjC | ||||
47 | }; | ||||
48 | } // end namespace AttributeLangSupport | ||||
49 | |||||
50 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
51 | // Helper functions | ||||
52 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
53 | |||||
54 | /// isFunctionOrMethod - Return true if the given decl has function | ||||
55 | /// type (function or function-typed variable) or an Objective-C | ||||
56 | /// method. | ||||
57 | static bool isFunctionOrMethod(const Decl *D) { | ||||
58 | return (D->getFunctionType() != nullptr) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||
59 | } | ||||
60 | |||||
61 | /// Return true if the given decl has function type (function or | ||||
62 | /// function-typed variable) or an Objective-C method or a block. | ||||
63 | static bool isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(const Decl *D) { | ||||
64 | return isFunctionOrMethod(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D); | ||||
65 | } | ||||
66 | |||||
67 | /// Return true if the given decl has a declarator that should have | ||||
68 | /// been processed by Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator. | ||||
69 | static bool hasDeclarator(const Decl *D) { | ||||
70 | // In some sense, TypedefDecl really *ought* to be a DeclaratorDecl. | ||||
71 | return isa<DeclaratorDecl>(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D) || isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D) || | ||||
72 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D); | ||||
73 | } | ||||
74 | |||||
75 | /// hasFunctionProto - Return true if the given decl has a argument | ||||
76 | /// information. This decl should have already passed | ||||
77 | /// isFunctionOrMethod or isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock. | ||||
78 | static bool hasFunctionProto(const Decl *D) { | ||||
79 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||
80 | return isa<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy); | ||||
81 | return isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D); | ||||
82 | } | ||||
83 | |||||
84 | /// getFunctionOrMethodNumParams - Return number of function or method | ||||
85 | /// parameters. It is an error to call this on a K&R function (use | ||||
86 | /// hasFunctionProto first). | ||||
87 | static unsigned getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(const Decl *D) { | ||||
88 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||
89 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->getNumParams(); | ||||
90 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||
91 | return BD->getNumParams(); | ||||
92 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->param_size(); | ||||
93 | } | ||||
94 | |||||
95 | static const ParmVarDecl *getFunctionOrMethodParam(const Decl *D, | ||||
96 | unsigned Idx) { | ||||
97 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||
98 | return FD->getParamDecl(Idx); | ||||
99 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
100 | return MD->getParamDecl(Idx); | ||||
101 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||
102 | return BD->getParamDecl(Idx); | ||||
103 | return nullptr; | ||||
104 | } | ||||
105 | |||||
106 | static QualType getFunctionOrMethodParamType(const Decl *D, unsigned Idx) { | ||||
107 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||
108 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->getParamType(Idx); | ||||
109 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||
110 | return BD->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | ||||
111 | |||||
112 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->parameters()[Idx]->getType(); | ||||
113 | } | ||||
114 | |||||
115 | static SourceRange getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(const Decl *D, unsigned Idx) { | ||||
116 | if (auto *PVD = getFunctionOrMethodParam(D, Idx)) | ||||
117 | return PVD->getSourceRange(); | ||||
118 | return SourceRange(); | ||||
119 | } | ||||
120 | |||||
121 | static QualType getFunctionOrMethodResultType(const Decl *D) { | ||||
122 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||
123 | return FnTy->getReturnType(); | ||||
124 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getReturnType(); | ||||
125 | } | ||||
126 | |||||
127 | static SourceRange getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(const Decl *D) { | ||||
128 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||
129 | return FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
130 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
131 | return MD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
132 | return SourceRange(); | ||||
133 | } | ||||
134 | |||||
135 | static bool isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(const Decl *D) { | ||||
136 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | ||||
137 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->isVariadic(); | ||||
138 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||
139 | return BD->isVariadic(); | ||||
140 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isVariadic(); | ||||
141 | } | ||||
142 | |||||
143 | static bool isInstanceMethod(const Decl *D) { | ||||
144 | if (const auto *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
145 | return MethodDecl->isInstance(); | ||||
146 | return false; | ||||
147 | } | ||||
148 | |||||
149 | static inline bool isNSStringType(QualType T, ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||
150 | const auto *PT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
151 | if (!PT) | ||||
152 | return false; | ||||
153 | |||||
154 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Cls = PT->getObjectType()->getInterface(); | ||||
155 | if (!Cls) | ||||
156 | return false; | ||||
157 | |||||
158 | IdentifierInfo* ClsName = Cls->getIdentifier(); | ||||
159 | |||||
160 | // FIXME: Should we walk the chain of classes? | ||||
161 | return ClsName == &Ctx.Idents.get("NSString") || | ||||
162 | ClsName == &Ctx.Idents.get("NSMutableString"); | ||||
163 | } | ||||
164 | |||||
165 | static inline bool isCFStringType(QualType T, ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||
166 | const auto *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
167 | if (!PT) | ||||
168 | return false; | ||||
169 | |||||
170 | const auto *RT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
171 | if (!RT) | ||||
172 | return false; | ||||
173 | |||||
174 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | ||||
175 | if (RD->getTagKind() != TTK_Struct) | ||||
176 | return false; | ||||
177 | |||||
178 | return RD->getIdentifier() == &Ctx.Idents.get("__CFString"); | ||||
179 | } | ||||
180 | |||||
181 | static unsigned getNumAttributeArgs(const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
182 | // FIXME: Include the type in the argument list. | ||||
183 | return AL.getNumArgs() + AL.hasParsedType(); | ||||
184 | } | ||||
185 | |||||
186 | template <typename Compare> | ||||
187 | static bool checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
188 | unsigned Num, unsigned Diag, | ||||
189 | Compare Comp) { | ||||
190 | if (Comp(getNumAttributeArgs(AL), Num)) { | ||||
191 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), Diag) << AL << Num; | ||||
192 | return false; | ||||
193 | } | ||||
194 | |||||
195 | return true; | ||||
196 | } | ||||
197 | |||||
198 | /// Check if the attribute has exactly as many args as Num. May | ||||
199 | /// output an error. | ||||
200 | static bool checkAttributeNumArgs(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, unsigned Num) { | ||||
201 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, AL, Num, | ||||
202 | diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments, | ||||
203 | std::not_equal_to<unsigned>()); | ||||
204 | } | ||||
205 | |||||
206 | /// Check if the attribute has at least as many args as Num. May | ||||
207 | /// output an error. | ||||
208 | static bool checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
209 | unsigned Num) { | ||||
210 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, AL, Num, | ||||
211 | diag::err_attribute_too_few_arguments, | ||||
212 | std::less<unsigned>()); | ||||
213 | } | ||||
214 | |||||
215 | /// Check if the attribute has at most as many args as Num. May | ||||
216 | /// output an error. | ||||
217 | static bool checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(Sema &S, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
218 | unsigned Num) { | ||||
219 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, AL, Num, | ||||
220 | diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments, | ||||
221 | std::greater<unsigned>()); | ||||
222 | } | ||||
223 | |||||
224 | /// A helper function to provide Attribute Location for the Attr types | ||||
225 | /// AND the ParsedAttr. | ||||
226 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||
227 | static typename std::enable_if<std::is_base_of<Attr, AttrInfo>::value, | ||||
228 | SourceLocation>::type | ||||
229 | getAttrLoc(const AttrInfo &AL) { | ||||
230 | return AL.getLocation(); | ||||
231 | } | ||||
232 | static SourceLocation getAttrLoc(const ParsedAttr &AL) { return AL.getLoc(); } | ||||
233 | |||||
234 | /// If Expr is a valid integer constant, get the value of the integer | ||||
235 | /// expression and return success or failure. May output an error. | ||||
236 | /// | ||||
237 | /// Negative argument is implicitly converted to unsigned, unless | ||||
238 | /// \p StrictlyUnsigned is true. | ||||
239 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||
240 | static bool checkUInt32Argument(Sema &S, const AttrInfo &AI, const Expr *Expr, | ||||
241 | uint32_t &Val, unsigned Idx = UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U), | ||||
242 | bool StrictlyUnsigned = false) { | ||||
243 | llvm::APSInt I(32); | ||||
244 | if (Expr->isTypeDependent() || Expr->isValueDependent() || | ||||
245 | !Expr->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, S.Context)) { | ||||
246 | if (Idx != UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)) | ||||
247 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
248 | << &AI << Idx << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||
249 | << Expr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
250 | else | ||||
251 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
252 | << &AI << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << Expr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
253 | return false; | ||||
254 | } | ||||
255 | |||||
256 | if (!I.isIntN(32)) { | ||||
257 | S.Diag(Expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) | ||||
258 | << I.toString(10, false) << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||
259 | return false; | ||||
260 | } | ||||
261 | |||||
262 | if (StrictlyUnsigned && I.isSigned() && I.isNegative()) { | ||||
263 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_requires_positive_integer) | ||||
264 | << &AI << /*non-negative*/ 1; | ||||
265 | return false; | ||||
266 | } | ||||
267 | |||||
268 | Val = (uint32_t)I.getZExtValue(); | ||||
269 | return true; | ||||
270 | } | ||||
271 | |||||
272 | /// Wrapper around checkUInt32Argument, with an extra check to be sure | ||||
273 | /// that the result will fit into a regular (signed) int. All args have the same | ||||
274 | /// purpose as they do in checkUInt32Argument. | ||||
275 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||
276 | static bool checkPositiveIntArgument(Sema &S, const AttrInfo &AI, const Expr *Expr, | ||||
277 | int &Val, unsigned Idx = UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)) { | ||||
278 | uint32_t UVal; | ||||
279 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AI, Expr, UVal, Idx)) | ||||
280 | return false; | ||||
281 | |||||
282 | if (UVal > (uint32_t)std::numeric_limits<int>::max()) { | ||||
283 | llvm::APSInt I(32); // for toString | ||||
284 | I = UVal; | ||||
285 | S.Diag(Expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) | ||||
286 | << I.toString(10, false) << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 0; | ||||
287 | return false; | ||||
288 | } | ||||
289 | |||||
290 | Val = UVal; | ||||
291 | return true; | ||||
292 | } | ||||
293 | |||||
294 | /// Diagnose mutually exclusive attributes when present on a given | ||||
295 | /// declaration. Returns true if diagnosed. | ||||
296 | template <typename AttrTy> | ||||
297 | static bool checkAttrMutualExclusion(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
298 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { | ||||
299 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) << AL << A; | ||||
300 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
301 | return true; | ||||
302 | } | ||||
303 | return false; | ||||
304 | } | ||||
305 | |||||
306 | template <typename AttrTy> | ||||
307 | static bool checkAttrMutualExclusion(Sema &S, Decl *D, const Attr &AL) { | ||||
308 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { | ||||
309 | S.Diag(AL.getLocation(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) << &AL | ||||
310 | << A; | ||||
311 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
312 | return true; | ||||
313 | } | ||||
314 | return false; | ||||
315 | } | ||||
316 | |||||
317 | /// Check if IdxExpr is a valid parameter index for a function or | ||||
318 | /// instance method D. May output an error. | ||||
319 | /// | ||||
320 | /// \returns true if IdxExpr is a valid index. | ||||
321 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||
322 | static bool checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex( | ||||
323 | Sema &S, const Decl *D, const AttrInfo &AI, unsigned AttrArgNum, | ||||
324 | const Expr *IdxExpr, ParamIdx &Idx, bool CanIndexImplicitThis = false) { | ||||
325 | assert(isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D))((isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
326 | |||||
327 | // In C++ the implicit 'this' function parameter also counts. | ||||
328 | // Parameters are counted from one. | ||||
329 | bool HP = hasFunctionProto(D); | ||||
330 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | ||||
331 | bool IV = HP
| ||||
332 | unsigned NumParams = | ||||
333 | (HP
| ||||
334 | |||||
335 | llvm::APSInt IdxInt; | ||||
336 | if (IdxExpr->isTypeDependent() || IdxExpr->isValueDependent() || | ||||
337 | !IdxExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(IdxInt, S.Context)) { | ||||
338 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
339 | << &AI << AttrArgNum << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||
340 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
341 | return false; | ||||
342 | } | ||||
343 | |||||
344 | unsigned IdxSource = IdxInt.getLimitedValue(UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)); | ||||
345 | if (IdxSource < 1 || (!IV && IdxSource > NumParams)) { | ||||
346 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||
347 | << &AI << AttrArgNum << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
348 | return false; | ||||
349 | } | ||||
350 | if (HasImplicitThisParam
| ||||
351 | if (IdxSource == 1) { | ||||
352 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(AI), diag::err_attribute_invalid_implicit_this_argument) | ||||
353 | << &AI << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
354 | return false; | ||||
355 | } | ||||
356 | } | ||||
357 | |||||
358 | Idx = ParamIdx(IdxSource, D); | ||||
359 | return true; | ||||
360 | } | ||||
361 | |||||
362 | /// Check if the argument \p ArgNum of \p Attr is a ASCII string literal. | ||||
363 | /// If not emit an error and return false. If the argument is an identifier it | ||||
364 | /// will emit an error with a fixit hint and treat it as if it was a string | ||||
365 | /// literal. | ||||
366 | bool Sema::checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &AL, unsigned ArgNum, | ||||
367 | StringRef &Str, | ||||
368 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation) { | ||||
369 | // Look for identifiers. If we have one emit a hint to fix it to a literal. | ||||
370 | if (AL.isArgIdent(ArgNum)) { | ||||
371 | IdentifierLoc *Loc = AL.getArgAsIdent(ArgNum); | ||||
372 | Diag(Loc->Loc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
373 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentString | ||||
374 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc->Loc, "\"") | ||||
375 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(Loc->Loc), "\""); | ||||
376 | Str = Loc->Ident->getName(); | ||||
377 | if (ArgLocation) | ||||
378 | *ArgLocation = Loc->Loc; | ||||
379 | return true; | ||||
380 | } | ||||
381 | |||||
382 | // Now check for an actual string literal. | ||||
383 | Expr *ArgExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(ArgNum); | ||||
384 | const auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()); | ||||
385 | if (ArgLocation) | ||||
386 | *ArgLocation = ArgExpr->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
387 | |||||
388 | if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { | ||||
389 | Diag(ArgExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
390 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentString; | ||||
391 | return false; | ||||
392 | } | ||||
393 | |||||
394 | Str = Literal->getString(); | ||||
395 | return true; | ||||
396 | } | ||||
397 | |||||
398 | /// Applies the given attribute to the Decl without performing any | ||||
399 | /// additional semantic checking. | ||||
400 | template <typename AttrType> | ||||
401 | static void handleSimpleAttribute(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
402 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||
403 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AttrType(S.Context, CI)); | ||||
404 | } | ||||
405 | |||||
406 | template <typename... DiagnosticArgs> | ||||
407 | static const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder& | ||||
408 | appendDiagnostics(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Bldr) { | ||||
409 | return Bldr; | ||||
410 | } | ||||
411 | |||||
412 | template <typename T, typename... DiagnosticArgs> | ||||
413 | static const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder& | ||||
414 | appendDiagnostics(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Bldr, T &&ExtraArg, | ||||
415 | DiagnosticArgs &&... ExtraArgs) { | ||||
416 | return appendDiagnostics(Bldr << std::forward<T>(ExtraArg), | ||||
417 | std::forward<DiagnosticArgs>(ExtraArgs)...); | ||||
418 | } | ||||
419 | |||||
420 | /// Add an attribute {@code AttrType} to declaration {@code D}, provided that | ||||
421 | /// {@code PassesCheck} is true. | ||||
422 | /// Otherwise, emit diagnostic {@code DiagID}, passing in all parameters | ||||
423 | /// specified in {@code ExtraArgs}. | ||||
424 | template <typename AttrType, typename... DiagnosticArgs> | ||||
425 | static void handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
426 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
427 | bool PassesCheck, unsigned DiagID, | ||||
428 | DiagnosticArgs &&... ExtraArgs) { | ||||
429 | if (!PassesCheck) { | ||||
430 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder DB = S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), DiagID); | ||||
431 | appendDiagnostics(DB, std::forward<DiagnosticArgs>(ExtraArgs)...); | ||||
432 | return; | ||||
433 | } | ||||
434 | handleSimpleAttribute<AttrType>(S, D, CI); | ||||
435 | } | ||||
436 | |||||
437 | template <typename AttrType> | ||||
438 | static void handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
439 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
440 | handleSimpleAttribute<AttrType>(S, D, AL); | ||||
441 | } | ||||
442 | |||||
443 | /// Applies the given attribute to the Decl so long as the Decl doesn't | ||||
444 | /// already have one of the given incompatible attributes. | ||||
445 | template <typename AttrType, typename IncompatibleAttrType, | ||||
446 | typename... IncompatibleAttrTypes> | ||||
447 | static void handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
448 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
449 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<IncompatibleAttrType>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
450 | return; | ||||
451 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<AttrType, IncompatibleAttrTypes...>(S, D, | ||||
452 | AL); | ||||
453 | } | ||||
454 | |||||
455 | /// Check if the passed-in expression is of type int or bool. | ||||
456 | static bool isIntOrBool(Expr *Exp) { | ||||
457 | QualType QT = Exp->getType(); | ||||
458 | return QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isIntegerType(); | ||||
459 | } | ||||
460 | |||||
461 | |||||
462 | // Check to see if the type is a smart pointer of some kind. We assume | ||||
463 | // it's a smart pointer if it defines both operator-> and operator*. | ||||
464 | static bool threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(Sema &S, const RecordType* RT) { | ||||
465 | auto IsOverloadedOperatorPresent = [&S](const RecordDecl *Record, | ||||
466 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
467 | DeclContextLookupResult Result = | ||||
468 | Record->lookup(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op)); | ||||
469 | return !Result.empty(); | ||||
470 | }; | ||||
471 | |||||
472 | const RecordDecl *Record = RT->getDecl(); | ||||
473 | bool foundStarOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent(Record, OO_Star); | ||||
474 | bool foundArrowOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent(Record, OO_Arrow); | ||||
475 | if (foundStarOperator && foundArrowOperator) | ||||
476 | return true; | ||||
477 | |||||
478 | const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); | ||||
479 | if (!CXXRecord) | ||||
480 | return false; | ||||
481 | |||||
482 | for (auto BaseSpecifier : CXXRecord->bases()) { | ||||
483 | if (!foundStarOperator) | ||||
484 | foundStarOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent( | ||||
485 | BaseSpecifier.getType()->getAsRecordDecl(), OO_Star); | ||||
486 | if (!foundArrowOperator) | ||||
487 | foundArrowOperator = IsOverloadedOperatorPresent( | ||||
488 | BaseSpecifier.getType()->getAsRecordDecl(), OO_Arrow); | ||||
489 | } | ||||
490 | |||||
491 | if (foundStarOperator && foundArrowOperator) | ||||
492 | return true; | ||||
493 | |||||
494 | return false; | ||||
495 | } | ||||
496 | |||||
497 | /// Check if passed in Decl is a pointer type. | ||||
498 | /// Note that this function may produce an error message. | ||||
499 | /// \return true if the Decl is a pointer type; false otherwise | ||||
500 | static bool threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(Sema &S, const Decl *D, | ||||
501 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
502 | const auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
503 | QualType QT = VD->getType(); | ||||
504 | if (QT->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||
505 | return true; | ||||
506 | |||||
507 | if (const auto *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
508 | // If it's an incomplete type, it could be a smart pointer; skip it. | ||||
509 | // (We don't want to force template instantiation if we can avoid it, | ||||
510 | // since that would alter the order in which templates are instantiated.) | ||||
511 | if (RT->isIncompleteType()) | ||||
512 | return true; | ||||
513 | |||||
514 | if (threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(S, RT)) | ||||
515 | return true; | ||||
516 | } | ||||
517 | |||||
518 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_pointer) << AL << QT; | ||||
519 | return false; | ||||
520 | } | ||||
521 | |||||
522 | /// Checks that the passed in QualType either is of RecordType or points | ||||
523 | /// to RecordType. Returns the relevant RecordType, null if it does not exit. | ||||
524 | static const RecordType *getRecordType(QualType QT) { | ||||
525 | if (const auto *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||
526 | return RT; | ||||
527 | |||||
528 | // Now check if we point to record type. | ||||
529 | if (const auto *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
530 | return PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
531 | |||||
532 | return nullptr; | ||||
533 | } | ||||
534 | |||||
535 | template <typename AttrType> | ||||
536 | static bool checkRecordDeclForAttr(const RecordDecl *RD) { | ||||
537 | // Check if the record itself has the attribute. | ||||
538 | if (RD->hasAttr<AttrType>()) | ||||
539 | return true; | ||||
540 | |||||
541 | // Else check if any base classes have the attribute. | ||||
542 | if (const auto *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | ||||
543 | CXXBasePaths BPaths(false, false); | ||||
544 | if (CRD->lookupInBases( | ||||
545 | [](const CXXBaseSpecifier *BS, CXXBasePath &) { | ||||
546 | const auto &Ty = *BS->getType(); | ||||
547 | // If it's type-dependent, we assume it could have the attribute. | ||||
548 | if (Ty.isDependentType()) | ||||
549 | return true; | ||||
550 | return Ty.getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasAttr<AttrType>(); | ||||
551 | }, | ||||
552 | BPaths, true)) | ||||
553 | return true; | ||||
554 | } | ||||
555 | return false; | ||||
556 | } | ||||
557 | |||||
558 | static bool checkRecordTypeForCapability(Sema &S, QualType Ty) { | ||||
559 | const RecordType *RT = getRecordType(Ty); | ||||
560 | |||||
561 | if (!RT) | ||||
562 | return false; | ||||
563 | |||||
564 | // Don't check for the capability if the class hasn't been defined yet. | ||||
565 | if (RT->isIncompleteType()) | ||||
566 | return true; | ||||
567 | |||||
568 | // Allow smart pointers to be used as capability objects. | ||||
569 | // FIXME -- Check the type that the smart pointer points to. | ||||
570 | if (threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(S, RT)) | ||||
571 | return true; | ||||
572 | |||||
573 | return checkRecordDeclForAttr<CapabilityAttr>(RT->getDecl()); | ||||
574 | } | ||||
575 | |||||
576 | static bool checkTypedefTypeForCapability(QualType Ty) { | ||||
577 | const auto *TD = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>(); | ||||
578 | if (!TD) | ||||
579 | return false; | ||||
580 | |||||
581 | TypedefNameDecl *TN = TD->getDecl(); | ||||
582 | if (!TN) | ||||
583 | return false; | ||||
584 | |||||
585 | return TN->hasAttr<CapabilityAttr>(); | ||||
586 | } | ||||
587 | |||||
588 | static bool typeHasCapability(Sema &S, QualType Ty) { | ||||
589 | if (checkTypedefTypeForCapability(Ty)) | ||||
590 | return true; | ||||
591 | |||||
592 | if (checkRecordTypeForCapability(S, Ty)) | ||||
593 | return true; | ||||
594 | |||||
595 | return false; | ||||
596 | } | ||||
597 | |||||
598 | static bool isCapabilityExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Ex) { | ||||
599 | // Capability expressions are simple expressions involving the boolean logic | ||||
600 | // operators &&, || or !, a simple DeclRefExpr, CastExpr or a ParenExpr. Once | ||||
601 | // a DeclRefExpr is found, its type should be checked to determine whether it | ||||
602 | // is a capability or not. | ||||
603 | |||||
604 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Ex)) | ||||
605 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
606 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(Ex)) | ||||
607 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
608 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Ex)) { | ||||
609 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_LNot || E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || | ||||
610 | E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | ||||
611 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
612 | return false; | ||||
613 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex)) { | ||||
614 | if (E->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) | ||||
615 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getLHS()) && | ||||
616 | isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getRHS()); | ||||
617 | return false; | ||||
618 | } | ||||
619 | |||||
620 | return typeHasCapability(S, Ex->getType()); | ||||
621 | } | ||||
622 | |||||
623 | /// Checks that all attribute arguments, starting from Sidx, resolve to | ||||
624 | /// a capability object. | ||||
625 | /// \param Sidx The attribute argument index to start checking with. | ||||
626 | /// \param ParamIdxOk Whether an argument can be indexing into a function | ||||
627 | /// parameter list. | ||||
628 | static void checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
629 | const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
630 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, | ||||
631 | unsigned Sidx = 0, | ||||
632 | bool ParamIdxOk = false) { | ||||
633 | if (Sidx == AL.getNumArgs()) { | ||||
634 | // If we don't have any capability arguments, the attribute implicitly | ||||
635 | // refers to 'this'. So we need to make sure that 'this' exists, i.e. we're | ||||
636 | // a non-static method, and that the class is a (scoped) capability. | ||||
637 | const auto *MD = dyn_cast<const CXXMethodDecl>(D); | ||||
638 | if (MD && !MD->isStatic()) { | ||||
639 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); | ||||
640 | // FIXME -- need to check this again on template instantiation | ||||
641 | if (!checkRecordDeclForAttr<CapabilityAttr>(RD) && | ||||
642 | !checkRecordDeclForAttr<ScopedLockableAttr>(RD)) | ||||
643 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
644 | diag::warn_thread_attribute_not_on_capability_member) | ||||
645 | << AL << MD->getParent(); | ||||
646 | } else { | ||||
647 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_not_on_non_static_member) | ||||
648 | << AL; | ||||
649 | } | ||||
650 | } | ||||
651 | |||||
652 | for (unsigned Idx = Sidx; Idx < AL.getNumArgs(); ++Idx) { | ||||
653 | Expr *ArgExp = AL.getArgAsExpr(Idx); | ||||
654 | |||||
655 | if (ArgExp->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
656 | // FIXME -- need to check this again on template instantiation | ||||
657 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||
658 | continue; | ||||
659 | } | ||||
660 | |||||
661 | if (const auto *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(ArgExp)) { | ||||
662 | if (StrLit->getLength() == 0 || | ||||
663 | (StrLit->isAscii() && StrLit->getString() == StringRef("*"))) { | ||||
664 | // Pass empty strings to the analyzer without warnings. | ||||
665 | // Treat "*" as the universal lock. | ||||
666 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||
667 | continue; | ||||
668 | } | ||||
669 | |||||
670 | // We allow constant strings to be used as a placeholder for expressions | ||||
671 | // that are not valid C++ syntax, but warn that they are ignored. | ||||
672 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||
673 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||
674 | continue; | ||||
675 | } | ||||
676 | |||||
677 | QualType ArgTy = ArgExp->getType(); | ||||
678 | |||||
679 | // A pointer to member expression of the form &MyClass::mu is treated | ||||
680 | // specially -- we need to look at the type of the member. | ||||
681 | if (const auto *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(ArgExp)) | ||||
682 | if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) | ||||
683 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UOp->getSubExpr())) | ||||
684 | if (DRE->getDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember()) | ||||
685 | ArgTy = DRE->getDecl()->getType(); | ||||
686 | |||||
687 | // First see if we can just cast to record type, or pointer to record type. | ||||
688 | const RecordType *RT = getRecordType(ArgTy); | ||||
689 | |||||
690 | // Now check if we index into a record type function param. | ||||
691 | if(!RT && ParamIdxOk) { | ||||
692 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
693 | const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(ArgExp); | ||||
694 | if(FD && IL) { | ||||
695 | unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); | ||||
696 | llvm::APInt ArgValue = IL->getValue(); | ||||
697 | uint64_t ParamIdxFromOne = ArgValue.getZExtValue(); | ||||
698 | uint64_t ParamIdxFromZero = ParamIdxFromOne - 1; | ||||
699 | if (!ArgValue.isStrictlyPositive() || ParamIdxFromOne > NumParams) { | ||||
700 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
701 | diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds_extra_info) | ||||
702 | << AL << Idx + 1 << NumParams; | ||||
703 | continue; | ||||
704 | } | ||||
705 | ArgTy = FD->getParamDecl(ParamIdxFromZero)->getType(); | ||||
706 | } | ||||
707 | } | ||||
708 | |||||
709 | // If the type does not have a capability, see if the components of the | ||||
710 | // expression have capabilities. This allows for writing C code where the | ||||
711 | // capability may be on the type, and the expression is a capability | ||||
712 | // boolean logic expression. Eg) requires_capability(A || B && !C) | ||||
713 | if (!typeHasCapability(S, ArgTy) && !isCapabilityExpr(S, ArgExp)) | ||||
714 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_argument_not_lockable) | ||||
715 | << AL << ArgTy; | ||||
716 | |||||
717 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | ||||
718 | } | ||||
719 | } | ||||
720 | |||||
721 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
722 | // Attribute Implementations | ||||
723 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
724 | |||||
725 | static void handlePtGuardedVarAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
726 | if (!threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(S, D, AL)) | ||||
727 | return; | ||||
728 | |||||
729 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PtGuardedVarAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
730 | } | ||||
731 | |||||
732 | static bool checkGuardedByAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
733 | Expr *&Arg) { | ||||
734 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||
735 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||
736 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||
737 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||
738 | if (Size != 1) | ||||
739 | return false; | ||||
740 | |||||
741 | Arg = Args[0]; | ||||
742 | |||||
743 | return true; | ||||
744 | } | ||||
745 | |||||
746 | static void handleGuardedByAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
747 | Expr *Arg = nullptr; | ||||
748 | if (!checkGuardedByAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Arg)) | ||||
749 | return; | ||||
750 | |||||
751 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) GuardedByAttr(S.Context, AL, Arg)); | ||||
752 | } | ||||
753 | |||||
754 | static void handlePtGuardedByAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
755 | Expr *Arg = nullptr; | ||||
756 | if (!checkGuardedByAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Arg)) | ||||
757 | return; | ||||
758 | |||||
759 | if (!threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(S, D, AL)) | ||||
760 | return; | ||||
761 | |||||
762 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PtGuardedByAttr(S.Context, AL, Arg)); | ||||
763 | } | ||||
764 | |||||
765 | static bool checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
766 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | ||||
767 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
768 | return false; | ||||
769 | |||||
770 | // Check that this attribute only applies to lockable types. | ||||
771 | QualType QT = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
772 | if (!QT->isDependentType() && !typeHasCapability(S, QT)) { | ||||
773 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_lockable) << AL; | ||||
774 | return false; | ||||
775 | } | ||||
776 | |||||
777 | // Check that all arguments are lockable objects. | ||||
778 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||
779 | if (Args.empty()) | ||||
780 | return false; | ||||
781 | |||||
782 | return true; | ||||
783 | } | ||||
784 | |||||
785 | static void handleAcquiredAfterAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
786 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||
787 | if (!checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
788 | return; | ||||
789 | |||||
790 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | ||||
791 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
792 | AcquiredAfterAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Args.size())); | ||||
793 | } | ||||
794 | |||||
795 | static void handleAcquiredBeforeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
796 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||
797 | if (!checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
798 | return; | ||||
799 | |||||
800 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | ||||
801 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
802 | AcquiredBeforeAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Args.size())); | ||||
803 | } | ||||
804 | |||||
805 | static bool checkLockFunAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
806 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | ||||
807 | // zero or more arguments ok | ||||
808 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||
809 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args, 0, /*ParamIdxOk=*/true); | ||||
810 | |||||
811 | return true; | ||||
812 | } | ||||
813 | |||||
814 | static void handleAssertSharedLockAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
815 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||
816 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
817 | return; | ||||
818 | |||||
819 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||
820 | Expr **StartArg = Size == 0 ? nullptr : &Args[0]; | ||||
821 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
822 | AssertSharedLockAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Size)); | ||||
823 | } | ||||
824 | |||||
825 | static void handleAssertExclusiveLockAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
826 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
827 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||
828 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
829 | return; | ||||
830 | |||||
831 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||
832 | Expr **StartArg = Size == 0 ? nullptr : &Args[0]; | ||||
833 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
834 | AssertExclusiveLockAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Size)); | ||||
835 | } | ||||
836 | |||||
837 | /// Checks to be sure that the given parameter number is in bounds, and | ||||
838 | /// is an integral type. Will emit appropriate diagnostics if this returns | ||||
839 | /// false. | ||||
840 | /// | ||||
841 | /// AttrArgNo is used to actually retrieve the argument, so it's base-0. | ||||
842 | template <typename AttrInfo> | ||||
843 | static bool checkParamIsIntegerType(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||
844 | const AttrInfo &AI, unsigned AttrArgNo) { | ||||
845 | assert(AI.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && "Expected expression argument")((AI.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && "Expected expression argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AI.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && \"Expected expression argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 845, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
846 | Expr *AttrArg = AI.getArgAsExpr(AttrArgNo); | ||||
847 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||
848 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, FD, AI, AttrArgNo + 1, AttrArg, | ||||
849 | Idx)) | ||||
850 | return false; | ||||
851 | |||||
852 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||
853 | if (!Param->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Param->getType()->isCharType()) { | ||||
854 | SourceLocation SrcLoc = AttrArg->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
855 | S.Diag(SrcLoc, diag::err_attribute_integers_only) | ||||
856 | << AI << Param->getSourceRange(); | ||||
857 | return false; | ||||
858 | } | ||||
859 | return true; | ||||
860 | } | ||||
861 | |||||
862 | static void handleAllocSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
863 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1) || | ||||
864 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 2)) | ||||
865 | return; | ||||
866 | |||||
867 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
868 | if (!FD->getReturnType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||
869 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) << AL; | ||||
870 | return; | ||||
871 | } | ||||
872 | |||||
873 | const Expr *SizeExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
874 | int SizeArgNoVal; | ||||
875 | // Parameter indices are 1-indexed, hence Index=1 | ||||
876 | if (!checkPositiveIntArgument(S, AL, SizeExpr, SizeArgNoVal, /*Idx=*/1)) | ||||
877 | return; | ||||
878 | if (!checkParamIsIntegerType(S, FD, AL, /*AttrArgNo=*/0)) | ||||
879 | return; | ||||
880 | ParamIdx SizeArgNo(SizeArgNoVal, D); | ||||
881 | |||||
882 | ParamIdx NumberArgNo; | ||||
883 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 2) { | ||||
884 | const Expr *NumberExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||
885 | int Val; | ||||
886 | // Parameter indices are 1-based, hence Index=2 | ||||
887 | if (!checkPositiveIntArgument(S, AL, NumberExpr, Val, /*Idx=*/2)) | ||||
888 | return; | ||||
889 | if (!checkParamIsIntegerType(S, FD, AL, /*AttrArgNo=*/1)) | ||||
890 | return; | ||||
891 | NumberArgNo = ParamIdx(Val, D); | ||||
892 | } | ||||
893 | |||||
894 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
895 | AllocSizeAttr(S.Context, AL, SizeArgNo, NumberArgNo)); | ||||
896 | } | ||||
897 | |||||
898 | static bool checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
899 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | ||||
900 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
901 | return false; | ||||
902 | |||||
903 | if (!isIntOrBool(AL.getArgAsExpr(0))) { | ||||
904 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
905 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntOrBool; | ||||
906 | return false; | ||||
907 | } | ||||
908 | |||||
909 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||
910 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args, 1); | ||||
911 | |||||
912 | return true; | ||||
913 | } | ||||
914 | |||||
915 | static void handleSharedTrylockFunctionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
916 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
917 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | ||||
918 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
919 | return; | ||||
920 | |||||
921 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SharedTrylockFunctionAttr( | ||||
922 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||
923 | } | ||||
924 | |||||
925 | static void handleExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
926 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
927 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | ||||
928 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
929 | return; | ||||
930 | |||||
931 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr( | ||||
932 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||
933 | } | ||||
934 | |||||
935 | static void handleLockReturnedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
936 | // check that the argument is lockable object | ||||
937 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||
938 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||
939 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||
940 | if (Size == 0) | ||||
941 | return; | ||||
942 | |||||
943 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) LockReturnedAttr(S.Context, AL, Args[0])); | ||||
944 | } | ||||
945 | |||||
946 | static void handleLocksExcludedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
947 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
948 | return; | ||||
949 | |||||
950 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||
951 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||
952 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||
953 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | ||||
954 | if (Size == 0) | ||||
955 | return; | ||||
956 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | ||||
957 | |||||
958 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
959 | LocksExcludedAttr(S.Context, AL, StartArg, Size)); | ||||
960 | } | ||||
961 | |||||
962 | static bool checkFunctionConditionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
963 | Expr *&Cond, StringRef &Msg) { | ||||
964 | Cond = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
965 | if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
966 | ExprResult Converted = S.PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Cond); | ||||
967 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) | ||||
968 | return false; | ||||
969 | Cond = Converted.get(); | ||||
970 | } | ||||
971 | |||||
972 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 1, Msg)) | ||||
973 | return false; | ||||
974 | |||||
975 | if (Msg.empty()) | ||||
976 | Msg = "<no message provided>"; | ||||
977 | |||||
978 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diags; | ||||
979 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !Cond->isValueDependent() && | ||||
980 | !Expr::isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Cond, cast<FunctionDecl>(D), | ||||
981 | Diags)) { | ||||
982 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attr_cond_never_constant_expr) << AL; | ||||
983 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &PDiag : Diags) | ||||
984 | S.Diag(PDiag.first, PDiag.second); | ||||
985 | return false; | ||||
986 | } | ||||
987 | return true; | ||||
988 | } | ||||
989 | |||||
990 | static void handleEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
991 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_clang_enable_if); | ||||
992 | |||||
993 | Expr *Cond; | ||||
994 | StringRef Msg; | ||||
995 | if (checkFunctionConditionAttr(S, D, AL, Cond, Msg)) | ||||
996 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) EnableIfAttr(S.Context, AL, Cond, Msg)); | ||||
997 | } | ||||
998 | |||||
999 | namespace { | ||||
1000 | /// Determines if a given Expr references any of the given function's | ||||
1001 | /// ParmVarDecls, or the function's implicit `this` parameter (if applicable). | ||||
1002 | class ArgumentDependenceChecker | ||||
1003 | : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ArgumentDependenceChecker> { | ||||
1004 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
1005 | const CXXRecordDecl *ClassType; | ||||
1006 | #endif | ||||
1007 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const ParmVarDecl *, 16> Parms; | ||||
1008 | bool Result; | ||||
1009 | |||||
1010 | public: | ||||
1011 | ArgumentDependenceChecker(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
1012 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
1013 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | ||||
1014 | ClassType = MD->getParent(); | ||||
1015 | else | ||||
1016 | ClassType = nullptr; | ||||
1017 | #endif | ||||
1018 | Parms.insert(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); | ||||
1019 | } | ||||
1020 | |||||
1021 | bool referencesArgs(Expr *E) { | ||||
1022 | Result = false; | ||||
1023 | TraverseStmt(E); | ||||
1024 | return Result; | ||||
1025 | } | ||||
1026 | |||||
1027 | bool VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *E) { | ||||
1028 | assert(E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType &&((E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && \"`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 1029, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
1029 | "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?")((E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && \"`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 1029, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
1030 | Result = true; | ||||
1031 | return false; | ||||
1032 | } | ||||
1033 | |||||
1034 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | ||||
1035 | if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||
1036 | if (Parms.count(PVD)) { | ||||
1037 | Result = true; | ||||
1038 | return false; | ||||
1039 | } | ||||
1040 | return true; | ||||
1041 | } | ||||
1042 | }; | ||||
1043 | } | ||||
1044 | |||||
1045 | static void handleDiagnoseIfAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1046 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_clang_diagnose_if); | ||||
1047 | |||||
1048 | Expr *Cond; | ||||
1049 | StringRef Msg; | ||||
1050 | if (!checkFunctionConditionAttr(S, D, AL, Cond, Msg)) | ||||
1051 | return; | ||||
1052 | |||||
1053 | StringRef DiagTypeStr; | ||||
1054 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 2, DiagTypeStr)) | ||||
1055 | return; | ||||
1056 | |||||
1057 | DiagnoseIfAttr::DiagnosticType DiagType; | ||||
1058 | if (!DiagnoseIfAttr::ConvertStrToDiagnosticType(DiagTypeStr, DiagType)) { | ||||
1059 | S.Diag(AL.getArgAsExpr(2)->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
1060 | diag::err_diagnose_if_invalid_diagnostic_type); | ||||
1061 | return; | ||||
1062 | } | ||||
1063 | |||||
1064 | bool ArgDependent = false; | ||||
1065 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||
1066 | ArgDependent = ArgumentDependenceChecker(FD).referencesArgs(Cond); | ||||
1067 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DiagnoseIfAttr( | ||||
1068 | S.Context, AL, Cond, Msg, DiagType, ArgDependent, cast<NamedDecl>(D))); | ||||
1069 | } | ||||
1070 | |||||
1071 | static void handlePassObjectSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1072 | if (D->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>()) { | ||||
1073 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_only_once_per_parameter) << AL; | ||||
1074 | return; | ||||
1075 | } | ||||
1076 | |||||
1077 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
1078 | uint32_t Type; | ||||
1079 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, Type, /*Idx=*/1)) | ||||
1080 | return; | ||||
1081 | |||||
1082 | // pass_object_size's argument is passed in as the second argument of | ||||
1083 | // __builtin_object_size. So, it has the same constraints as that second | ||||
1084 | // argument; namely, it must be in the range [0, 3]. | ||||
1085 | if (Type > 3) { | ||||
1086 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_range) | ||||
1087 | << AL << 0 << 3 << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1088 | return; | ||||
1089 | } | ||||
1090 | |||||
1091 | // pass_object_size is only supported on constant pointer parameters; as a | ||||
1092 | // kindness to users, we allow the parameter to be non-const for declarations. | ||||
1093 | // At this point, we have no clue if `D` belongs to a function declaration or | ||||
1094 | // definition, so we defer the constness check until later. | ||||
1095 | if (!cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||
1096 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) << AL << 1; | ||||
1097 | return; | ||||
1098 | } | ||||
1099 | |||||
1100 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PassObjectSizeAttr(S.Context, AL, (int)Type)); | ||||
1101 | } | ||||
1102 | |||||
1103 | static void handleConsumableAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1104 | ConsumableAttr::ConsumedState DefaultState; | ||||
1105 | |||||
1106 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
1107 | IdentifierLoc *IL = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||
1108 | if (!ConsumableAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(IL->Ident->getName(), | ||||
1109 | DefaultState)) { | ||||
1110 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||
1111 | << IL->Ident; | ||||
1112 | return; | ||||
1113 | } | ||||
1114 | } else { | ||||
1115 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
1116 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
1117 | return; | ||||
1118 | } | ||||
1119 | |||||
1120 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ConsumableAttr(S.Context, AL, DefaultState)); | ||||
1121 | } | ||||
1122 | |||||
1123 | static bool checkForConsumableClass(Sema &S, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, | ||||
1124 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1125 | QualType ThisType = MD->getThisType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1126 | |||||
1127 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ThisType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||
1128 | if (!RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | ||||
1129 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_on_unconsumable_class) << | ||||
1130 | RD->getNameAsString(); | ||||
1131 | |||||
1132 | return false; | ||||
1133 | } | ||||
1134 | } | ||||
1135 | |||||
1136 | return true; | ||||
1137 | } | ||||
1138 | |||||
1139 | static void handleCallableWhenAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1140 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
1141 | return; | ||||
1142 | |||||
1143 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), AL)) | ||||
1144 | return; | ||||
1145 | |||||
1146 | SmallVector<CallableWhenAttr::ConsumedState, 3> States; | ||||
1147 | for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0; ArgIndex < AL.getNumArgs(); ++ArgIndex) { | ||||
1148 | CallableWhenAttr::ConsumedState CallableState; | ||||
1149 | |||||
1150 | StringRef StateString; | ||||
1151 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||
1152 | if (AL.isArgIdent(ArgIndex)) { | ||||
1153 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(ArgIndex); | ||||
1154 | StateString = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||
1155 | Loc = Ident->Loc; | ||||
1156 | } else { | ||||
1157 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, ArgIndex, StateString, &Loc)) | ||||
1158 | return; | ||||
1159 | } | ||||
1160 | |||||
1161 | if (!CallableWhenAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(StateString, | ||||
1162 | CallableState)) { | ||||
1163 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << StateString; | ||||
1164 | return; | ||||
1165 | } | ||||
1166 | |||||
1167 | States.push_back(CallableState); | ||||
1168 | } | ||||
1169 | |||||
1170 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
1171 | CallableWhenAttr(S.Context, AL, States.data(), States.size())); | ||||
1172 | } | ||||
1173 | |||||
1174 | static void handleParamTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1175 | ParamTypestateAttr::ConsumedState ParamState; | ||||
1176 | |||||
1177 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
1178 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||
1179 | StringRef StateString = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||
1180 | |||||
1181 | if (!ParamTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(StateString, | ||||
1182 | ParamState)) { | ||||
1183 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | ||||
1184 | << AL << StateString; | ||||
1185 | return; | ||||
1186 | } | ||||
1187 | } else { | ||||
1188 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
1189 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
1190 | return; | ||||
1191 | } | ||||
1192 | |||||
1193 | // FIXME: This check is currently being done in the analysis. It can be | ||||
1194 | // enabled here only after the parser propagates attributes at | ||||
1195 | // template specialization definition, not declaration. | ||||
1196 | //QualType ReturnType = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
1197 | //const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ReturnType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
1198 | // | ||||
1199 | //if (!RD || !RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | ||||
1200 | // S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_return_state_for_unconsumable_type) << | ||||
1201 | // ReturnType.getAsString(); | ||||
1202 | // return; | ||||
1203 | //} | ||||
1204 | |||||
1205 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ParamTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, ParamState)); | ||||
1206 | } | ||||
1207 | |||||
1208 | static void handleReturnTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1209 | ReturnTypestateAttr::ConsumedState ReturnState; | ||||
1210 | |||||
1211 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
1212 | IdentifierLoc *IL = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||
1213 | if (!ReturnTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(IL->Ident->getName(), | ||||
1214 | ReturnState)) { | ||||
1215 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||
1216 | << IL->Ident; | ||||
1217 | return; | ||||
1218 | } | ||||
1219 | } else { | ||||
1220 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
1221 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
1222 | return; | ||||
1223 | } | ||||
1224 | |||||
1225 | // FIXME: This check is currently being done in the analysis. It can be | ||||
1226 | // enabled here only after the parser propagates attributes at | ||||
1227 | // template specialization definition, not declaration. | ||||
1228 | //QualType ReturnType; | ||||
1229 | // | ||||
1230 | //if (const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1231 | // ReturnType = Param->getType(); | ||||
1232 | // | ||||
1233 | //} else if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = | ||||
1234 | // dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1235 | // ReturnType = Constructor->getThisType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1236 | // | ||||
1237 | //} else { | ||||
1238 | // | ||||
1239 | // ReturnType = cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getCallResultType(); | ||||
1240 | //} | ||||
1241 | // | ||||
1242 | //const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ReturnType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
1243 | // | ||||
1244 | //if (!RD || !RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | ||||
1245 | // S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_return_state_for_unconsumable_type) << | ||||
1246 | // ReturnType.getAsString(); | ||||
1247 | // return; | ||||
1248 | //} | ||||
1249 | |||||
1250 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ReturnTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, ReturnState)); | ||||
1251 | } | ||||
1252 | |||||
1253 | static void handleSetTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1254 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), AL)) | ||||
1255 | return; | ||||
1256 | |||||
1257 | SetTypestateAttr::ConsumedState NewState; | ||||
1258 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
1259 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||
1260 | StringRef Param = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||
1261 | if (!SetTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(Param, NewState)) { | ||||
1262 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||
1263 | << Param; | ||||
1264 | return; | ||||
1265 | } | ||||
1266 | } else { | ||||
1267 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
1268 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
1269 | return; | ||||
1270 | } | ||||
1271 | |||||
1272 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SetTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, NewState)); | ||||
1273 | } | ||||
1274 | |||||
1275 | static void handleTestTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1276 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), AL)) | ||||
1277 | return; | ||||
1278 | |||||
1279 | TestTypestateAttr::ConsumedState TestState; | ||||
1280 | if (AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
1281 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||
1282 | StringRef Param = Ident->Ident->getName(); | ||||
1283 | if (!TestTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(Param, TestState)) { | ||||
1284 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||
1285 | << Param; | ||||
1286 | return; | ||||
1287 | } | ||||
1288 | } else { | ||||
1289 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
1290 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
1291 | return; | ||||
1292 | } | ||||
1293 | |||||
1294 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TestTypestateAttr(S.Context, AL, TestState)); | ||||
1295 | } | ||||
1296 | |||||
1297 | static void handleExtVectorTypeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1298 | // Remember this typedef decl, we will need it later for diagnostics. | ||||
1299 | S.ExtVectorDecls.push_back(cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)); | ||||
1300 | } | ||||
1301 | |||||
1302 | static void handlePackedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1303 | if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) | ||||
1304 | TD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1305 | else if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1306 | bool BitfieldByteAligned = (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && | ||||
1307 | !FD->getType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
1308 | FD->isBitField() && | ||||
1309 | S.Context.getTypeAlign(FD->getType()) <= 8); | ||||
1310 | |||||
1311 | if (S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPS4()) { | ||||
1312 | if (BitfieldByteAligned) | ||||
1313 | // The PS4 target needs to maintain ABI backwards compatibility. | ||||
1314 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_for_field_of_type) | ||||
1315 | << AL << FD->getType(); | ||||
1316 | else | ||||
1317 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1318 | } else { | ||||
1319 | // Report warning about changed offset in the newer compiler versions. | ||||
1320 | if (BitfieldByteAligned) | ||||
1321 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_packed_for_bitfield); | ||||
1322 | |||||
1323 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1324 | } | ||||
1325 | |||||
1326 | } else | ||||
1327 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||
1328 | } | ||||
1329 | |||||
1330 | static bool checkIBOutletCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1331 | // The IBOutlet/IBOutletCollection attributes only apply to instance | ||||
1332 | // variables or properties of Objective-C classes. The outlet must also | ||||
1333 | // have an object reference type. | ||||
1334 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1335 | if (!VD->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
1336 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_iboutlet_object_type) | ||||
1337 | << AL << VD->getType() << 0; | ||||
1338 | return false; | ||||
1339 | } | ||||
1340 | } | ||||
1341 | else if (const auto *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1342 | if (!PD->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
1343 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_iboutlet_object_type) | ||||
1344 | << AL << PD->getType() << 1; | ||||
1345 | return false; | ||||
1346 | } | ||||
1347 | } | ||||
1348 | else { | ||||
1349 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_iboutlet) << AL; | ||||
1350 | return false; | ||||
1351 | } | ||||
1352 | |||||
1353 | return true; | ||||
1354 | } | ||||
1355 | |||||
1356 | static void handleIBOutlet(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1357 | if (!checkIBOutletCommon(S, D, AL)) | ||||
1358 | return; | ||||
1359 | |||||
1360 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IBOutletAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1361 | } | ||||
1362 | |||||
1363 | static void handleIBOutletCollection(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1364 | |||||
1365 | // The iboutletcollection attribute can have zero or one arguments. | ||||
1366 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||
1367 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||
1368 | return; | ||||
1369 | } | ||||
1370 | |||||
1371 | if (!checkIBOutletCommon(S, D, AL)) | ||||
1372 | return; | ||||
1373 | |||||
1374 | ParsedType PT; | ||||
1375 | |||||
1376 | if (AL.hasParsedType()) | ||||
1377 | PT = AL.getTypeArg(); | ||||
1378 | else { | ||||
1379 | PT = S.getTypeName(S.Context.Idents.get("NSObject"), AL.getLoc(), | ||||
1380 | S.getScopeForContext(D->getDeclContext()->getParent())); | ||||
1381 | if (!PT) { | ||||
1382 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_iboutletcollection_type) << "NSObject"; | ||||
1383 | return; | ||||
1384 | } | ||||
1385 | } | ||||
1386 | |||||
1387 | TypeSourceInfo *QTLoc = nullptr; | ||||
1388 | QualType QT = S.GetTypeFromParser(PT, &QTLoc); | ||||
1389 | if (!QTLoc) | ||||
1390 | QTLoc = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QT, AL.getLoc()); | ||||
1391 | |||||
1392 | // Diagnose use of non-object type in iboutletcollection attribute. | ||||
1393 | // FIXME. Gnu attribute extension ignores use of builtin types in | ||||
1394 | // attributes. So, __attribute__((iboutletcollection(char))) will be | ||||
1395 | // treated as __attribute__((iboutletcollection())). | ||||
1396 | if (!QT->isObjCIdType() && !QT->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||
1397 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
1398 | QT->isBuiltinType() ? diag::err_iboutletcollection_builtintype | ||||
1399 | : diag::err_iboutletcollection_type) << QT; | ||||
1400 | return; | ||||
1401 | } | ||||
1402 | |||||
1403 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IBOutletCollectionAttr(S.Context, AL, QTLoc)); | ||||
1404 | } | ||||
1405 | |||||
1406 | bool Sema::isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay) { | ||||
1407 | if (RefOkay) { | ||||
1408 | if (T->isReferenceType()) | ||||
1409 | return true; | ||||
1410 | } else { | ||||
1411 | T = T.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
1412 | } | ||||
1413 | |||||
1414 | // The nonnull attribute, and other similar attributes, can be applied to a | ||||
1415 | // transparent union that contains a pointer type. | ||||
1416 | if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { | ||||
1417 | if (UT && UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { | ||||
1418 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||
1419 | for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) { | ||||
1420 | QualType QT = I->getType(); | ||||
1421 | if (QT->isAnyPointerType() || QT->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
1422 | return true; | ||||
1423 | } | ||||
1424 | } | ||||
1425 | } | ||||
1426 | |||||
1427 | return T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||
1428 | } | ||||
1429 | |||||
1430 | static bool attrNonNullArgCheck(Sema &S, QualType T, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
1431 | SourceRange AttrParmRange, | ||||
1432 | SourceRange TypeRange, | ||||
1433 | bool isReturnValue = false) { | ||||
1434 | if (!S.isValidPointerAttrType(T)) { | ||||
1435 | if (isReturnValue) | ||||
1436 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) | ||||
1437 | << AL << AttrParmRange << TypeRange; | ||||
1438 | else | ||||
1439 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_pointers_only) | ||||
1440 | << AL << AttrParmRange << TypeRange << 0; | ||||
1441 | return false; | ||||
1442 | } | ||||
1443 | return true; | ||||
1444 | } | ||||
1445 | |||||
1446 | static void handleNonNullAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1447 | SmallVector<ParamIdx, 8> NonNullArgs; | ||||
1448 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < AL.getNumArgs(); ++I) { | ||||
1449 | Expr *Ex = AL.getArgAsExpr(I); | ||||
1450 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||
1451 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, I + 1, Ex, Idx)) | ||||
1452 | return; | ||||
1453 | |||||
1454 | // Is the function argument a pointer type? | ||||
1455 | if (Idx.getASTIndex() < getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) && | ||||
1456 | !attrNonNullArgCheck( | ||||
1457 | S, getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()), AL, | ||||
1458 | Ex->getSourceRange(), | ||||
1459 | getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, Idx.getASTIndex()))) | ||||
1460 | continue; | ||||
1461 | |||||
1462 | NonNullArgs.push_back(Idx); | ||||
1463 | } | ||||
1464 | |||||
1465 | // If no arguments were specified to __attribute__((nonnull)) then all pointer | ||||
1466 | // arguments have a nonnull attribute; warn if there aren't any. Skip this | ||||
1467 | // check if the attribute came from a macro expansion or a template | ||||
1468 | // instantiation. | ||||
1469 | if (NonNullArgs.empty() && AL.getLoc().isFileID() && | ||||
1470 | !S.inTemplateInstantiation()) { | ||||
1471 | bool AnyPointers = isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D); | ||||
1472 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | ||||
1473 | I != E && !AnyPointers; ++I) { | ||||
1474 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, I); | ||||
1475 | if (T->isDependentType() || S.isValidPointerAttrType(T)) | ||||
1476 | AnyPointers = true; | ||||
1477 | } | ||||
1478 | |||||
1479 | if (!AnyPointers) | ||||
1480 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_nonnull_no_pointers); | ||||
1481 | } | ||||
1482 | |||||
1483 | ParamIdx *Start = NonNullArgs.data(); | ||||
1484 | unsigned Size = NonNullArgs.size(); | ||||
1485 | llvm::array_pod_sort(Start, Start + Size); | ||||
1486 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NonNullAttr(S.Context, AL, Start, Size)); | ||||
1487 | } | ||||
1488 | |||||
1489 | static void handleNonNullAttrParameter(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *D, | ||||
1490 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1491 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 0) { | ||||
1492 | if (D->getFunctionType()) { | ||||
1493 | handleNonNullAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
1494 | } else { | ||||
1495 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_nonnull_parm_no_args) | ||||
1496 | << D->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1497 | } | ||||
1498 | return; | ||||
1499 | } | ||||
1500 | |||||
1501 | // Is the argument a pointer type? | ||||
1502 | if (!attrNonNullArgCheck(S, D->getType(), AL, SourceRange(), | ||||
1503 | D->getSourceRange())) | ||||
1504 | return; | ||||
1505 | |||||
1506 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NonNullAttr(S.Context, AL, nullptr, 0)); | ||||
1507 | } | ||||
1508 | |||||
1509 | static void handleReturnsNonNullAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1510 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||
1511 | SourceRange SR = getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||
1512 | if (!attrNonNullArgCheck(S, ResultType, AL, SourceRange(), SR, | ||||
1513 | /* isReturnValue */ true)) | ||||
1514 | return; | ||||
1515 | |||||
1516 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ReturnsNonNullAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1517 | } | ||||
1518 | |||||
1519 | static void handleNoEscapeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1520 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
1521 | return; | ||||
1522 | |||||
1523 | // noescape only applies to pointer types. | ||||
1524 | QualType T = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
1525 | if (!S.isValidPointerAttrType(T, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | ||||
1526 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_pointers_only) | ||||
1527 | << AL << AL.getRange() << 0; | ||||
1528 | return; | ||||
1529 | } | ||||
1530 | |||||
1531 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoEscapeAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1532 | } | ||||
1533 | |||||
1534 | static void handleAssumeAlignedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1535 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0), | ||||
1536 | *OE = AL.getNumArgs() > 1 ? AL.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr; | ||||
1537 | S.AddAssumeAlignedAttr(D, AL, E, OE); | ||||
1538 | } | ||||
1539 | |||||
1540 | static void handleAllocAlignAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1541 | S.AddAllocAlignAttr(D, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||
1542 | } | ||||
1543 | |||||
1544 | void Sema::AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, | ||||
1545 | Expr *OE) { | ||||
1546 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||
1547 | SourceRange SR = getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||
1548 | |||||
1549 | AssumeAlignedAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, E, OE); | ||||
1550 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = TmpAttr.getLocation(); | ||||
1551 | |||||
1552 | if (!isValidPointerAttrType(ResultType, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | ||||
1553 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_refs_only) | ||||
1554 | << &TmpAttr << TmpAttr.getRange() << SR; | ||||
1555 | return; | ||||
1556 | } | ||||
1557 | |||||
1558 | if (!E->isValueDependent()) { | ||||
1559 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | ||||
1560 | if (!E->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, Context)) { | ||||
1561 | if (OE) | ||||
1562 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
1563 | << &TmpAttr << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||
1564 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1565 | else | ||||
1566 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
1567 | << &TmpAttr << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||
1568 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1569 | return; | ||||
1570 | } | ||||
1571 | |||||
1572 | if (!I.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||
1573 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | ||||
1574 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1575 | return; | ||||
1576 | } | ||||
1577 | } | ||||
1578 | |||||
1579 | if (OE) { | ||||
1580 | if (!OE->isValueDependent()) { | ||||
1581 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | ||||
1582 | if (!OE->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, Context)) { | ||||
1583 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
1584 | << &TmpAttr << 2 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||
1585 | << OE->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1586 | return; | ||||
1587 | } | ||||
1588 | } | ||||
1589 | } | ||||
1590 | |||||
1591 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AssumeAlignedAttr(Context, CI, E, OE)); | ||||
1592 | } | ||||
1593 | |||||
1594 | void Sema::AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
1595 | Expr *ParamExpr) { | ||||
1596 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||
1597 | |||||
1598 | AllocAlignAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, ParamIdx()); | ||||
1599 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||
1600 | |||||
1601 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && | ||||
1602 | !isValidPointerAttrType(ResultType, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | ||||
1603 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_refs_only) | ||||
1604 | << &TmpAttr << CI.getRange() << getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||
1605 | return; | ||||
1606 | } | ||||
1607 | |||||
1608 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||
1609 | const auto *FuncDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
1610 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(*this, FuncDecl, TmpAttr, | ||||
1611 | /*AttrArgNum=*/1, ParamExpr, Idx)) | ||||
1612 | return; | ||||
1613 | |||||
1614 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||
1615 | if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) { | ||||
1616 | Diag(ParamExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_integers_only) | ||||
1617 | << &TmpAttr | ||||
1618 | << FuncDecl->getParamDecl(Idx.getASTIndex())->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1619 | return; | ||||
1620 | } | ||||
1621 | |||||
1622 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AllocAlignAttr(Context, CI, Idx)); | ||||
1623 | } | ||||
1624 | |||||
1625 | /// Normalize the attribute, __foo__ becomes foo. | ||||
1626 | /// Returns true if normalization was applied. | ||||
1627 | static bool normalizeName(StringRef &AttrName) { | ||||
1628 | if (AttrName.size() > 4 && AttrName.startswith("__") && | ||||
1629 | AttrName.endswith("__")) { | ||||
1630 | AttrName = AttrName.drop_front(2).drop_back(2); | ||||
1631 | return true; | ||||
1632 | } | ||||
1633 | return false; | ||||
1634 | } | ||||
1635 | |||||
1636 | static void handleOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1637 | // This attribute must be applied to a function declaration. The first | ||||
1638 | // argument to the attribute must be an identifier, the name of the resource, | ||||
1639 | // for example: malloc. The following arguments must be argument indexes, the | ||||
1640 | // arguments must be of integer type for Returns, otherwise of pointer type. | ||||
1641 | // The difference between Holds and Takes is that a pointer may still be used | ||||
1642 | // after being held. free() should be __attribute((ownership_takes)), whereas | ||||
1643 | // a list append function may well be __attribute((ownership_holds)). | ||||
1644 | |||||
1645 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
1646 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
1647 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
1648 | return; | ||||
1649 | } | ||||
1650 | |||||
1651 | // Figure out our Kind. | ||||
1652 | OwnershipAttr::OwnershipKind K = | ||||
1653 | OwnershipAttr(S.Context, AL, nullptr, nullptr, 0).getOwnKind(); | ||||
1654 | |||||
1655 | // Check arguments. | ||||
1656 | switch (K) { | ||||
1657 | case OwnershipAttr::Takes: | ||||
1658 | case OwnershipAttr::Holds: | ||||
1659 | if (AL.getNumArgs() < 2) { | ||||
1660 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_few_arguments) << AL << 2; | ||||
1661 | return; | ||||
1662 | } | ||||
1663 | break; | ||||
1664 | case OwnershipAttr::Returns: | ||||
1665 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 2) { | ||||
1666 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||
1667 | return; | ||||
1668 | } | ||||
1669 | break; | ||||
1670 | } | ||||
1671 | |||||
1672 | IdentifierInfo *Module = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||
1673 | |||||
1674 | StringRef ModuleName = Module->getName(); | ||||
1675 | if (normalizeName(ModuleName)) { | ||||
1676 | Module = &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(ModuleName); | ||||
1677 | } | ||||
1678 | |||||
1679 | SmallVector<ParamIdx, 8> OwnershipArgs; | ||||
1680 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < AL.getNumArgs(); ++i) { | ||||
1681 | Expr *Ex = AL.getArgAsExpr(i); | ||||
1682 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||
1683 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, i, Ex, Idx)) | ||||
1684 | return; | ||||
1685 | |||||
1686 | // Is the function argument a pointer type? | ||||
1687 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||
1688 | int Err = -1; // No error | ||||
1689 | switch (K) { | ||||
1690 | case OwnershipAttr::Takes: | ||||
1691 | case OwnershipAttr::Holds: | ||||
1692 | if (!T->isAnyPointerType() && !T->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
1693 | Err = 0; | ||||
1694 | break; | ||||
1695 | case OwnershipAttr::Returns: | ||||
1696 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) | ||||
1697 | Err = 1; | ||||
1698 | break; | ||||
1699 | } | ||||
1700 | if (-1 != Err) { | ||||
1701 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_ownership_type) << AL << Err | ||||
1702 | << Ex->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1703 | return; | ||||
1704 | } | ||||
1705 | |||||
1706 | // Check we don't have a conflict with another ownership attribute. | ||||
1707 | for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs<OwnershipAttr>()) { | ||||
1708 | // Cannot have two ownership attributes of different kinds for the same | ||||
1709 | // index. | ||||
1710 | if (I->getOwnKind() != K && I->args_end() != | ||||
1711 | std::find(I->args_begin(), I->args_end(), Idx)) { | ||||
1712 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) << AL << I; | ||||
1713 | return; | ||||
1714 | } else if (K == OwnershipAttr::Returns && | ||||
1715 | I->getOwnKind() == OwnershipAttr::Returns) { | ||||
1716 | // A returns attribute conflicts with any other returns attribute using | ||||
1717 | // a different index. | ||||
1718 | if (std::find(I->args_begin(), I->args_end(), Idx) == I->args_end()) { | ||||
1719 | S.Diag(I->getLocation(), diag::err_ownership_returns_index_mismatch) | ||||
1720 | << I->args_begin()->getSourceIndex(); | ||||
1721 | if (I->args_size()) | ||||
1722 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::note_ownership_returns_index_mismatch) | ||||
1723 | << Idx.getSourceIndex() << Ex->getSourceRange(); | ||||
1724 | return; | ||||
1725 | } | ||||
1726 | } | ||||
1727 | } | ||||
1728 | OwnershipArgs.push_back(Idx); | ||||
1729 | } | ||||
1730 | |||||
1731 | ParamIdx *Start = OwnershipArgs.data(); | ||||
1732 | unsigned Size = OwnershipArgs.size(); | ||||
1733 | llvm::array_pod_sort(Start, Start + Size); | ||||
1734 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
1735 | OwnershipAttr(S.Context, AL, Module, Start, Size)); | ||||
1736 | } | ||||
1737 | |||||
1738 | static void handleWeakRefAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1739 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||
1740 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||
1741 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||
1742 | return; | ||||
1743 | } | ||||
1744 | |||||
1745 | // gcc rejects | ||||
1746 | // class c { | ||||
1747 | // static int a __attribute__((weakref ("v2"))); | ||||
1748 | // static int b() __attribute__((weakref ("f3"))); | ||||
1749 | // }; | ||||
1750 | // and ignores the attributes of | ||||
1751 | // void f(void) { | ||||
1752 | // static int a __attribute__((weakref ("v2"))); | ||||
1753 | // } | ||||
1754 | // we reject them | ||||
1755 | const DeclContext *Ctx = D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | ||||
1756 | if (!Ctx->isFileContext()) { | ||||
1757 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_global_context) | ||||
1758 | << cast<NamedDecl>(D); | ||||
1759 | return; | ||||
1760 | } | ||||
1761 | |||||
1762 | // The GCC manual says | ||||
1763 | // | ||||
1764 | // At present, a declaration to which `weakref' is attached can only | ||||
1765 | // be `static'. | ||||
1766 | // | ||||
1767 | // It also says | ||||
1768 | // | ||||
1769 | // Without a TARGET, | ||||
1770 | // given as an argument to `weakref' or to `alias', `weakref' is | ||||
1771 | // equivalent to `weak'. | ||||
1772 | // | ||||
1773 | // gcc 4.4.1 will accept | ||||
1774 | // int a7 __attribute__((weakref)); | ||||
1775 | // as | ||||
1776 | // int a7 __attribute__((weak)); | ||||
1777 | // This looks like a bug in gcc. We reject that for now. We should revisit | ||||
1778 | // it if this behaviour is actually used. | ||||
1779 | |||||
1780 | // GCC rejects | ||||
1781 | // static ((alias ("y"), weakref)). | ||||
1782 | // Should we? How to check that weakref is before or after alias? | ||||
1783 | |||||
1784 | // FIXME: it would be good for us to keep the WeakRefAttr as-written instead | ||||
1785 | // of transforming it into an AliasAttr. The WeakRefAttr never uses the | ||||
1786 | // StringRef parameter it was given anyway. | ||||
1787 | StringRef Str; | ||||
1788 | if (AL.getNumArgs() && S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||
1789 | // GCC will accept anything as the argument of weakref. Should we | ||||
1790 | // check for an existing decl? | ||||
1791 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AliasAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
1792 | |||||
1793 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WeakRefAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1794 | } | ||||
1795 | |||||
1796 | static void handleIFuncAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1797 | StringRef Str; | ||||
1798 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||
1799 | return; | ||||
1800 | |||||
1801 | // Aliases should be on declarations, not definitions. | ||||
1802 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
1803 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||
1804 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; | ||||
1805 | return; | ||||
1806 | } | ||||
1807 | |||||
1808 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IFuncAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
1809 | } | ||||
1810 | |||||
1811 | static void handleAliasAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1812 | StringRef Str; | ||||
1813 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||
1814 | return; | ||||
1815 | |||||
1816 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { | ||||
1817 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_not_supported_on_darwin); | ||||
1818 | return; | ||||
1819 | } | ||||
1820 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX()) { | ||||
1821 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_not_supported_on_nvptx); | ||||
1822 | } | ||||
1823 | |||||
1824 | // Aliases should be on declarations, not definitions. | ||||
1825 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1826 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||
1827 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | ||||
1828 | return; | ||||
1829 | } | ||||
1830 | } else { | ||||
1831 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
1832 | if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) { | ||||
1833 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; | ||||
1834 | return; | ||||
1835 | } | ||||
1836 | } | ||||
1837 | |||||
1838 | // Mark target used to prevent unneeded-internal-declaration warnings. | ||||
1839 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||
1840 | // FIXME: demangle Str for C++, as the attribute refers to the mangled | ||||
1841 | // linkage name, not the pre-mangled identifier. | ||||
1842 | const DeclarationNameInfo target(&S.Context.Idents.get(Str), AL.getLoc()); | ||||
1843 | LookupResult LR(S, target, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
1844 | if (S.LookupQualifiedName(LR, S.getCurLexicalContext())) | ||||
1845 | for (NamedDecl *ND : LR) | ||||
1846 | ND->markUsed(S.Context); | ||||
1847 | } | ||||
1848 | |||||
1849 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AliasAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
1850 | } | ||||
1851 | |||||
1852 | static void handleTLSModelAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1853 | StringRef Model; | ||||
1854 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
1855 | // Check that it is a string. | ||||
1856 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Model, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||
1857 | return; | ||||
1858 | |||||
1859 | // Check that the value. | ||||
1860 | if (Model != "global-dynamic" && Model != "local-dynamic" | ||||
1861 | && Model != "initial-exec" && Model != "local-exec") { | ||||
1862 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attr_tlsmodel_arg); | ||||
1863 | return; | ||||
1864 | } | ||||
1865 | |||||
1866 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TLSModelAttr(S.Context, AL, Model)); | ||||
1867 | } | ||||
1868 | |||||
1869 | static void handleRestrictAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1870 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||
1871 | if (ResultType->isAnyPointerType() || ResultType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
1872 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RestrictAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1873 | return; | ||||
1874 | } | ||||
1875 | |||||
1876 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) | ||||
1877 | << AL << getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | ||||
1878 | } | ||||
1879 | |||||
1880 | static void handleCPUSpecificAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1881 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
1882 | |||||
1883 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1884 | if (MD->getParent()->isLambda()) { | ||||
1885 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_dll_lambda) << AL; | ||||
1886 | return; | ||||
1887 | } | ||||
1888 | } | ||||
1889 | |||||
1890 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
1891 | return; | ||||
1892 | |||||
1893 | SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 8> CPUs; | ||||
1894 | for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ArgNo < getNumAttributeArgs(AL); ++ArgNo) { | ||||
1895 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(ArgNo)) { | ||||
1896 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
1897 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
1898 | return; | ||||
1899 | } | ||||
1900 | |||||
1901 | IdentifierLoc *CPUArg = AL.getArgAsIdent(ArgNo); | ||||
1902 | StringRef CPUName = CPUArg->Ident->getName().trim(); | ||||
1903 | |||||
1904 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCPUSpecificCPUDispatch(CPUName)) { | ||||
1905 | S.Diag(CPUArg->Loc, diag::err_invalid_cpu_specific_dispatch_value) | ||||
1906 | << CPUName << (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_CPUDispatch); | ||||
1907 | return; | ||||
1908 | } | ||||
1909 | |||||
1910 | const TargetInfo &Target = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); | ||||
1911 | if (llvm::any_of(CPUs, [CPUName, &Target](const IdentifierInfo *Cur) { | ||||
1912 | return Target.CPUSpecificManglingCharacter(CPUName) == | ||||
1913 | Target.CPUSpecificManglingCharacter(Cur->getName()); | ||||
1914 | })) { | ||||
1915 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_multiversion_duplicate_entries); | ||||
1916 | return; | ||||
1917 | } | ||||
1918 | CPUs.push_back(CPUArg->Ident); | ||||
1919 | } | ||||
1920 | |||||
1921 | FD->setIsMultiVersion(true); | ||||
1922 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_CPUSpecific) | ||||
1923 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
1924 | CPUSpecificAttr(S.Context, AL, CPUs.data(), CPUs.size())); | ||||
1925 | else | ||||
1926 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
1927 | CPUDispatchAttr(S.Context, AL, CPUs.data(), CPUs.size())); | ||||
1928 | } | ||||
1929 | |||||
1930 | static void handleCommonAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1931 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||
1932 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | ||||
1933 | << AL << AttributeLangSupport::Cpp; | ||||
1934 | return; | ||||
1935 | } | ||||
1936 | |||||
1937 | if (CommonAttr *CA = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, AL)) | ||||
1938 | D->addAttr(CA); | ||||
1939 | } | ||||
1940 | |||||
1941 | static void handleNakedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1942 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<DisableTailCallsAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
1943 | return; | ||||
1944 | |||||
1945 | if (AL.isDeclspecAttribute()) { | ||||
1946 | const auto &Triple = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||
1947 | const auto &Arch = Triple.getArch(); | ||||
1948 | if (Arch != llvm::Triple::x86 && | ||||
1949 | (Arch != llvm::Triple::arm && Arch != llvm::Triple::thumb)) { | ||||
1950 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_on_arch) | ||||
1951 | << AL << Triple.getArchName(); | ||||
1952 | return; | ||||
1953 | } | ||||
1954 | } | ||||
1955 | |||||
1956 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NakedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
1957 | } | ||||
1958 | |||||
1959 | static void handleNoReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||
1960 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | ||||
1961 | |||||
1962 | if (!isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
1963 | S.Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
1964 | << Attrs << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||
1965 | return; | ||||
1966 | } | ||||
1967 | |||||
1968 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoReturnAttr(S.Context, Attrs)); | ||||
1969 | } | ||||
1970 | |||||
1971 | static void handleNoCfCheckAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||
1972 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CFProtectionBranch) | ||||
1973 | S.Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_nocf_check_attribute_ignored); | ||||
1974 | else | ||||
1975 | handleSimpleAttribute<AnyX86NoCfCheckAttr>(S, D, Attrs); | ||||
1976 | } | ||||
1977 | |||||
1978 | bool Sema::CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||
1979 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attrs, 0)) { | ||||
1980 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||
1981 | return true; | ||||
1982 | } | ||||
1983 | |||||
1984 | return false; | ||||
1985 | } | ||||
1986 | |||||
1987 | bool Sema::CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1988 | // Check whether the attribute is valid on the current target. | ||||
1989 | if (!AL.existsInTarget(Context.getTargetInfo())) { | ||||
1990 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||
1991 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
1992 | return true; | ||||
1993 | } | ||||
1994 | |||||
1995 | return false; | ||||
1996 | } | ||||
1997 | |||||
1998 | static void handleAnalyzerNoReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
1999 | |||||
2000 | // The checking path for 'noreturn' and 'analyzer_noreturn' are different | ||||
2001 | // because 'analyzer_noreturn' does not impact the type. | ||||
2002 | if (!isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)) { | ||||
2003 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
2004 | if (!VD || (!VD->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||
2005 | !VD->getType()->isFunctionPointerType())) { | ||||
2006 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), AL.isCXX11Attribute() | ||||
2007 | ? diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type | ||||
2008 | : diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
2009 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | ||||
2010 | return; | ||||
2011 | } | ||||
2012 | } | ||||
2013 | |||||
2014 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnalyzerNoReturnAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2015 | } | ||||
2016 | |||||
2017 | // PS3 PPU-specific. | ||||
2018 | static void handleVecReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2019 | /* | ||||
2020 | Returning a Vector Class in Registers | ||||
2021 | |||||
2022 | According to the PPU ABI specifications, a class with a single member of | ||||
2023 | vector type is returned in memory when used as the return value of a | ||||
2024 | function. | ||||
2025 | This results in inefficient code when implementing vector classes. To return | ||||
2026 | the value in a single vector register, add the vecreturn attribute to the | ||||
2027 | class definition. This attribute is also applicable to struct types. | ||||
2028 | |||||
2029 | Example: | ||||
2030 | |||||
2031 | struct Vector | ||||
2032 | { | ||||
2033 | __vector float xyzw; | ||||
2034 | } __attribute__((vecreturn)); | ||||
2035 | |||||
2036 | Vector Add(Vector lhs, Vector rhs) | ||||
2037 | { | ||||
2038 | Vector result; | ||||
2039 | result.xyzw = vec_add(lhs.xyzw, rhs.xyzw); | ||||
2040 | return result; // This will be returned in a register | ||||
2041 | } | ||||
2042 | */ | ||||
2043 | if (VecReturnAttr *A = D->getAttr<VecReturnAttr>()) { | ||||
2044 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_repeat_attribute) << A; | ||||
2045 | return; | ||||
2046 | } | ||||
2047 | |||||
2048 | const auto *R = cast<RecordDecl>(D); | ||||
2049 | int count = 0; | ||||
2050 | |||||
2051 | if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(R)) { | ||||
2052 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_vector_member); | ||||
2053 | return; | ||||
2054 | } | ||||
2055 | |||||
2056 | if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R)->isPOD()) { | ||||
2057 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_pod_record); | ||||
2058 | return; | ||||
2059 | } | ||||
2060 | |||||
2061 | for (const auto *I : R->fields()) { | ||||
2062 | if ((count == 1) || !I->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
2063 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_vector_member); | ||||
2064 | return; | ||||
2065 | } | ||||
2066 | count++; | ||||
2067 | } | ||||
2068 | |||||
2069 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) VecReturnAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2070 | } | ||||
2071 | |||||
2072 | static void handleDependencyAttr(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, Decl *D, | ||||
2073 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2074 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2075 | // [[carries_dependency]] can only be applied to a parameter if it is a | ||||
2076 | // parameter of a function declaration or lambda. | ||||
2077 | if (!(Scope->getFlags() & clang::Scope::FunctionDeclarationScope)) { | ||||
2078 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
2079 | diag::err_carries_dependency_param_not_function_decl); | ||||
2080 | return; | ||||
2081 | } | ||||
2082 | } | ||||
2083 | |||||
2084 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CarriesDependencyAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2085 | } | ||||
2086 | |||||
2087 | static void handleUnusedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2088 | bool IsCXX17Attr = AL.isCXX11Attribute() && !AL.getScopeName(); | ||||
2089 | |||||
2090 | // If this is spelled as the standard C++17 attribute, but not in C++17, warn | ||||
2091 | // about using it as an extension. | ||||
2092 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && IsCXX17Attr) | ||||
2093 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx17_attr) << AL; | ||||
2094 | |||||
2095 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) UnusedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2096 | } | ||||
2097 | |||||
2098 | static void handleConstructorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2099 | uint32_t priority = ConstructorAttr::DefaultPriority; | ||||
2100 | if (AL.getNumArgs() && | ||||
2101 | !checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), priority)) | ||||
2102 | return; | ||||
2103 | |||||
2104 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ConstructorAttr(S.Context, AL, priority)); | ||||
2105 | } | ||||
2106 | |||||
2107 | static void handleDestructorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2108 | uint32_t priority = DestructorAttr::DefaultPriority; | ||||
2109 | if (AL.getNumArgs() && | ||||
2110 | !checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), priority)) | ||||
2111 | return; | ||||
2112 | |||||
2113 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DestructorAttr(S.Context, AL, priority)); | ||||
2114 | } | ||||
2115 | |||||
2116 | template <typename AttrTy> | ||||
2117 | static void handleAttrWithMessage(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2118 | // Handle the case where the attribute has a text message. | ||||
2119 | StringRef Str; | ||||
2120 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 1 && !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||
2121 | return; | ||||
2122 | |||||
2123 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AttrTy(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
2124 | } | ||||
2125 | |||||
2126 | static void handleObjCSuppresProtocolAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
2127 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2128 | if (!cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||
2129 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_protocol_requires_definition) | ||||
2130 | << AL << AL.getRange(); | ||||
2131 | return; | ||||
2132 | } | ||||
2133 | |||||
2134 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCExplicitProtocolImplAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2135 | } | ||||
2136 | |||||
2137 | static bool checkAvailabilityAttr(Sema &S, SourceRange Range, | ||||
2138 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, | ||||
2139 | VersionTuple Introduced, | ||||
2140 | VersionTuple Deprecated, | ||||
2141 | VersionTuple Obsoleted) { | ||||
2142 | StringRef PlatformName | ||||
2143 | = AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()); | ||||
2144 | if (PlatformName.empty()) | ||||
2145 | PlatformName = Platform->getName(); | ||||
2146 | |||||
2147 | // Ensure that Introduced <= Deprecated <= Obsoleted (although not all | ||||
2148 | // of these steps are needed). | ||||
2149 | if (!Introduced.empty() && !Deprecated.empty() && | ||||
2150 | !(Introduced <= Deprecated)) { | ||||
2151 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | ||||
2152 | << 1 << PlatformName << Deprecated.getAsString() | ||||
2153 | << 0 << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||
2154 | return true; | ||||
2155 | } | ||||
2156 | |||||
2157 | if (!Introduced.empty() && !Obsoleted.empty() && | ||||
2158 | !(Introduced <= Obsoleted)) { | ||||
2159 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | ||||
2160 | << 2 << PlatformName << Obsoleted.getAsString() | ||||
2161 | << 0 << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||
2162 | return true; | ||||
2163 | } | ||||
2164 | |||||
2165 | if (!Deprecated.empty() && !Obsoleted.empty() && | ||||
2166 | !(Deprecated <= Obsoleted)) { | ||||
2167 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | ||||
2168 | << 2 << PlatformName << Obsoleted.getAsString() | ||||
2169 | << 1 << Deprecated.getAsString(); | ||||
2170 | return true; | ||||
2171 | } | ||||
2172 | |||||
2173 | return false; | ||||
2174 | } | ||||
2175 | |||||
2176 | /// Check whether the two versions match. | ||||
2177 | /// | ||||
2178 | /// If either version tuple is empty, then they are assumed to match. If | ||||
2179 | /// \p BeforeIsOkay is true, then \p X can be less than or equal to \p Y. | ||||
2180 | static bool versionsMatch(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y, | ||||
2181 | bool BeforeIsOkay) { | ||||
2182 | if (X.empty() || Y.empty()) | ||||
2183 | return true; | ||||
2184 | |||||
2185 | if (X == Y) | ||||
2186 | return true; | ||||
2187 | |||||
2188 | if (BeforeIsOkay && X < Y) | ||||
2189 | return true; | ||||
2190 | |||||
2191 | return false; | ||||
2192 | } | ||||
2193 | |||||
2194 | AvailabilityAttr *Sema::mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||
2195 | NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Platform, | ||||
2196 | bool Implicit, VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated, | ||||
2197 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable, StringRef Message, | ||||
2198 | bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, | ||||
2199 | int Priority) { | ||||
2200 | VersionTuple MergedIntroduced = Introduced; | ||||
2201 | VersionTuple MergedDeprecated = Deprecated; | ||||
2202 | VersionTuple MergedObsoleted = Obsoleted; | ||||
2203 | bool FoundAny = false; | ||||
2204 | bool OverrideOrImpl = false; | ||||
2205 | switch (AMK) { | ||||
2206 | case AMK_None: | ||||
2207 | case AMK_Redeclaration: | ||||
2208 | OverrideOrImpl = false; | ||||
2209 | break; | ||||
2210 | |||||
2211 | case AMK_Override: | ||||
2212 | case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: | ||||
2213 | OverrideOrImpl = true; | ||||
2214 | break; | ||||
2215 | } | ||||
2216 | |||||
2217 | if (D->hasAttrs()) { | ||||
2218 | AttrVec &Attrs = D->getAttrs(); | ||||
2219 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Attrs.size(); i != e;) { | ||||
2220 | const auto *OldAA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attrs[i]); | ||||
2221 | if (!OldAA) { | ||||
2222 | ++i; | ||||
2223 | continue; | ||||
2224 | } | ||||
2225 | |||||
2226 | IdentifierInfo *OldPlatform = OldAA->getPlatform(); | ||||
2227 | if (OldPlatform != Platform) { | ||||
2228 | ++i; | ||||
2229 | continue; | ||||
2230 | } | ||||
2231 | |||||
2232 | // If there is an existing availability attribute for this platform that | ||||
2233 | // has a lower priority use the existing one and discard the new | ||||
2234 | // attribute. | ||||
2235 | if (OldAA->getPriority() < Priority) | ||||
2236 | return nullptr; | ||||
2237 | |||||
2238 | // If there is an existing attribute for this platform that has a higher | ||||
2239 | // priority than the new attribute then erase the old one and continue | ||||
2240 | // processing the attributes. | ||||
2241 | if (OldAA->getPriority() > Priority) { | ||||
2242 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | ||||
2243 | --e; | ||||
2244 | continue; | ||||
2245 | } | ||||
2246 | |||||
2247 | FoundAny = true; | ||||
2248 | VersionTuple OldIntroduced = OldAA->getIntroduced(); | ||||
2249 | VersionTuple OldDeprecated = OldAA->getDeprecated(); | ||||
2250 | VersionTuple OldObsoleted = OldAA->getObsoleted(); | ||||
2251 | bool OldIsUnavailable = OldAA->getUnavailable(); | ||||
2252 | |||||
2253 | if (!versionsMatch(OldIntroduced, Introduced, OverrideOrImpl) || | ||||
2254 | !versionsMatch(Deprecated, OldDeprecated, OverrideOrImpl) || | ||||
2255 | !versionsMatch(Obsoleted, OldObsoleted, OverrideOrImpl) || | ||||
2256 | !(OldIsUnavailable == IsUnavailable || | ||||
2257 | (OverrideOrImpl && !OldIsUnavailable && IsUnavailable))) { | ||||
2258 | if (OverrideOrImpl) { | ||||
2259 | int Which = -1; | ||||
2260 | VersionTuple FirstVersion; | ||||
2261 | VersionTuple SecondVersion; | ||||
2262 | if (!versionsMatch(OldIntroduced, Introduced, OverrideOrImpl)) { | ||||
2263 | Which = 0; | ||||
2264 | FirstVersion = OldIntroduced; | ||||
2265 | SecondVersion = Introduced; | ||||
2266 | } else if (!versionsMatch(Deprecated, OldDeprecated, OverrideOrImpl)) { | ||||
2267 | Which = 1; | ||||
2268 | FirstVersion = Deprecated; | ||||
2269 | SecondVersion = OldDeprecated; | ||||
2270 | } else if (!versionsMatch(Obsoleted, OldObsoleted, OverrideOrImpl)) { | ||||
2271 | Which = 2; | ||||
2272 | FirstVersion = Obsoleted; | ||||
2273 | SecondVersion = OldObsoleted; | ||||
2274 | } | ||||
2275 | |||||
2276 | if (Which == -1) { | ||||
2277 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), | ||||
2278 | diag::warn_mismatched_availability_override_unavail) | ||||
2279 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()) | ||||
2280 | << (AMK == AMK_Override); | ||||
2281 | } else { | ||||
2282 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), | ||||
2283 | diag::warn_mismatched_availability_override) | ||||
2284 | << Which | ||||
2285 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()) | ||||
2286 | << FirstVersion.getAsString() << SecondVersion.getAsString() | ||||
2287 | << (AMK == AMK_Override); | ||||
2288 | } | ||||
2289 | if (AMK == AMK_Override) | ||||
2290 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_overridden_method); | ||||
2291 | else | ||||
2292 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_protocol_method); | ||||
2293 | } else { | ||||
2294 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_availability); | ||||
2295 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||
2296 | } | ||||
2297 | |||||
2298 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | ||||
2299 | --e; | ||||
2300 | continue; | ||||
2301 | } | ||||
2302 | |||||
2303 | VersionTuple MergedIntroduced2 = MergedIntroduced; | ||||
2304 | VersionTuple MergedDeprecated2 = MergedDeprecated; | ||||
2305 | VersionTuple MergedObsoleted2 = MergedObsoleted; | ||||
2306 | |||||
2307 | if (MergedIntroduced2.empty()) | ||||
2308 | MergedIntroduced2 = OldIntroduced; | ||||
2309 | if (MergedDeprecated2.empty()) | ||||
2310 | MergedDeprecated2 = OldDeprecated; | ||||
2311 | if (MergedObsoleted2.empty()) | ||||
2312 | MergedObsoleted2 = OldObsoleted; | ||||
2313 | |||||
2314 | if (checkAvailabilityAttr(*this, OldAA->getRange(), Platform, | ||||
2315 | MergedIntroduced2, MergedDeprecated2, | ||||
2316 | MergedObsoleted2)) { | ||||
2317 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | ||||
2318 | --e; | ||||
2319 | continue; | ||||
2320 | } | ||||
2321 | |||||
2322 | MergedIntroduced = MergedIntroduced2; | ||||
2323 | MergedDeprecated = MergedDeprecated2; | ||||
2324 | MergedObsoleted = MergedObsoleted2; | ||||
2325 | ++i; | ||||
2326 | } | ||||
2327 | } | ||||
2328 | |||||
2329 | if (FoundAny && | ||||
2330 | MergedIntroduced == Introduced && | ||||
2331 | MergedDeprecated == Deprecated && | ||||
2332 | MergedObsoleted == Obsoleted) | ||||
2333 | return nullptr; | ||||
2334 | |||||
2335 | // Only create a new attribute if !OverrideOrImpl, but we want to do | ||||
2336 | // the checking. | ||||
2337 | if (!checkAvailabilityAttr(*this, CI.getRange(), Platform, MergedIntroduced, | ||||
2338 | MergedDeprecated, MergedObsoleted) && | ||||
2339 | !OverrideOrImpl) { | ||||
2340 | auto *Avail = ::new (Context) AvailabilityAttr( | ||||
2341 | Context, CI, Platform, Introduced, Deprecated, Obsoleted, IsUnavailable, | ||||
2342 | Message, IsStrict, Replacement, Priority); | ||||
2343 | Avail->setImplicit(Implicit); | ||||
2344 | return Avail; | ||||
2345 | } | ||||
2346 | return nullptr; | ||||
2347 | } | ||||
2348 | |||||
2349 | static void handleAvailabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2350 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
2351 | return; | ||||
2352 | IdentifierLoc *Platform = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||
2353 | |||||
2354 | IdentifierInfo *II = Platform->Ident; | ||||
2355 | if (AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(II->getName()).empty()) | ||||
2356 | S.Diag(Platform->Loc, diag::warn_availability_unknown_platform) | ||||
2357 | << Platform->Ident; | ||||
2358 | |||||
2359 | auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D); | ||||
2360 | if (!ND) // We warned about this already, so just return. | ||||
2361 | return; | ||||
2362 | |||||
2363 | AvailabilityChange Introduced = AL.getAvailabilityIntroduced(); | ||||
2364 | AvailabilityChange Deprecated = AL.getAvailabilityDeprecated(); | ||||
2365 | AvailabilityChange Obsoleted = AL.getAvailabilityObsoleted(); | ||||
2366 | bool IsUnavailable = AL.getUnavailableLoc().isValid(); | ||||
2367 | bool IsStrict = AL.getStrictLoc().isValid(); | ||||
2368 | StringRef Str; | ||||
2369 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getMessageExpr())) | ||||
2370 | Str = SE->getString(); | ||||
2371 | StringRef Replacement; | ||||
2372 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getReplacementExpr())) | ||||
2373 | Replacement = SE->getString(); | ||||
2374 | |||||
2375 | if (II->isStr("swift")) { | ||||
2376 | if (Introduced.isValid() || Obsoleted.isValid() || | ||||
2377 | (!IsUnavailable && !Deprecated.isValid())) { | ||||
2378 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
2379 | diag::warn_availability_swift_unavailable_deprecated_only); | ||||
2380 | return; | ||||
2381 | } | ||||
2382 | } | ||||
2383 | |||||
2384 | int PriorityModifier = AL.isPragmaClangAttribute() | ||||
2385 | ? Sema::AP_PragmaClangAttribute | ||||
2386 | : Sema::AP_Explicit; | ||||
2387 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||
2388 | ND, AL, II, false /*Implicit*/, Introduced.Version, Deprecated.Version, | ||||
2389 | Obsoleted.Version, IsUnavailable, Str, IsStrict, Replacement, | ||||
2390 | Sema::AMK_None, PriorityModifier); | ||||
2391 | if (NewAttr) | ||||
2392 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||
2393 | |||||
2394 | // Transcribe "ios" to "watchos" (and add a new attribute) if the versioning | ||||
2395 | // matches before the start of the watchOS platform. | ||||
2396 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWatchOS()) { | ||||
2397 | IdentifierInfo *NewII = nullptr; | ||||
2398 | if (II->getName() == "ios") | ||||
2399 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("watchos"); | ||||
2400 | else if (II->getName() == "ios_app_extension") | ||||
2401 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("watchos_app_extension"); | ||||
2402 | |||||
2403 | if (NewII) { | ||||
2404 | auto adjustWatchOSVersion = [](VersionTuple Version) -> VersionTuple { | ||||
2405 | if (Version.empty()) | ||||
2406 | return Version; | ||||
2407 | auto Major = Version.getMajor(); | ||||
2408 | auto NewMajor = Major >= 9 ? Major - 7 : 0; | ||||
2409 | if (NewMajor >= 2) { | ||||
2410 | if (Version.getMinor().hasValue()) { | ||||
2411 | if (Version.getSubminor().hasValue()) | ||||
2412 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor, Version.getMinor().getValue(), | ||||
2413 | Version.getSubminor().getValue()); | ||||
2414 | else | ||||
2415 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor, Version.getMinor().getValue()); | ||||
2416 | } | ||||
2417 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor); | ||||
2418 | } | ||||
2419 | |||||
2420 | return VersionTuple(2, 0); | ||||
2421 | }; | ||||
2422 | |||||
2423 | auto NewIntroduced = adjustWatchOSVersion(Introduced.Version); | ||||
2424 | auto NewDeprecated = adjustWatchOSVersion(Deprecated.Version); | ||||
2425 | auto NewObsoleted = adjustWatchOSVersion(Obsoleted.Version); | ||||
2426 | |||||
2427 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||
2428 | ND, AL, NewII, true /*Implicit*/, NewIntroduced, NewDeprecated, | ||||
2429 | NewObsoleted, IsUnavailable, Str, IsStrict, Replacement, | ||||
2430 | Sema::AMK_None, | ||||
2431 | PriorityModifier + Sema::AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform); | ||||
2432 | if (NewAttr) | ||||
2433 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||
2434 | } | ||||
2435 | } else if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isTvOS()) { | ||||
2436 | // Transcribe "ios" to "tvos" (and add a new attribute) if the versioning | ||||
2437 | // matches before the start of the tvOS platform. | ||||
2438 | IdentifierInfo *NewII = nullptr; | ||||
2439 | if (II->getName() == "ios") | ||||
2440 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("tvos"); | ||||
2441 | else if (II->getName() == "ios_app_extension") | ||||
2442 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("tvos_app_extension"); | ||||
2443 | |||||
2444 | if (NewII) { | ||||
2445 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( | ||||
2446 | ND, AL, NewII, true /*Implicit*/, Introduced.Version, | ||||
2447 | Deprecated.Version, Obsoleted.Version, IsUnavailable, Str, IsStrict, | ||||
2448 | Replacement, Sema::AMK_None, | ||||
2449 | PriorityModifier + Sema::AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform); | ||||
2450 | if (NewAttr) | ||||
2451 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||
2452 | } | ||||
2453 | } | ||||
2454 | } | ||||
2455 | |||||
2456 | static void handleExternalSourceSymbolAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
2457 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2458 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
2459 | return; | ||||
2460 | assert(checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) &&((checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && \"Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
2461 | "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute")((checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 3) && \"Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2461, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2462 | |||||
2463 | StringRef Language; | ||||
2464 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getArgAsExpr(0))) | ||||
2465 | Language = SE->getString(); | ||||
2466 | StringRef DefinedIn; | ||||
2467 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(AL.getArgAsExpr(1))) | ||||
2468 | DefinedIn = SE->getString(); | ||||
2469 | bool IsGeneratedDeclaration = AL.getArgAsIdent(2) != nullptr; | ||||
2470 | |||||
2471 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ExternalSourceSymbolAttr( | ||||
2472 | S.Context, AL, Language, DefinedIn, IsGeneratedDeclaration)); | ||||
2473 | } | ||||
2474 | |||||
2475 | template <class T> | ||||
2476 | static T *mergeVisibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
2477 | typename T::VisibilityType value) { | ||||
2478 | T *existingAttr = D->getAttr<T>(); | ||||
2479 | if (existingAttr) { | ||||
2480 | typename T::VisibilityType existingValue = existingAttr->getVisibility(); | ||||
2481 | if (existingValue == value) | ||||
2482 | return nullptr; | ||||
2483 | S.Diag(existingAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_visibility); | ||||
2484 | S.Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||
2485 | D->dropAttr<T>(); | ||||
2486 | } | ||||
2487 | return ::new (S.Context) T(S.Context, CI, value); | ||||
2488 | } | ||||
2489 | |||||
2490 | VisibilityAttr *Sema::mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, | ||||
2491 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
2492 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis) { | ||||
2493 | return ::mergeVisibilityAttr<VisibilityAttr>(*this, D, CI, Vis); | ||||
2494 | } | ||||
2495 | |||||
2496 | TypeVisibilityAttr * | ||||
2497 | Sema::mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
2498 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis) { | ||||
2499 | return ::mergeVisibilityAttr<TypeVisibilityAttr>(*this, D, CI, Vis); | ||||
2500 | } | ||||
2501 | |||||
2502 | static void handleVisibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
2503 | bool isTypeVisibility) { | ||||
2504 | // Visibility attributes don't mean anything on a typedef. | ||||
2505 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2506 | S.Diag(AL.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||
2507 | return; | ||||
2508 | } | ||||
2509 | |||||
2510 | // 'type_visibility' can only go on a type or namespace. | ||||
2511 | if (isTypeVisibility && | ||||
2512 | !(isa<TagDecl>(D) || | ||||
2513 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || | ||||
2514 | isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))) { | ||||
2515 | S.Diag(AL.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
2516 | << AL << ExpectedTypeOrNamespace; | ||||
2517 | return; | ||||
2518 | } | ||||
2519 | |||||
2520 | // Check that the argument is a string literal. | ||||
2521 | StringRef TypeStr; | ||||
2522 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
2523 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, TypeStr, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||
2524 | return; | ||||
2525 | |||||
2526 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType type; | ||||
2527 | if (!VisibilityAttr::ConvertStrToVisibilityType(TypeStr, type)) { | ||||
2528 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL | ||||
2529 | << TypeStr; | ||||
2530 | return; | ||||
2531 | } | ||||
2532 | |||||
2533 | // Complain about attempts to use protected visibility on targets | ||||
2534 | // (like Darwin) that don't support it. | ||||
2535 | if (type == VisibilityAttr::Protected && | ||||
2536 | !S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasProtectedVisibility()) { | ||||
2537 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_protected_visibility); | ||||
2538 | type = VisibilityAttr::Default; | ||||
2539 | } | ||||
2540 | |||||
2541 | Attr *newAttr; | ||||
2542 | if (isTypeVisibility) { | ||||
2543 | newAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr( | ||||
2544 | D, AL, (TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType)type); | ||||
2545 | } else { | ||||
2546 | newAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, AL, type); | ||||
2547 | } | ||||
2548 | if (newAttr) | ||||
2549 | D->addAttr(newAttr); | ||||
2550 | } | ||||
2551 | |||||
2552 | static void handleObjCMethodFamilyAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2553 | const auto *M = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||
2554 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
2555 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
2556 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
2557 | return; | ||||
2558 | } | ||||
2559 | |||||
2560 | IdentifierLoc *IL = AL.getArgAsIdent(0); | ||||
2561 | ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::FamilyKind F; | ||||
2562 | if (!ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::ConvertStrToFamilyKind(IL->Ident->getName(), F)) { | ||||
2563 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << IL->Ident; | ||||
2564 | return; | ||||
2565 | } | ||||
2566 | |||||
2567 | if (F == ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::OMF_init && | ||||
2568 | !M->getReturnType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
2569 | S.Diag(M->getLocation(), diag::err_init_method_bad_return_type) | ||||
2570 | << M->getReturnType(); | ||||
2571 | // Ignore the attribute. | ||||
2572 | return; | ||||
2573 | } | ||||
2574 | |||||
2575 | D->addAttr(new (S.Context) ObjCMethodFamilyAttr(S.Context, AL, F)); | ||||
2576 | } | ||||
2577 | |||||
2578 | static void handleObjCNSObject(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2579 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2580 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
2581 | if (!T->isCARCBridgableType()) { | ||||
2582 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::err_nsobject_attribute); | ||||
2583 | return; | ||||
2584 | } | ||||
2585 | } | ||||
2586 | else if (const auto *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2587 | QualType T = PD->getType(); | ||||
2588 | if (!T->isCARCBridgableType()) { | ||||
2589 | S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::err_nsobject_attribute); | ||||
2590 | return; | ||||
2591 | } | ||||
2592 | } | ||||
2593 | else { | ||||
2594 | // It is okay to include this attribute on properties, e.g.: | ||||
2595 | // | ||||
2596 | // @property (retain, nonatomic) struct Bork *Q __attribute__((NSObject)); | ||||
2597 | // | ||||
2598 | // In this case it follows tradition and suppresses an error in the above | ||||
2599 | // case. | ||||
2600 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_nsobject_attribute); | ||||
2601 | } | ||||
2602 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCNSObjectAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2603 | } | ||||
2604 | |||||
2605 | static void handleObjCIndependentClass(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2606 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2607 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
2608 | if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
2609 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::warn_ptr_independentclass_attribute); | ||||
2610 | return; | ||||
2611 | } | ||||
2612 | } else { | ||||
2613 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_independentclass_attribute); | ||||
2614 | return; | ||||
2615 | } | ||||
2616 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCIndependentClassAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2617 | } | ||||
2618 | |||||
2619 | static void handleBlocksAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2620 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
2621 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
2622 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
2623 | return; | ||||
2624 | } | ||||
2625 | |||||
2626 | IdentifierInfo *II = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||
2627 | BlocksAttr::BlockType type; | ||||
2628 | if (!BlocksAttr::ConvertStrToBlockType(II->getName(), type)) { | ||||
2629 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << II; | ||||
2630 | return; | ||||
2631 | } | ||||
2632 | |||||
2633 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) BlocksAttr(S.Context, AL, type)); | ||||
2634 | } | ||||
2635 | |||||
2636 | static void handleSentinelAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2637 | unsigned sentinel = (unsigned)SentinelAttr::DefaultSentinel; | ||||
2638 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 0) { | ||||
2639 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
2640 | llvm::APSInt Idx(32); | ||||
2641 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || | ||||
2642 | !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Idx, S.Context)) { | ||||
2643 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
2644 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
2645 | return; | ||||
2646 | } | ||||
2647 | |||||
2648 | if (Idx.isSigned() && Idx.isNegative()) { | ||||
2649 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_sentinel_less_than_zero) | ||||
2650 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
2651 | return; | ||||
2652 | } | ||||
2653 | |||||
2654 | sentinel = Idx.getZExtValue(); | ||||
2655 | } | ||||
2656 | |||||
2657 | unsigned nullPos = (unsigned)SentinelAttr::DefaultNullPos; | ||||
2658 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||
2659 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||
2660 | llvm::APSInt Idx(32); | ||||
2661 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || | ||||
2662 | !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Idx, S.Context)) { | ||||
2663 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
2664 | << AL << 2 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
2665 | return; | ||||
2666 | } | ||||
2667 | nullPos = Idx.getZExtValue(); | ||||
2668 | |||||
2669 | if ((Idx.isSigned() && Idx.isNegative()) || nullPos > 1) { | ||||
2670 | // FIXME: This error message could be improved, it would be nice | ||||
2671 | // to say what the bounds actually are. | ||||
2672 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_sentinel_not_zero_or_one) | ||||
2673 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
2674 | return; | ||||
2675 | } | ||||
2676 | } | ||||
2677 | |||||
2678 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2679 | const FunctionType *FT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
2680 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) { | ||||
2681 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_named_arguments); | ||||
2682 | return; | ||||
2683 | } | ||||
2684 | |||||
2685 | if (!cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic()) { | ||||
2686 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 0; | ||||
2687 | return; | ||||
2688 | } | ||||
2689 | } else if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2690 | if (!MD->isVariadic()) { | ||||
2691 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 0; | ||||
2692 | return; | ||||
2693 | } | ||||
2694 | } else if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2695 | if (!BD->isVariadic()) { | ||||
2696 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; | ||||
2697 | return; | ||||
2698 | } | ||||
2699 | } else if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2700 | QualType Ty = V->getType(); | ||||
2701 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) { | ||||
2702 | const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() | ||||
2703 | ? D->getFunctionType() | ||||
2704 | : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
2705 | if (!cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic()) { | ||||
2706 | int m = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() ? 0 : 1; | ||||
2707 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << m; | ||||
2708 | return; | ||||
2709 | } | ||||
2710 | } else { | ||||
2711 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
2712 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | ||||
2713 | return; | ||||
2714 | } | ||||
2715 | } else { | ||||
2716 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
2717 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | ||||
2718 | return; | ||||
2719 | } | ||||
2720 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SentinelAttr(S.Context, AL, sentinel, nullPos)); | ||||
2721 | } | ||||
2722 | |||||
2723 | static void handleWarnUnusedResult(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2724 | if (D->getFunctionType() && | ||||
2725 | D->getFunctionType()->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||
2726 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2727 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_void_function_method) << AL << 0; | ||||
2728 | return; | ||||
2729 | } | ||||
2730 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
2731 | if (MD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2732 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_void_function_method) << AL << 1; | ||||
2733 | return; | ||||
2734 | } | ||||
2735 | |||||
2736 | StringRef Str; | ||||
2737 | if ((AL.isCXX11Attribute() || AL.isC2xAttribute()) && !AL.getScopeName()) { | ||||
2738 | // If this is spelled as the standard C++17 attribute, but not in C++17, | ||||
2739 | // warn about using it as an extension. If there are attribute arguments, | ||||
2740 | // then claim it's a C++2a extension instead. | ||||
2741 | // FIXME: If WG14 does not seem likely to adopt the same feature, add an | ||||
2742 | // extension warning for C2x mode. | ||||
2743 | const LangOptions &LO = S.getLangOpts(); | ||||
2744 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 1) { | ||||
2745 | if (LO.CPlusPlus && !LO.CPlusPlus2a) | ||||
2746 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx2a_attr) << AL; | ||||
2747 | |||||
2748 | // Since this this is spelled [[nodiscard]], get the optional string | ||||
2749 | // literal. If in C++ mode, but not in C++2a mode, diagnose as an | ||||
2750 | // extension. | ||||
2751 | // FIXME: C2x should support this feature as well, even as an extension. | ||||
2752 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, nullptr)) | ||||
2753 | return; | ||||
2754 | } else if (LO.CPlusPlus && !LO.CPlusPlus17) | ||||
2755 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx17_attr) << AL; | ||||
2756 | } | ||||
2757 | |||||
2758 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
2759 | } | ||||
2760 | |||||
2761 | static void handleWeakImportAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2762 | // weak_import only applies to variable & function declarations. | ||||
2763 | bool isDef = false; | ||||
2764 | if (!D->canBeWeakImported(isDef)) { | ||||
2765 | if (isDef) | ||||
2766 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_invalid_on_definition) | ||||
2767 | << "weak_import"; | ||||
2768 | else if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || | ||||
2769 | (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin() && | ||||
2770 | (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || isa<EnumDecl>(D)))) { | ||||
2771 | // Nothing to warn about here. | ||||
2772 | } else | ||||
2773 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
2774 | << AL << ExpectedVariableOrFunction; | ||||
2775 | |||||
2776 | return; | ||||
2777 | } | ||||
2778 | |||||
2779 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WeakImportAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
2780 | } | ||||
2781 | |||||
2782 | // Handles reqd_work_group_size and work_group_size_hint. | ||||
2783 | template <typename WorkGroupAttr> | ||||
2784 | static void handleWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2785 | uint32_t WGSize[3]; | ||||
2786 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { | ||||
2787 | const Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(i); | ||||
2788 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, WGSize[i], i, | ||||
2789 | /*StrictlyUnsigned=*/true)) | ||||
2790 | return; | ||||
2791 | if (WGSize[i] == 0) { | ||||
2792 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_is_zero) | ||||
2793 | << AL << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
2794 | return; | ||||
2795 | } | ||||
2796 | } | ||||
2797 | |||||
2798 | WorkGroupAttr *Existing = D->getAttr<WorkGroupAttr>(); | ||||
2799 | if (Existing && !(Existing->getXDim() == WGSize[0] && | ||||
2800 | Existing->getYDim() == WGSize[1] && | ||||
2801 | Existing->getZDim() == WGSize[2])) | ||||
2802 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||
2803 | |||||
2804 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
2805 | WorkGroupAttr(S.Context, AL, WGSize[0], WGSize[1], WGSize[2])); | ||||
2806 | } | ||||
2807 | |||||
2808 | // Handles intel_reqd_sub_group_size. | ||||
2809 | static void handleSubGroupSize(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2810 | uint32_t SGSize; | ||||
2811 | const Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
2812 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, SGSize)) | ||||
2813 | return; | ||||
2814 | if (SGSize == 0) { | ||||
2815 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_is_zero) | ||||
2816 | << AL << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
2817 | return; | ||||
2818 | } | ||||
2819 | |||||
2820 | OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr *Existing = | ||||
2821 | D->getAttr<OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr>(); | ||||
2822 | if (Existing && Existing->getSubGroupSize() != SGSize) | ||||
2823 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||
2824 | |||||
2825 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
2826 | OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr(S.Context, AL, SGSize)); | ||||
2827 | } | ||||
2828 | |||||
2829 | static void handleVecTypeHint(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2830 | if (!AL.hasParsedType()) { | ||||
2831 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||
2832 | return; | ||||
2833 | } | ||||
2834 | |||||
2835 | TypeSourceInfo *ParmTSI = nullptr; | ||||
2836 | QualType ParmType = S.GetTypeFromParser(AL.getTypeArg(), &ParmTSI); | ||||
2837 | assert(ParmTSI && "no type source info for attribute argument")((ParmTSI && "no type source info for attribute argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmTSI && \"no type source info for attribute argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2837, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
2838 | |||||
2839 | if (!ParmType->isExtVectorType() && !ParmType->isFloatingType() && | ||||
2840 | (ParmType->isBooleanType() || | ||||
2841 | !ParmType->isIntegralType(S.getASTContext()))) { | ||||
2842 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_argument) << 3 << AL; | ||||
2843 | return; | ||||
2844 | } | ||||
2845 | |||||
2846 | if (VecTypeHintAttr *A = D->getAttr<VecTypeHintAttr>()) { | ||||
2847 | if (!S.Context.hasSameType(A->getTypeHint(), ParmType)) { | ||||
2848 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||
2849 | return; | ||||
2850 | } | ||||
2851 | } | ||||
2852 | |||||
2853 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) VecTypeHintAttr(S.Context, AL, ParmTSI)); | ||||
2854 | } | ||||
2855 | |||||
2856 | SectionAttr *Sema::mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
2857 | StringRef Name) { | ||||
2858 | // Explicit or partial specializations do not inherit | ||||
2859 | // the section attribute from the primary template. | ||||
2860 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2861 | if (CI.getAttributeSpellingListIndex() == SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate && | ||||
2862 | FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||
2863 | return nullptr; | ||||
2864 | } | ||||
2865 | if (SectionAttr *ExistingAttr = D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | ||||
2866 | if (ExistingAttr->getName() == Name) | ||||
2867 | return nullptr; | ||||
2868 | Diag(ExistingAttr->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) | ||||
2869 | << 1 /*section*/; | ||||
2870 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||
2871 | return nullptr; | ||||
2872 | } | ||||
2873 | return ::new (Context) SectionAttr(Context, CI, Name); | ||||
2874 | } | ||||
2875 | |||||
2876 | bool Sema::checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef SecName) { | ||||
2877 | std::string Error = Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(SecName); | ||||
2878 | if (!Error.empty()) { | ||||
2879 | Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) << Error | ||||
2880 | << 1 /*'section'*/; | ||||
2881 | return false; | ||||
2882 | } | ||||
2883 | return true; | ||||
2884 | } | ||||
2885 | |||||
2886 | static void handleSectionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2887 | // Make sure that there is a string literal as the sections's single | ||||
2888 | // argument. | ||||
2889 | StringRef Str; | ||||
2890 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
2891 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||
2892 | return; | ||||
2893 | |||||
2894 | if (!S.checkSectionName(LiteralLoc, Str)) | ||||
2895 | return; | ||||
2896 | |||||
2897 | // If the target wants to validate the section specifier, make it happen. | ||||
2898 | std::string Error = S.Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(Str); | ||||
2899 | if (!Error.empty()) { | ||||
2900 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) | ||||
2901 | << Error; | ||||
2902 | return; | ||||
2903 | } | ||||
2904 | |||||
2905 | SectionAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, AL, Str); | ||||
2906 | if (NewAttr) | ||||
2907 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||
2908 | } | ||||
2909 | |||||
2910 | // This is used for `__declspec(code_seg("segname"))` on a decl. | ||||
2911 | // `#pragma code_seg("segname")` uses checkSectionName() instead. | ||||
2912 | static bool checkCodeSegName(Sema &S, SourceLocation LiteralLoc, | ||||
2913 | StringRef CodeSegName) { | ||||
2914 | std::string Error = | ||||
2915 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(CodeSegName); | ||||
2916 | if (!Error.empty()) { | ||||
2917 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) | ||||
2918 | << Error << 0 /*'code-seg'*/; | ||||
2919 | return false; | ||||
2920 | } | ||||
2921 | |||||
2922 | return true; | ||||
2923 | } | ||||
2924 | |||||
2925 | CodeSegAttr *Sema::mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
2926 | StringRef Name) { | ||||
2927 | // Explicit or partial specializations do not inherit | ||||
2928 | // the code_seg attribute from the primary template. | ||||
2929 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
2930 | if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||
2931 | return nullptr; | ||||
2932 | } | ||||
2933 | if (const auto *ExistingAttr = D->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { | ||||
2934 | if (ExistingAttr->getName() == Name) | ||||
2935 | return nullptr; | ||||
2936 | Diag(ExistingAttr->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) | ||||
2937 | << 0 /*codeseg*/; | ||||
2938 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | ||||
2939 | return nullptr; | ||||
2940 | } | ||||
2941 | return ::new (Context) CodeSegAttr(Context, CI, Name); | ||||
2942 | } | ||||
2943 | |||||
2944 | static void handleCodeSegAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2945 | StringRef Str; | ||||
2946 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
2947 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||
2948 | return; | ||||
2949 | if (!checkCodeSegName(S, LiteralLoc, Str)) | ||||
2950 | return; | ||||
2951 | if (const auto *ExistingAttr = D->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { | ||||
2952 | if (!ExistingAttr->isImplicit()) { | ||||
2953 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
2954 | ExistingAttr->getName() == Str | ||||
2955 | ? diag::warn_duplicate_codeseg_attribute | ||||
2956 | : diag::err_conflicting_codeseg_attribute); | ||||
2957 | return; | ||||
2958 | } | ||||
2959 | D->dropAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); | ||||
2960 | } | ||||
2961 | if (CodeSegAttr *CSA = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, AL, Str)) | ||||
2962 | D->addAttr(CSA); | ||||
2963 | } | ||||
2964 | |||||
2965 | // Check for things we'd like to warn about. Multiversioning issues are | ||||
2966 | // handled later in the process, once we know how many exist. | ||||
2967 | bool Sema::checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef AttrStr) { | ||||
2968 | enum FirstParam { Unsupported, Duplicate }; | ||||
2969 | enum SecondParam { None, Architecture }; | ||||
2970 | for (auto Str : {"tune=", "fpmath="}) | ||||
2971 | if (AttrStr.find(Str) != StringRef::npos) | ||||
2972 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||
2973 | << Unsupported << None << Str; | ||||
2974 | |||||
2975 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParsedAttrs = TargetAttr::parse(AttrStr); | ||||
2976 | |||||
2977 | if (!ParsedAttrs.Architecture.empty() && | ||||
2978 | !Context.getTargetInfo().isValidCPUName(ParsedAttrs.Architecture)) | ||||
2979 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||
2980 | << Unsupported << Architecture << ParsedAttrs.Architecture; | ||||
2981 | |||||
2982 | if (ParsedAttrs.DuplicateArchitecture) | ||||
2983 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||
2984 | << Duplicate << None << "arch="; | ||||
2985 | |||||
2986 | for (const auto &Feature : ParsedAttrs.Features) { | ||||
2987 | auto CurFeature = StringRef(Feature).drop_front(); // remove + or -. | ||||
2988 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidFeatureName(CurFeature)) | ||||
2989 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | ||||
2990 | << Unsupported << None << CurFeature; | ||||
2991 | } | ||||
2992 | |||||
2993 | return false; | ||||
2994 | } | ||||
2995 | |||||
2996 | static void handleTargetAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
2997 | StringRef Str; | ||||
2998 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
2999 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc) || | ||||
3000 | S.checkTargetAttr(LiteralLoc, Str)) | ||||
3001 | return; | ||||
3002 | |||||
3003 | TargetAttr *NewAttr = ::new (S.Context) TargetAttr(S.Context, AL, Str); | ||||
3004 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||
3005 | } | ||||
3006 | |||||
3007 | static void handleMinVectorWidthAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3008 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
3009 | uint32_t VecWidth; | ||||
3010 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, VecWidth)) { | ||||
3011 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
3012 | return; | ||||
3013 | } | ||||
3014 | |||||
3015 | MinVectorWidthAttr *Existing = D->getAttr<MinVectorWidthAttr>(); | ||||
3016 | if (Existing && Existing->getVectorWidth() != VecWidth) { | ||||
3017 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << AL; | ||||
3018 | return; | ||||
3019 | } | ||||
3020 | |||||
3021 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MinVectorWidthAttr(S.Context, AL, VecWidth)); | ||||
3022 | } | ||||
3023 | |||||
3024 | static void handleCleanupAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3025 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
3026 | SourceLocation Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | ||||
3027 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | ||||
3028 | DeclarationNameInfo NI; | ||||
3029 | |||||
3030 | // gcc only allows for simple identifiers. Since we support more than gcc, we | ||||
3031 | // will warn the user. | ||||
3032 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
3033 | if (DRE->hasQualifier()) | ||||
3034 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cleanup_ext); | ||||
3035 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
3036 | NI = DRE->getNameInfo(); | ||||
3037 | if (!FD) { | ||||
3038 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 1 | ||||
3039 | << NI.getName(); | ||||
3040 | return; | ||||
3041 | } | ||||
3042 | } else if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||
3043 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||
3044 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cleanup_ext); | ||||
3045 | FD = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ULE, true); | ||||
3046 | NI = ULE->getNameInfo(); | ||||
3047 | if (!FD) { | ||||
3048 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 2 | ||||
3049 | << NI.getName(); | ||||
3050 | if (ULE->getType() == S.Context.OverloadTy) | ||||
3051 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ULE); | ||||
3052 | return; | ||||
3053 | } | ||||
3054 | } else { | ||||
3055 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 0; | ||||
3056 | return; | ||||
3057 | } | ||||
3058 | |||||
3059 | if (FD->getNumParams() != 1) { | ||||
3060 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_func_must_take_one_arg) | ||||
3061 | << NI.getName(); | ||||
3062 | return; | ||||
3063 | } | ||||
3064 | |||||
3065 | // We're currently more strict than GCC about what function types we accept. | ||||
3066 | // If this ever proves to be a problem it should be easy to fix. | ||||
3067 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getPointerType(cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType()); | ||||
3068 | QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(); | ||||
3069 | if (S.CheckAssignmentConstraints(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getLocation(), | ||||
3070 | ParamTy, Ty) != Sema::Compatible) { | ||||
3071 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_func_arg_incompatible_type) | ||||
3072 | << NI.getName() << ParamTy << Ty; | ||||
3073 | return; | ||||
3074 | } | ||||
3075 | |||||
3076 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CleanupAttr(S.Context, AL, FD)); | ||||
3077 | } | ||||
3078 | |||||
3079 | static void handleEnumExtensibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
3080 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3081 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
3082 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
3083 | << AL << 0 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
3084 | return; | ||||
3085 | } | ||||
3086 | |||||
3087 | EnumExtensibilityAttr::Kind ExtensibilityKind; | ||||
3088 | IdentifierInfo *II = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||
3089 | if (!EnumExtensibilityAttr::ConvertStrToKind(II->getName(), | ||||
3090 | ExtensibilityKind)) { | ||||
3091 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << II; | ||||
3092 | return; | ||||
3093 | } | ||||
3094 | |||||
3095 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
3096 | EnumExtensibilityAttr(S.Context, AL, ExtensibilityKind)); | ||||
3097 | } | ||||
3098 | |||||
3099 | /// Handle __attribute__((format_arg((idx)))) attribute based on | ||||
3100 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Function-Attributes.html | ||||
3101 | static void handleFormatArgAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3102 | Expr *IdxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
3103 | ParamIdx Idx; | ||||
3104 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 1, IdxExpr, Idx)) | ||||
| |||||
3105 | return; | ||||
3106 | |||||
3107 | // Make sure the format string is really a string. | ||||
3108 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx.getASTIndex()); | ||||
3109 | |||||
3110 | bool NotNSStringTy = !isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context); | ||||
3111 | if (NotNSStringTy
| ||||
3112 | !isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | ||||
3113 | (!Ty->isPointerType() || | ||||
3114 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType())) { | ||||
3115 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||
3116 | << "a string type" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
3117 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0); | ||||
3118 | return; | ||||
3119 | } | ||||
3120 | Ty = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||
3121 | if (!isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | ||||
3122 | !isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | ||||
3123 | (!Ty->isPointerType() || | ||||
3124 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType())) { | ||||
| |||||
3125 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_result_not) | ||||
3126 | << (NotNSStringTy ? "string type" : "NSString") | ||||
3127 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0); | ||||
3128 | return; | ||||
3129 | } | ||||
3130 | |||||
3131 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) FormatArgAttr(S.Context, AL, Idx)); | ||||
3132 | } | ||||
3133 | |||||
3134 | enum FormatAttrKind { | ||||
3135 | CFStringFormat, | ||||
3136 | NSStringFormat, | ||||
3137 | StrftimeFormat, | ||||
3138 | SupportedFormat, | ||||
3139 | IgnoredFormat, | ||||
3140 | InvalidFormat | ||||
3141 | }; | ||||
3142 | |||||
3143 | /// getFormatAttrKind - Map from format attribute names to supported format | ||||
3144 | /// types. | ||||
3145 | static FormatAttrKind getFormatAttrKind(StringRef Format) { | ||||
3146 | return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatAttrKind>(Format) | ||||
3147 | // Check for formats that get handled specially. | ||||
3148 | .Case("NSString", NSStringFormat) | ||||
3149 | .Case("CFString", CFStringFormat) | ||||
3150 | .Case("strftime", StrftimeFormat) | ||||
3151 | |||||
3152 | // Otherwise, check for supported formats. | ||||
3153 | .Cases("scanf", "printf", "printf0", "strfmon", SupportedFormat) | ||||
3154 | .Cases("cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", SupportedFormat) | ||||
3155 | .Case("kprintf", SupportedFormat) // OpenBSD. | ||||
3156 | .Case("freebsd_kprintf", SupportedFormat) // FreeBSD. | ||||
3157 | .Case("os_trace", SupportedFormat) | ||||
3158 | .Case("os_log", SupportedFormat) | ||||
3159 | |||||
3160 | .Cases("gcc_diag", "gcc_cdiag", "gcc_cxxdiag", "gcc_tdiag", IgnoredFormat) | ||||
3161 | .Default(InvalidFormat); | ||||
3162 | } | ||||
3163 | |||||
3164 | /// Handle __attribute__((init_priority(priority))) attributes based on | ||||
3165 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/C_002b_002b-Attributes.html | ||||
3166 | static void handleInitPriorityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3167 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
3168 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << AL; | ||||
3169 | return; | ||||
3170 | } | ||||
3171 | |||||
3172 | if (S.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | ||||
3173 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_init_priority_object_attr); | ||||
3174 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
3175 | return; | ||||
3176 | } | ||||
3177 | QualType T = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
3178 | if (S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) | ||||
3179 | T = S.Context.getBaseElementType(T); | ||||
3180 | if (!T->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
3181 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_init_priority_object_attr); | ||||
3182 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
3183 | return; | ||||
3184 | } | ||||
3185 | |||||
3186 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
3187 | uint32_t prioritynum; | ||||
3188 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, E, prioritynum)) { | ||||
3189 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
3190 | return; | ||||
3191 | } | ||||
3192 | |||||
3193 | if (prioritynum < 101 || prioritynum > 65535) { | ||||
3194 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_range) | ||||
3195 | << E->getSourceRange() << AL << 101 << 65535; | ||||
3196 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
3197 | return; | ||||
3198 | } | ||||
3199 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) InitPriorityAttr(S.Context, AL, prioritynum)); | ||||
3200 | } | ||||
3201 | |||||
3202 | FormatAttr *Sema::mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
3203 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, | ||||
3204 | int FirstArg) { | ||||
3205 | // Check whether we already have an equivalent format attribute. | ||||
3206 | for (auto *F : D->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { | ||||
3207 | if (F->getType() == Format && | ||||
3208 | F->getFormatIdx() == FormatIdx && | ||||
3209 | F->getFirstArg() == FirstArg) { | ||||
3210 | // If we don't have a valid location for this attribute, adopt the | ||||
3211 | // location. | ||||
3212 | if (F->getLocation().isInvalid()) | ||||
3213 | F->setRange(CI.getRange()); | ||||
3214 | return nullptr; | ||||
3215 | } | ||||
3216 | } | ||||
3217 | |||||
3218 | return ::new (Context) FormatAttr(Context, CI, Format, FormatIdx, FirstArg); | ||||
3219 | } | ||||
3220 | |||||
3221 | /// Handle __attribute__((format(type,idx,firstarg))) attributes based on | ||||
3222 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Function-Attributes.html | ||||
3223 | static void handleFormatAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3224 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
3225 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
3226 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
3227 | return; | ||||
3228 | } | ||||
3229 | |||||
3230 | // In C++ the implicit 'this' function parameter also counts, and they are | ||||
3231 | // counted from one. | ||||
3232 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | ||||
3233 | unsigned NumArgs = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) + HasImplicitThisParam; | ||||
3234 | |||||
3235 | IdentifierInfo *II = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||
3236 | StringRef Format = II->getName(); | ||||
3237 | |||||
3238 | if (normalizeName(Format)) { | ||||
3239 | // If we've modified the string name, we need a new identifier for it. | ||||
3240 | II = &S.Context.Idents.get(Format); | ||||
3241 | } | ||||
3242 | |||||
3243 | // Check for supported formats. | ||||
3244 | FormatAttrKind Kind = getFormatAttrKind(Format); | ||||
3245 | |||||
3246 | if (Kind == IgnoredFormat) | ||||
3247 | return; | ||||
3248 | |||||
3249 | if (Kind == InvalidFormat) { | ||||
3250 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | ||||
3251 | << AL << II->getName(); | ||||
3252 | return; | ||||
3253 | } | ||||
3254 | |||||
3255 | // checks for the 2nd argument | ||||
3256 | Expr *IdxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||
3257 | uint32_t Idx; | ||||
3258 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, IdxExpr, Idx, 2)) | ||||
3259 | return; | ||||
3260 | |||||
3261 | if (Idx < 1 || Idx > NumArgs) { | ||||
3262 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||
3263 | << AL << 2 << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3264 | return; | ||||
3265 | } | ||||
3266 | |||||
3267 | // FIXME: Do we need to bounds check? | ||||
3268 | unsigned ArgIdx = Idx - 1; | ||||
3269 | |||||
3270 | if (HasImplicitThisParam) { | ||||
3271 | if (ArgIdx == 0) { | ||||
3272 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
3273 | diag::err_format_attribute_implicit_this_format_string) | ||||
3274 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3275 | return; | ||||
3276 | } | ||||
3277 | ArgIdx--; | ||||
3278 | } | ||||
3279 | |||||
3280 | // make sure the format string is really a string | ||||
3281 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, ArgIdx); | ||||
3282 | |||||
3283 | if (Kind == CFStringFormat) { | ||||
3284 | if (!isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context)) { | ||||
3285 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||
3286 | << "a CFString" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
3287 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | ||||
3288 | return; | ||||
3289 | } | ||||
3290 | } else if (Kind == NSStringFormat) { | ||||
3291 | // FIXME: do we need to check if the type is NSString*? What are the | ||||
3292 | // semantics? | ||||
3293 | if (!isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context)) { | ||||
3294 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||
3295 | << "an NSString" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
3296 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | ||||
3297 | return; | ||||
3298 | } | ||||
3299 | } else if (!Ty->isPointerType() || | ||||
3300 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType()) { | ||||
3301 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | ||||
3302 | << "a string type" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
3303 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | ||||
3304 | return; | ||||
3305 | } | ||||
3306 | |||||
3307 | // check the 3rd argument | ||||
3308 | Expr *FirstArgExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(2); | ||||
3309 | uint32_t FirstArg; | ||||
3310 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, FirstArgExpr, FirstArg, 3)) | ||||
3311 | return; | ||||
3312 | |||||
3313 | // check if the function is variadic if the 3rd argument non-zero | ||||
3314 | if (FirstArg != 0) { | ||||
3315 | if (isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D)) { | ||||
3316 | ++NumArgs; // +1 for ... | ||||
3317 | } else { | ||||
3318 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_format_attribute_requires_variadic); | ||||
3319 | return; | ||||
3320 | } | ||||
3321 | } | ||||
3322 | |||||
3323 | // strftime requires FirstArg to be 0 because it doesn't read from any | ||||
3324 | // variable the input is just the current time + the format string. | ||||
3325 | if (Kind == StrftimeFormat) { | ||||
3326 | if (FirstArg != 0) { | ||||
3327 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_format_strftime_third_parameter) | ||||
3328 | << FirstArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3329 | return; | ||||
3330 | } | ||||
3331 | // if 0 it disables parameter checking (to use with e.g. va_list) | ||||
3332 | } else if (FirstArg != 0 && FirstArg != NumArgs) { | ||||
3333 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||
3334 | << AL << 3 << FirstArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3335 | return; | ||||
3336 | } | ||||
3337 | |||||
3338 | FormatAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, AL, II, Idx, FirstArg); | ||||
3339 | if (NewAttr) | ||||
3340 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||
3341 | } | ||||
3342 | |||||
3343 | /// Handle __attribute__((callback(CalleeIdx, PayloadIdx0, ...))) attributes. | ||||
3344 | static void handleCallbackAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3345 | // The index that identifies the callback callee is mandatory. | ||||
3346 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) { | ||||
3347 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_no_callee) | ||||
3348 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||
3349 | return; | ||||
3350 | } | ||||
3351 | |||||
3352 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | ||||
3353 | int32_t NumArgs = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | ||||
3354 | |||||
3355 | FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); | ||||
3356 | assert(FD && "Expected a function declaration!")((FD && "Expected a function declaration!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FD && \"Expected a function declaration!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3356, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3357 | |||||
3358 | llvm::StringMap<int> NameIdxMapping; | ||||
3359 | NameIdxMapping["__"] = -1; | ||||
3360 | |||||
3361 | NameIdxMapping["this"] = 0; | ||||
3362 | |||||
3363 | int Idx = 1; | ||||
3364 | for (const ParmVarDecl *PVD : FD->parameters()) | ||||
3365 | NameIdxMapping[PVD->getName()] = Idx++; | ||||
3366 | |||||
3367 | auto UnknownName = NameIdxMapping.end(); | ||||
3368 | |||||
3369 | SmallVector<int, 8> EncodingIndices; | ||||
3370 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I < E; ++I) { | ||||
3371 | SourceRange SR; | ||||
3372 | int32_t ArgIdx; | ||||
3373 | |||||
3374 | if (AL.isArgIdent(I)) { | ||||
3375 | IdentifierLoc *IdLoc = AL.getArgAsIdent(I); | ||||
3376 | auto It = NameIdxMapping.find(IdLoc->Ident->getName()); | ||||
3377 | if (It == UnknownName) { | ||||
3378 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_argument_unknown) | ||||
3379 | << IdLoc->Ident << IdLoc->Loc; | ||||
3380 | return; | ||||
3381 | } | ||||
3382 | |||||
3383 | SR = SourceRange(IdLoc->Loc); | ||||
3384 | ArgIdx = It->second; | ||||
3385 | } else if (AL.isArgExpr(I)) { | ||||
3386 | Expr *IdxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(I); | ||||
3387 | |||||
3388 | // If the expression is not parseable as an int32_t we have a problem. | ||||
3389 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, IdxExpr, (uint32_t &)ArgIdx, I + 1, | ||||
3390 | false)) { | ||||
3391 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||
3392 | << AL << (I + 1) << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3393 | return; | ||||
3394 | } | ||||
3395 | |||||
3396 | // Check oob, excluding the special values, 0 and -1. | ||||
3397 | if (ArgIdx < -1 || ArgIdx > NumArgs) { | ||||
3398 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||
3399 | << AL << (I + 1) << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3400 | return; | ||||
3401 | } | ||||
3402 | |||||
3403 | SR = IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3404 | } else { | ||||
3405 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ParsedAttr argument type!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected ParsedAttr argument type!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3405); | ||||
3406 | } | ||||
3407 | |||||
3408 | if (ArgIdx == 0 && !HasImplicitThisParam) { | ||||
3409 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_implicit_this_not_available) | ||||
3410 | << (I + 1) << SR; | ||||
3411 | return; | ||||
3412 | } | ||||
3413 | |||||
3414 | // Adjust for the case we do not have an implicit "this" parameter. In this | ||||
3415 | // case we decrease all positive values by 1 to get LLVM argument indices. | ||||
3416 | if (!HasImplicitThisParam && ArgIdx > 0) | ||||
3417 | ArgIdx -= 1; | ||||
3418 | |||||
3419 | EncodingIndices.push_back(ArgIdx); | ||||
3420 | } | ||||
3421 | |||||
3422 | int CalleeIdx = EncodingIndices.front(); | ||||
3423 | // Check if the callee index is proper, thus not "this" and not "unknown". | ||||
3424 | // This means the "CalleeIdx" has to be non-negative if "HasImplicitThisParam" | ||||
3425 | // is false and positive if "HasImplicitThisParam" is true. | ||||
3426 | if (CalleeIdx < (int)HasImplicitThisParam) { | ||||
3427 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_invalid_callee) | ||||
3428 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||
3429 | return; | ||||
3430 | } | ||||
3431 | |||||
3432 | // Get the callee type, note the index adjustment as the AST doesn't contain | ||||
3433 | // the this type (which the callee cannot reference anyway!). | ||||
3434 | const Type *CalleeType = | ||||
3435 | getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, CalleeIdx - HasImplicitThisParam) | ||||
3436 | .getTypePtr(); | ||||
3437 | if (!CalleeType || !CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType()) { | ||||
3438 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_callee_no_function_type) | ||||
3439 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||
3440 | return; | ||||
3441 | } | ||||
3442 | |||||
3443 | const Type *CalleeFnType = | ||||
3444 | CalleeType->getPointeeType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(); | ||||
3445 | |||||
3446 | // TODO: Check the type of the callee arguments. | ||||
3447 | |||||
3448 | const auto *CalleeFnProtoType = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(CalleeFnType); | ||||
3449 | if (!CalleeFnProtoType) { | ||||
3450 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_callee_no_function_type) | ||||
3451 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||
3452 | return; | ||||
3453 | } | ||||
3454 | |||||
3455 | if (CalleeFnProtoType->getNumParams() > EncodingIndices.size() - 1) { | ||||
3456 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | ||||
3457 | << AL << (unsigned)(EncodingIndices.size() - 1); | ||||
3458 | return; | ||||
3459 | } | ||||
3460 | |||||
3461 | if (CalleeFnProtoType->getNumParams() < EncodingIndices.size() - 1) { | ||||
3462 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | ||||
3463 | << AL << (unsigned)(EncodingIndices.size() - 1); | ||||
3464 | return; | ||||
3465 | } | ||||
3466 | |||||
3467 | if (CalleeFnProtoType->isVariadic()) { | ||||
3468 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_callee_is_variadic) << AL.getRange(); | ||||
3469 | return; | ||||
3470 | } | ||||
3471 | |||||
3472 | // Do not allow multiple callback attributes. | ||||
3473 | if (D->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>()) { | ||||
3474 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_callback_attribute_multiple) << AL.getRange(); | ||||
3475 | return; | ||||
3476 | } | ||||
3477 | |||||
3478 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CallbackAttr( | ||||
3479 | S.Context, AL, EncodingIndices.data(), EncodingIndices.size())); | ||||
3480 | } | ||||
3481 | |||||
3482 | static void handleTransparentUnionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3483 | // Try to find the underlying union declaration. | ||||
3484 | RecordDecl *RD = nullptr; | ||||
3485 | const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D); | ||||
3486 | if (TD && TD->getUnderlyingType()->isUnionType()) | ||||
3487 | RD = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAsUnionType()->getDecl(); | ||||
3488 | else | ||||
3489 | RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D); | ||||
3490 | |||||
3491 | if (!RD || !RD->isUnion()) { | ||||
3492 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) << AL | ||||
3493 | << ExpectedUnion; | ||||
3494 | return; | ||||
3495 | } | ||||
3496 | |||||
3497 | if (!RD->isCompleteDefinition()) { | ||||
3498 | if (!RD->isBeingDefined()) | ||||
3499 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
3500 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_not_definition); | ||||
3501 | return; | ||||
3502 | } | ||||
3503 | |||||
3504 | RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(), | ||||
3505 | FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); | ||||
3506 | if (Field == FieldEnd) { | ||||
3507 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_zero_fields); | ||||
3508 | return; | ||||
3509 | } | ||||
3510 | |||||
3511 | FieldDecl *FirstField = *Field; | ||||
3512 | QualType FirstType = FirstField->getType(); | ||||
3513 | if (FirstType->hasFloatingRepresentation() || FirstType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
3514 | S.Diag(FirstField->getLocation(), | ||||
3515 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_floating) | ||||
3516 | << FirstType->isVectorType() << FirstType; | ||||
3517 | return; | ||||
3518 | } | ||||
3519 | |||||
3520 | if (FirstType->isIncompleteType()) | ||||
3521 | return; | ||||
3522 | uint64_t FirstSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(FirstType); | ||||
3523 | uint64_t FirstAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(FirstType); | ||||
3524 | for (; Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { | ||||
3525 | QualType FieldType = Field->getType(); | ||||
3526 | if (FieldType->isIncompleteType()) | ||||
3527 | return; | ||||
3528 | // FIXME: this isn't fully correct; we also need to test whether the | ||||
3529 | // members of the union would all have the same calling convention as the | ||||
3530 | // first member of the union. Checking just the size and alignment isn't | ||||
3531 | // sufficient (consider structs passed on the stack instead of in registers | ||||
3532 | // as an example). | ||||
3533 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) != FirstSize || | ||||
3534 | S.Context.getTypeAlign(FieldType) > FirstAlign) { | ||||
3535 | // Warn if we drop the attribute. | ||||
3536 | bool isSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) != FirstSize; | ||||
3537 | unsigned FieldBits = isSize? S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) | ||||
3538 | : S.Context.getTypeAlign(FieldType); | ||||
3539 | S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), | ||||
3540 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_field_size_align) | ||||
3541 | << isSize << Field->getDeclName() << FieldBits; | ||||
3542 | unsigned FirstBits = isSize? FirstSize : FirstAlign; | ||||
3543 | S.Diag(FirstField->getLocation(), | ||||
3544 | diag::note_transparent_union_first_field_size_align) | ||||
3545 | << isSize << FirstBits; | ||||
3546 | return; | ||||
3547 | } | ||||
3548 | } | ||||
3549 | |||||
3550 | RD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TransparentUnionAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
3551 | } | ||||
3552 | |||||
3553 | static void handleAnnotateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3554 | // Make sure that there is a string literal as the annotation's single | ||||
3555 | // argument. | ||||
3556 | StringRef Str; | ||||
3557 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||
3558 | return; | ||||
3559 | |||||
3560 | // Don't duplicate annotations that are already set. | ||||
3561 | for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) { | ||||
3562 | if (I->getAnnotation() == Str) | ||||
3563 | return; | ||||
3564 | } | ||||
3565 | |||||
3566 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnnotateAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
3567 | } | ||||
3568 | |||||
3569 | static void handleAlignValueAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3570 | S.AddAlignValueAttr(D, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||
3571 | } | ||||
3572 | |||||
3573 | void Sema::AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E) { | ||||
3574 | AlignValueAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, E); | ||||
3575 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||
3576 | |||||
3577 | QualType T; | ||||
3578 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | ||||
3579 | T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
3580 | else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) | ||||
3581 | T = VD->getType(); | ||||
3582 | else | ||||
3583 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown decl type for align_value")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown decl type for align_value" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3583); | ||||
3584 | |||||
3585 | if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||
3586 | !T->isReferenceType() && !T->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||
3587 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_pointer_or_reference_only) | ||||
3588 | << &TmpAttr /*TmpAttr.getName()*/ << T << D->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3589 | return; | ||||
3590 | } | ||||
3591 | |||||
3592 | if (!E->isValueDependent()) { | ||||
3593 | llvm::APSInt Alignment; | ||||
3594 | ExprResult ICE | ||||
3595 | = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &Alignment, | ||||
3596 | diag::err_align_value_attribute_argument_not_int, | ||||
3597 | /*AllowFold*/ false); | ||||
3598 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) | ||||
3599 | return; | ||||
3600 | |||||
3601 | if (!Alignment.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||
3602 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | ||||
3603 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3604 | return; | ||||
3605 | } | ||||
3606 | |||||
3607 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AlignValueAttr(Context, CI, ICE.get())); | ||||
3608 | return; | ||||
3609 | } | ||||
3610 | |||||
3611 | // Save dependent expressions in the AST to be instantiated. | ||||
3612 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AlignValueAttr(Context, CI, E)); | ||||
3613 | } | ||||
3614 | |||||
3615 | static void handleAlignedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3616 | // check the attribute arguments. | ||||
3617 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||
3618 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||
3619 | return; | ||||
3620 | } | ||||
3621 | |||||
3622 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) { | ||||
3623 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AlignedAttr(S.Context, AL, true, nullptr)); | ||||
3624 | return; | ||||
3625 | } | ||||
3626 | |||||
3627 | Expr *E = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
3628 | if (AL.isPackExpansion() && !E->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { | ||||
3629 | S.Diag(AL.getEllipsisLoc(), | ||||
3630 | diag::err_pack_expansion_without_parameter_packs); | ||||
3631 | return; | ||||
3632 | } | ||||
3633 | |||||
3634 | if (!AL.isPackExpansion() && S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(E)) | ||||
3635 | return; | ||||
3636 | |||||
3637 | S.AddAlignedAttr(D, AL, E, AL.isPackExpansion()); | ||||
3638 | } | ||||
3639 | |||||
3640 | void Sema::AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, | ||||
3641 | bool IsPackExpansion) { | ||||
3642 | AlignedAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, true, E); | ||||
3643 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||
3644 | |||||
3645 | // C++11 alignas(...) and C11 _Alignas(...) have additional requirements. | ||||
3646 | if (TmpAttr.isAlignas()) { | ||||
3647 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p1: | ||||
3648 | // An alignment-specifier may be applied to a variable or to a class | ||||
3649 | // data member, but it shall not be applied to a bit-field, a function | ||||
3650 | // parameter, the formal parameter of a catch clause, or a variable | ||||
3651 | // declared with the register storage class specifier. An | ||||
3652 | // alignment-specifier may also be applied to the declaration of a class | ||||
3653 | // or enumeration type. | ||||
3654 | // C11 6.7.5/2: | ||||
3655 | // An alignment attribute shall not be specified in a declaration of | ||||
3656 | // a typedef, or a bit-field, or a function, or a parameter, or an | ||||
3657 | // object declared with the register storage-class specifier. | ||||
3658 | int DiagKind = -1; | ||||
3659 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3660 | DiagKind = 0; | ||||
3661 | } else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3662 | if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register) | ||||
3663 | DiagKind = 1; | ||||
3664 | if (VD->isExceptionVariable()) | ||||
3665 | DiagKind = 2; | ||||
3666 | } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3667 | if (FD->isBitField()) | ||||
3668 | DiagKind = 3; | ||||
3669 | } else if (!isa<TagDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3670 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) << &TmpAttr | ||||
3671 | << (TmpAttr.isC11() ? ExpectedVariableOrField | ||||
3672 | : ExpectedVariableFieldOrTag); | ||||
3673 | return; | ||||
3674 | } | ||||
3675 | if (DiagKind != -1) { | ||||
3676 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignas_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
3677 | << &TmpAttr << DiagKind; | ||||
3678 | return; | ||||
3679 | } | ||||
3680 | } | ||||
3681 | |||||
3682 | if (E->isValueDependent()) { | ||||
3683 | // We can't support a dependent alignment on a non-dependent type, | ||||
3684 | // because we have no way to model that a type is "alignment-dependent" | ||||
3685 | // but not dependent in any other way. | ||||
3686 | if (const auto *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3687 | if (!TND->getUnderlyingType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||
3688 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_dependent_typedef_name) | ||||
3689 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3690 | return; | ||||
3691 | } | ||||
3692 | } | ||||
3693 | |||||
3694 | // Save dependent expressions in the AST to be instantiated. | ||||
3695 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(Context, CI, true, E); | ||||
3696 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | ||||
3697 | D->addAttr(AA); | ||||
3698 | return; | ||||
3699 | } | ||||
3700 | |||||
3701 | // FIXME: Cache the number on the AL object? | ||||
3702 | llvm::APSInt Alignment; | ||||
3703 | ExprResult ICE | ||||
3704 | = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &Alignment, | ||||
3705 | diag::err_aligned_attribute_argument_not_int, | ||||
3706 | /*AllowFold*/ false); | ||||
3707 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) | ||||
3708 | return; | ||||
3709 | |||||
3710 | uint64_t AlignVal = Alignment.getZExtValue(); | ||||
3711 | |||||
3712 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p2: | ||||
3713 | // -- if the constant expression evaluates to zero, the alignment | ||||
3714 | // specifier shall have no effect | ||||
3715 | // C11 6.7.5p6: | ||||
3716 | // An alignment specification of zero has no effect. | ||||
3717 | if (!(TmpAttr.isAlignas() && !Alignment)) { | ||||
3718 | if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(AlignVal)) { | ||||
3719 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | ||||
3720 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3721 | return; | ||||
3722 | } | ||||
3723 | } | ||||
3724 | |||||
3725 | // Alignment calculations can wrap around if it's greater than 2**28. | ||||
3726 | unsigned MaxValidAlignment = | ||||
3727 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF() ? 8192 | ||||
3728 | : 268435456; | ||||
3729 | if (AlignVal > MaxValidAlignment) { | ||||
3730 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_aligned_too_great) << MaxValidAlignment | ||||
3731 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3732 | return; | ||||
3733 | } | ||||
3734 | |||||
3735 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { | ||||
3736 | unsigned MaxTLSAlign = | ||||
3737 | Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) | ||||
3738 | .getQuantity(); | ||||
3739 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
3740 | if (MaxTLSAlign && AlignVal > MaxTLSAlign && VD && | ||||
3741 | VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None) { | ||||
3742 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) | ||||
3743 | << (unsigned)AlignVal << VD << MaxTLSAlign; | ||||
3744 | return; | ||||
3745 | } | ||||
3746 | } | ||||
3747 | |||||
3748 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(Context, CI, true, ICE.get()); | ||||
3749 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | ||||
3750 | D->addAttr(AA); | ||||
3751 | } | ||||
3752 | |||||
3753 | void Sema::AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
3754 | TypeSourceInfo *TS, bool IsPackExpansion) { | ||||
3755 | // FIXME: Cache the number on the AL object if non-dependent? | ||||
3756 | // FIXME: Perform checking of type validity | ||||
3757 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(Context, CI, false, TS); | ||||
3758 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | ||||
3759 | D->addAttr(AA); | ||||
3760 | } | ||||
3761 | |||||
3762 | void Sema::CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D) { | ||||
3763 | assert(D->hasAttrs() && "no attributes on decl")((D->hasAttrs() && "no attributes on decl") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D->hasAttrs() && \"no attributes on decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3763, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3764 | |||||
3765 | QualType UnderlyingTy, DiagTy; | ||||
3766 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3767 | UnderlyingTy = DiagTy = VD->getType(); | ||||
3768 | } else { | ||||
3769 | UnderlyingTy = DiagTy = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(D)); | ||||
3770 | if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) | ||||
3771 | UnderlyingTy = ED->getIntegerType(); | ||||
3772 | } | ||||
3773 | if (DiagTy->isDependentType() || DiagTy->isIncompleteType()) | ||||
3774 | return; | ||||
3775 | |||||
3776 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p5, C11 6.7.5/4: | ||||
3777 | // The combined effect of all alignment attributes in a declaration shall | ||||
3778 | // not specify an alignment that is less strict than the alignment that | ||||
3779 | // would otherwise be required for the entity being declared. | ||||
3780 | AlignedAttr *AlignasAttr = nullptr; | ||||
3781 | unsigned Align = 0; | ||||
3782 | for (auto *I : D->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { | ||||
3783 | if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) | ||||
3784 | return; | ||||
3785 | if (I->isAlignas()) | ||||
3786 | AlignasAttr = I; | ||||
3787 | Align = std::max(Align, I->getAlignment(Context)); | ||||
3788 | } | ||||
3789 | |||||
3790 | if (AlignasAttr && Align) { | ||||
3791 | CharUnits RequestedAlign = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); | ||||
3792 | CharUnits NaturalAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(UnderlyingTy); | ||||
3793 | if (NaturalAlign > RequestedAlign) | ||||
3794 | Diag(AlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_underaligned) | ||||
3795 | << DiagTy << (unsigned)NaturalAlign.getQuantity(); | ||||
3796 | } | ||||
3797 | } | ||||
3798 | |||||
3799 | bool Sema::checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( | ||||
3800 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, | ||||
3801 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling) { | ||||
3802 | assert(RD->hasDefinition() && "RD has no definition!")((RD->hasDefinition() && "RD has no definition!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RD->hasDefinition() && \"RD has no definition!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3802, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
3803 | |||||
3804 | // We may not have seen base specifiers or any virtual methods yet. We will | ||||
3805 | // have to wait until the record is defined to catch any mismatches. | ||||
3806 | if (!RD->getDefinition()->isCompleteDefinition()) | ||||
3807 | return false; | ||||
3808 | |||||
3809 | // The unspecified model never matches what a definition could need. | ||||
3810 | if (SemanticSpelling == MSInheritanceAttr::Keyword_unspecified_inheritance) | ||||
3811 | return false; | ||||
3812 | |||||
3813 | if (BestCase) { | ||||
3814 | if (RD->calculateInheritanceModel() == SemanticSpelling) | ||||
3815 | return false; | ||||
3816 | } else { | ||||
3817 | if (RD->calculateInheritanceModel() <= SemanticSpelling) | ||||
3818 | return false; | ||||
3819 | } | ||||
3820 | |||||
3821 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_mismatched_ms_inheritance) | ||||
3822 | << 0 /*definition*/; | ||||
3823 | Diag(RD->getDefinition()->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here) | ||||
3824 | << RD->getNameAsString(); | ||||
3825 | return true; | ||||
3826 | } | ||||
3827 | |||||
3828 | /// parseModeAttrArg - Parses attribute mode string and returns parsed type | ||||
3829 | /// attribute. | ||||
3830 | static void parseModeAttrArg(Sema &S, StringRef Str, unsigned &DestWidth, | ||||
3831 | bool &IntegerMode, bool &ComplexMode) { | ||||
3832 | IntegerMode = true; | ||||
3833 | ComplexMode = false; | ||||
3834 | switch (Str.size()) { | ||||
3835 | case 2: | ||||
3836 | switch (Str[0]) { | ||||
3837 | case 'Q': | ||||
3838 | DestWidth = 8; | ||||
3839 | break; | ||||
3840 | case 'H': | ||||
3841 | DestWidth = 16; | ||||
3842 | break; | ||||
3843 | case 'S': | ||||
3844 | DestWidth = 32; | ||||
3845 | break; | ||||
3846 | case 'D': | ||||
3847 | DestWidth = 64; | ||||
3848 | break; | ||||
3849 | case 'X': | ||||
3850 | DestWidth = 96; | ||||
3851 | break; | ||||
3852 | case 'T': | ||||
3853 | DestWidth = 128; | ||||
3854 | break; | ||||
3855 | } | ||||
3856 | if (Str[1] == 'F') { | ||||
3857 | IntegerMode = false; | ||||
3858 | } else if (Str[1] == 'C') { | ||||
3859 | IntegerMode = false; | ||||
3860 | ComplexMode = true; | ||||
3861 | } else if (Str[1] != 'I') { | ||||
3862 | DestWidth = 0; | ||||
3863 | } | ||||
3864 | break; | ||||
3865 | case 4: | ||||
3866 | // FIXME: glibc uses 'word' to define register_t; this is narrower than a | ||||
3867 | // pointer on PIC16 and other embedded platforms. | ||||
3868 | if (Str == "word") | ||||
3869 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getRegisterWidth(); | ||||
3870 | else if (Str == "byte") | ||||
3871 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); | ||||
3872 | break; | ||||
3873 | case 7: | ||||
3874 | if (Str == "pointer") | ||||
3875 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||
3876 | break; | ||||
3877 | case 11: | ||||
3878 | if (Str == "unwind_word") | ||||
3879 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getUnwindWordWidth(); | ||||
3880 | break; | ||||
3881 | } | ||||
3882 | } | ||||
3883 | |||||
3884 | /// handleModeAttr - This attribute modifies the width of a decl with primitive | ||||
3885 | /// type. | ||||
3886 | /// | ||||
3887 | /// Despite what would be logical, the mode attribute is a decl attribute, not a | ||||
3888 | /// type attribute: 'int ** __attribute((mode(HI))) *G;' tries to make 'G' be | ||||
3889 | /// HImode, not an intermediate pointer. | ||||
3890 | static void handleModeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
3891 | // This attribute isn't documented, but glibc uses it. It changes | ||||
3892 | // the width of an int or unsigned int to the specified size. | ||||
3893 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
3894 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
3895 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
3896 | return; | ||||
3897 | } | ||||
3898 | |||||
3899 | IdentifierInfo *Name = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||
3900 | |||||
3901 | S.AddModeAttr(D, AL, Name); | ||||
3902 | } | ||||
3903 | |||||
3904 | void Sema::AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
3905 | IdentifierInfo *Name, bool InInstantiation) { | ||||
3906 | StringRef Str = Name->getName(); | ||||
3907 | normalizeName(Str); | ||||
3908 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = CI.getLoc(); | ||||
3909 | |||||
3910 | unsigned DestWidth = 0; | ||||
3911 | bool IntegerMode = true; | ||||
3912 | bool ComplexMode = false; | ||||
3913 | llvm::APInt VectorSize(64, 0); | ||||
3914 | if (Str.size() >= 4 && Str[0] == 'V') { | ||||
3915 | // Minimal length of vector mode is 4: 'V' + NUMBER(>=1) + TYPE(>=2). | ||||
3916 | size_t StrSize = Str.size(); | ||||
3917 | size_t VectorStringLength = 0; | ||||
3918 | while ((VectorStringLength + 1) < StrSize && | ||||
3919 | isdigit(Str[VectorStringLength + 1])) | ||||
3920 | ++VectorStringLength; | ||||
3921 | if (VectorStringLength && | ||||
3922 | !Str.substr(1, VectorStringLength).getAsInteger(10, VectorSize) && | ||||
3923 | VectorSize.isPowerOf2()) { | ||||
3924 | parseModeAttrArg(*this, Str.substr(VectorStringLength + 1), DestWidth, | ||||
3925 | IntegerMode, ComplexMode); | ||||
3926 | // Avoid duplicate warning from template instantiation. | ||||
3927 | if (!InInstantiation) | ||||
3928 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_vector_mode_deprecated); | ||||
3929 | } else { | ||||
3930 | VectorSize = 0; | ||||
3931 | } | ||||
3932 | } | ||||
3933 | |||||
3934 | if (!VectorSize) | ||||
3935 | parseModeAttrArg(*this, Str, DestWidth, IntegerMode, ComplexMode); | ||||
3936 | |||||
3937 | // FIXME: Sync this with InitializePredefinedMacros; we need to match int8_t | ||||
3938 | // and friends, at least with glibc. | ||||
3939 | // FIXME: Make sure floating-point mappings are accurate | ||||
3940 | // FIXME: Support XF and TF types | ||||
3941 | if (!DestWidth) { | ||||
3942 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_machine_mode) << 0 /*Unknown*/ << Name; | ||||
3943 | return; | ||||
3944 | } | ||||
3945 | |||||
3946 | QualType OldTy; | ||||
3947 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | ||||
3948 | OldTy = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
3949 | else if (const auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { | ||||
3950 | // Something like 'typedef enum { X } __attribute__((mode(XX))) T;'. | ||||
3951 | // Try to get type from enum declaration, default to int. | ||||
3952 | OldTy = ED->getIntegerType(); | ||||
3953 | if (OldTy.isNull()) | ||||
3954 | OldTy = Context.IntTy; | ||||
3955 | } else | ||||
3956 | OldTy = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
3957 | |||||
3958 | if (OldTy->isDependentType()) { | ||||
3959 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) ModeAttr(Context, CI, Name)); | ||||
3960 | return; | ||||
3961 | } | ||||
3962 | |||||
3963 | // Base type can also be a vector type (see PR17453). | ||||
3964 | // Distinguish between base type and base element type. | ||||
3965 | QualType OldElemTy = OldTy; | ||||
3966 | if (const auto *VT = OldTy->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||
3967 | OldElemTy = VT->getElementType(); | ||||
3968 | |||||
3969 | // GCC allows 'mode' attribute on enumeration types (even incomplete), except | ||||
3970 | // for vector modes. So, 'enum X __attribute__((mode(QI)));' forms a complete | ||||
3971 | // type, 'enum { A } __attribute__((mode(V4SI)))' is rejected. | ||||
3972 | if ((isa<EnumDecl>(D) || OldElemTy->getAs<EnumType>()) && | ||||
3973 | VectorSize.getBoolValue()) { | ||||
3974 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_enum_mode_vector_type) << Name << CI.getRange(); | ||||
3975 | return; | ||||
3976 | } | ||||
3977 | bool IntegralOrAnyEnumType = | ||||
3978 | OldElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || OldElemTy->getAs<EnumType>(); | ||||
3979 | |||||
3980 | if (!OldElemTy->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !OldElemTy->isComplexType() && | ||||
3981 | !IntegralOrAnyEnumType) | ||||
3982 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_not_primitive); | ||||
3983 | else if (IntegerMode) { | ||||
3984 | if (!IntegralOrAnyEnumType) | ||||
3985 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||
3986 | } else if (ComplexMode) { | ||||
3987 | if (!OldElemTy->isComplexType()) | ||||
3988 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||
3989 | } else { | ||||
3990 | if (!OldElemTy->isFloatingType()) | ||||
3991 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||
3992 | } | ||||
3993 | |||||
3994 | QualType NewElemTy; | ||||
3995 | |||||
3996 | if (IntegerMode) | ||||
3997 | NewElemTy = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth, | ||||
3998 | OldElemTy->isSignedIntegerType()); | ||||
3999 | else | ||||
4000 | NewElemTy = Context.getRealTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth); | ||||
4001 | |||||
4002 | if (NewElemTy.isNull()) { | ||||
4003 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_machine_mode) << 1 /*Unsupported*/ << Name; | ||||
4004 | return; | ||||
4005 | } | ||||
4006 | |||||
4007 | if (ComplexMode) { | ||||
4008 | NewElemTy = Context.getComplexType(NewElemTy); | ||||
4009 | } | ||||
4010 | |||||
4011 | QualType NewTy = NewElemTy; | ||||
4012 | if (VectorSize.getBoolValue()) { | ||||
4013 | NewTy = Context.getVectorType(NewTy, VectorSize.getZExtValue(), | ||||
4014 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||
4015 | } else if (const auto *OldVT = OldTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||
4016 | // Complex machine mode does not support base vector types. | ||||
4017 | if (ComplexMode) { | ||||
4018 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_complex_mode_vector_type); | ||||
4019 | return; | ||||
4020 | } | ||||
4021 | unsigned NumElements = Context.getTypeSize(OldElemTy) * | ||||
4022 | OldVT->getNumElements() / | ||||
4023 | Context.getTypeSize(NewElemTy); | ||||
4024 | NewTy = | ||||
4025 | Context.getVectorType(NewElemTy, NumElements, OldVT->getVectorKind()); | ||||
4026 | } | ||||
4027 | |||||
4028 | if (NewTy.isNull()) { | ||||
4029 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | ||||
4030 | return; | ||||
4031 | } | ||||
4032 | |||||
4033 | // Install the new type. | ||||
4034 | if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | ||||
4035 | TD->setModedTypeSourceInfo(TD->getTypeSourceInfo(), NewTy); | ||||
4036 | else if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) | ||||
4037 | ED->setIntegerType(NewTy); | ||||
4038 | else | ||||
4039 | cast<ValueDecl>(D)->setType(NewTy); | ||||
4040 | |||||
4041 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) ModeAttr(Context, CI, Name)); | ||||
4042 | } | ||||
4043 | |||||
4044 | static void handleNoDebugAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4045 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoDebugAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4046 | } | ||||
4047 | |||||
4048 | AlwaysInlineAttr *Sema::mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, | ||||
4049 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
4050 | const IdentifierInfo *Ident) { | ||||
4051 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = D->getAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) { | ||||
4052 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Ident; | ||||
4053 | Diag(Optnone->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
4054 | return nullptr; | ||||
4055 | } | ||||
4056 | |||||
4057 | if (D->hasAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) | ||||
4058 | return nullptr; | ||||
4059 | |||||
4060 | return ::new (Context) AlwaysInlineAttr(Context, CI); | ||||
4061 | } | ||||
4062 | |||||
4063 | CommonAttr *Sema::mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4064 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<InternalLinkageAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||
4065 | return nullptr; | ||||
4066 | |||||
4067 | return ::new (Context) CommonAttr(Context, AL); | ||||
4068 | } | ||||
4069 | |||||
4070 | CommonAttr *Sema::mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const CommonAttr &AL) { | ||||
4071 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<InternalLinkageAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||
4072 | return nullptr; | ||||
4073 | |||||
4074 | return ::new (Context) CommonAttr(Context, AL); | ||||
4075 | } | ||||
4076 | |||||
4077 | InternalLinkageAttr *Sema::mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, | ||||
4078 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4079 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4080 | // Attribute applies to Var but not any subclass of it (like ParmVar, | ||||
4081 | // ImplicitParm or VarTemplateSpecialization). | ||||
4082 | if (VD->getKind() != Decl::Var) { | ||||
4083 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
4084 | << AL << (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? ExpectedFunctionVariableOrClass | ||||
4085 | : ExpectedVariableOrFunction); | ||||
4086 | return nullptr; | ||||
4087 | } | ||||
4088 | // Attribute does not apply to non-static local variables. | ||||
4089 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||
4090 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::warn_internal_linkage_local_storage); | ||||
4091 | return nullptr; | ||||
4092 | } | ||||
4093 | } | ||||
4094 | |||||
4095 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CommonAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||
4096 | return nullptr; | ||||
4097 | |||||
4098 | return ::new (Context) InternalLinkageAttr(Context, AL); | ||||
4099 | } | ||||
4100 | InternalLinkageAttr * | ||||
4101 | Sema::mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const InternalLinkageAttr &AL) { | ||||
4102 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4103 | // Attribute applies to Var but not any subclass of it (like ParmVar, | ||||
4104 | // ImplicitParm or VarTemplateSpecialization). | ||||
4105 | if (VD->getKind() != Decl::Var) { | ||||
4106 | Diag(AL.getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
4107 | << &AL << (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? ExpectedFunctionVariableOrClass | ||||
4108 | : ExpectedVariableOrFunction); | ||||
4109 | return nullptr; | ||||
4110 | } | ||||
4111 | // Attribute does not apply to non-static local variables. | ||||
4112 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||
4113 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::warn_internal_linkage_local_storage); | ||||
4114 | return nullptr; | ||||
4115 | } | ||||
4116 | } | ||||
4117 | |||||
4118 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CommonAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||
4119 | return nullptr; | ||||
4120 | |||||
4121 | return ::new (Context) InternalLinkageAttr(Context, AL); | ||||
4122 | } | ||||
4123 | |||||
4124 | MinSizeAttr *Sema::mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||
4125 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = D->getAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) { | ||||
4126 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "'minsize'"; | ||||
4127 | Diag(Optnone->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
4128 | return nullptr; | ||||
4129 | } | ||||
4130 | |||||
4131 | if (D->hasAttr<MinSizeAttr>()) | ||||
4132 | return nullptr; | ||||
4133 | |||||
4134 | return ::new (Context) MinSizeAttr(Context, CI); | ||||
4135 | } | ||||
4136 | |||||
4137 | NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr *Sema::mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr( | ||||
4138 | Decl *D, const NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL) { | ||||
4139 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||
4140 | return nullptr; | ||||
4141 | |||||
4142 | return ::new (Context) NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Context, AL); | ||||
4143 | } | ||||
4144 | |||||
4145 | OptimizeNoneAttr *Sema::mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, | ||||
4146 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||
4147 | if (AlwaysInlineAttr *Inline = D->getAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) { | ||||
4148 | Diag(Inline->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Inline; | ||||
4149 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
4150 | D->dropAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>(); | ||||
4151 | } | ||||
4152 | if (MinSizeAttr *MinSize = D->getAttr<MinSizeAttr>()) { | ||||
4153 | Diag(MinSize->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << MinSize; | ||||
4154 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
4155 | D->dropAttr<MinSizeAttr>(); | ||||
4156 | } | ||||
4157 | |||||
4158 | if (D->hasAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) | ||||
4159 | return nullptr; | ||||
4160 | |||||
4161 | return ::new (Context) OptimizeNoneAttr(Context, CI); | ||||
4162 | } | ||||
4163 | |||||
4164 | SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr *Sema::mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr( | ||||
4165 | Decl *D, const SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL) { | ||||
4166 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(*this, D, AL)) | ||||
4167 | return nullptr; | ||||
4168 | |||||
4169 | return ::new (Context) SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Context, AL); | ||||
4170 | } | ||||
4171 | |||||
4172 | static void handleAlwaysInlineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4173 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<NotTailCalledAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
4174 | return; | ||||
4175 | |||||
4176 | if (AlwaysInlineAttr *Inline = | ||||
4177 | S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AL, AL.getAttrName())) | ||||
4178 | D->addAttr(Inline); | ||||
4179 | } | ||||
4180 | |||||
4181 | static void handleMinSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4182 | if (MinSizeAttr *MinSize = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, AL)) | ||||
4183 | D->addAttr(MinSize); | ||||
4184 | } | ||||
4185 | |||||
4186 | static void handleOptimizeNoneAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4187 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, AL)) | ||||
4188 | D->addAttr(Optnone); | ||||
4189 | } | ||||
4190 | |||||
4191 | static void handleConstantAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4192 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDASharedAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
4193 | return; | ||||
4194 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
4195 | if (!VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { | ||||
4196 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_nonglobal_constant); | ||||
4197 | return; | ||||
4198 | } | ||||
4199 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDAConstantAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4200 | } | ||||
4201 | |||||
4202 | static void handleSharedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4203 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDAConstantAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
4204 | return; | ||||
4205 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
4206 | // extern __shared__ is only allowed on arrays with no length (e.g. | ||||
4207 | // "int x[]"). | ||||
4208 | if (!S.getLangOpts().GPURelocatableDeviceCode && VD->hasExternalStorage() && | ||||
4209 | !isa<IncompleteArrayType>(VD->getType())) { | ||||
4210 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_extern_shared) << VD; | ||||
4211 | return; | ||||
4212 | } | ||||
4213 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && VD->hasLocalStorage() && | ||||
4214 | S.CUDADiagIfHostCode(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_host_shared) | ||||
4215 | << S.CurrentCUDATarget()) | ||||
4216 | return; | ||||
4217 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDASharedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4218 | } | ||||
4219 | |||||
4220 | static void handleGlobalAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4221 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDADeviceAttr>(S, D, AL) || | ||||
4222 | checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDAHostAttr>(S, D, AL)) { | ||||
4223 | return; | ||||
4224 | } | ||||
4225 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
4226 | if (!FD->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||
4227 | !FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>() && | ||||
4228 | !FD->getReturnType()->isInstantiationDependentType()) { | ||||
4229 | SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
4230 | S.Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) | ||||
4231 | << FD->getType() | ||||
4232 | << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") | ||||
4233 | : FixItHint()); | ||||
4234 | return; | ||||
4235 | } | ||||
4236 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | ||||
4237 | if (Method->isInstance()) { | ||||
4238 | S.Diag(Method->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_kern_is_nonstatic_method) | ||||
4239 | << Method; | ||||
4240 | return; | ||||
4241 | } | ||||
4242 | S.Diag(Method->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_kern_is_method) << Method; | ||||
4243 | } | ||||
4244 | // Only warn for "inline" when compiling for host, to cut down on noise. | ||||
4245 | if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && !S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | ||||
4246 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_kern_is_inline) << FD; | ||||
4247 | |||||
4248 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDAGlobalAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4249 | } | ||||
4250 | |||||
4251 | static void handleGNUInlineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4252 | const auto *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
4253 | if (!Fn->isInlineSpecified()) { | ||||
4254 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_gnu_inline_attribute_requires_inline); | ||||
4255 | return; | ||||
4256 | } | ||||
4257 | |||||
4258 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus && Fn->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern) | ||||
4259 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_gnu_inline_cplusplus_without_extern); | ||||
4260 | |||||
4261 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) GNUInlineAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4262 | } | ||||
4263 | |||||
4264 | static void handleCallConvAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4265 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | ||||
4266 | |||||
4267 | // Diagnostic is emitted elsewhere: here we store the (valid) AL | ||||
4268 | // in the Decl node for syntactic reasoning, e.g., pretty-printing. | ||||
4269 | CallingConv CC; | ||||
4270 | if (S.CheckCallingConvAttr(AL, CC, /*FD*/nullptr)) | ||||
4271 | return; | ||||
4272 | |||||
4273 | if (!isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4274 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
4275 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||
4276 | return; | ||||
4277 | } | ||||
4278 | |||||
4279 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||
4280 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: | ||||
4281 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) FastCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4282 | return; | ||||
4283 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: | ||||
4284 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) StdCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4285 | return; | ||||
4286 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: | ||||
4287 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ThisCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4288 | return; | ||||
4289 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: | ||||
4290 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CDeclAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4291 | return; | ||||
4292 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: | ||||
4293 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PascalAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4294 | return; | ||||
4295 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: | ||||
4296 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SwiftCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4297 | return; | ||||
4298 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: | ||||
4299 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) VectorCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4300 | return; | ||||
4301 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: | ||||
4302 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MSABIAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4303 | return; | ||||
4304 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: | ||||
4305 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SysVABIAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4306 | return; | ||||
4307 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: | ||||
4308 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RegCallAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4309 | return; | ||||
4310 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: { | ||||
4311 | PcsAttr::PCSType PCS; | ||||
4312 | switch (CC) { | ||||
4313 | case CC_AAPCS: | ||||
4314 | PCS = PcsAttr::AAPCS; | ||||
4315 | break; | ||||
4316 | case CC_AAPCS_VFP: | ||||
4317 | PCS = PcsAttr::AAPCS_VFP; | ||||
4318 | break; | ||||
4319 | default: | ||||
4320 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected calling convention in pcs attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected calling convention in pcs attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4320); | ||||
4321 | } | ||||
4322 | |||||
4323 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PcsAttr(S.Context, AL, PCS)); | ||||
4324 | return; | ||||
4325 | } | ||||
4326 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: | ||||
4327 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AArch64VectorPcsAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4328 | return; | ||||
4329 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: | ||||
4330 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IntelOclBiccAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4331 | return; | ||||
4332 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: | ||||
4333 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PreserveMostAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4334 | return; | ||||
4335 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||
4336 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PreserveAllAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
4337 | return; | ||||
4338 | default: | ||||
4339 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected attribute kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4339); | ||||
4340 | } | ||||
4341 | } | ||||
4342 | |||||
4343 | static void handleSuppressAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4344 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
4345 | return; | ||||
4346 | |||||
4347 | std::vector<StringRef> DiagnosticIdentifiers; | ||||
4348 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
4349 | StringRef RuleName; | ||||
4350 | |||||
4351 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, I, RuleName, nullptr)) | ||||
4352 | return; | ||||
4353 | |||||
4354 | // FIXME: Warn if the rule name is unknown. This is tricky because only | ||||
4355 | // clang-tidy knows about available rules. | ||||
4356 | DiagnosticIdentifiers.push_back(RuleName); | ||||
4357 | } | ||||
4358 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
4359 | SuppressAttr(S.Context, AL, DiagnosticIdentifiers.data(), | ||||
4360 | DiagnosticIdentifiers.size())); | ||||
4361 | } | ||||
4362 | |||||
4363 | static void handleLifetimeCategoryAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4364 | TypeSourceInfo *DerefTypeLoc = nullptr; | ||||
4365 | QualType ParmType; | ||||
4366 | if (AL.hasParsedType()) { | ||||
4367 | ParmType = S.GetTypeFromParser(AL.getTypeArg(), &DerefTypeLoc); | ||||
4368 | |||||
4369 | unsigned SelectIdx = ~0U; | ||||
4370 | if (ParmType->isVoidType()) | ||||
4371 | SelectIdx = 0; | ||||
4372 | else if (ParmType->isReferenceType()) | ||||
4373 | SelectIdx = 1; | ||||
4374 | else if (ParmType->isArrayType()) | ||||
4375 | SelectIdx = 2; | ||||
4376 | |||||
4377 | if (SelectIdx != ~0U) { | ||||
4378 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_invalid_argument) | ||||
4379 | << SelectIdx << AL; | ||||
4380 | return; | ||||
4381 | } | ||||
4382 | } | ||||
4383 | |||||
4384 | // To check if earlier decl attributes do not conflict the newly parsed ones | ||||
4385 | // we always add (and check) the attribute to the cannonical decl. | ||||
4386 | D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
4387 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Owner) { | ||||
4388 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<PointerAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
4389 | return; | ||||
4390 | if (const auto *OAttr = D->getAttr<OwnerAttr>()) { | ||||
4391 | const Type *ExistingDerefType = OAttr->getDerefTypeLoc() | ||||
4392 | ? OAttr->getDerefType().getTypePtr() | ||||
4393 | : nullptr; | ||||
4394 | if (ExistingDerefType != ParmType.getTypePtrOrNull()) { | ||||
4395 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||
4396 | << AL << OAttr; | ||||
4397 | S.Diag(OAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
4398 | } | ||||
4399 | return; | ||||
4400 | } | ||||
4401 | for (Decl *Redecl : D->redecls()) { | ||||
4402 | Redecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) OwnerAttr(S.Context, AL, DerefTypeLoc)); | ||||
4403 | } | ||||
4404 | } else { | ||||
4405 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<OwnerAttr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
4406 | return; | ||||
4407 | if (const auto *PAttr = D->getAttr<PointerAttr>()) { | ||||
4408 | const Type *ExistingDerefType = PAttr->getDerefTypeLoc() | ||||
4409 | ? PAttr->getDerefType().getTypePtr() | ||||
4410 | : nullptr; | ||||
4411 | if (ExistingDerefType != ParmType.getTypePtrOrNull()) { | ||||
4412 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||
4413 | << AL << PAttr; | ||||
4414 | S.Diag(PAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
4415 | } | ||||
4416 | return; | ||||
4417 | } | ||||
4418 | for (Decl *Redecl : D->redecls()) { | ||||
4419 | Redecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
4420 | PointerAttr(S.Context, AL, DerefTypeLoc)); | ||||
4421 | } | ||||
4422 | } | ||||
4423 | } | ||||
4424 | |||||
4425 | bool Sema::CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attrs, CallingConv &CC, | ||||
4426 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
4427 | if (Attrs.isInvalid()) | ||||
4428 | return true; | ||||
4429 | |||||
4430 | if (Attrs.hasProcessingCache()) { | ||||
4431 | CC = (CallingConv) Attrs.getProcessingCache(); | ||||
4432 | return false; | ||||
4433 | } | ||||
4434 | |||||
4435 | unsigned ReqArgs = Attrs.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs ? 1 : 0; | ||||
4436 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attrs, ReqArgs)) { | ||||
4437 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||
4438 | return true; | ||||
4439 | } | ||||
4440 | |||||
4441 | // TODO: diagnose uses of these conventions on the wrong target. | ||||
4442 | switch (Attrs.getKind()) { | ||||
4443 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: | ||||
4444 | CC = CC_C; | ||||
4445 | break; | ||||
4446 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: | ||||
4447 | CC = CC_X86FastCall; | ||||
4448 | break; | ||||
4449 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: | ||||
4450 | CC = CC_X86StdCall; | ||||
4451 | break; | ||||
4452 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: | ||||
4453 | CC = CC_X86ThisCall; | ||||
4454 | break; | ||||
4455 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: | ||||
4456 | CC = CC_X86Pascal; | ||||
4457 | break; | ||||
4458 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: | ||||
4459 | CC = CC_Swift; | ||||
4460 | break; | ||||
4461 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: | ||||
4462 | CC = CC_X86VectorCall; | ||||
4463 | break; | ||||
4464 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: | ||||
4465 | CC = CC_AArch64VectorCall; | ||||
4466 | break; | ||||
4467 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: | ||||
4468 | CC = CC_X86RegCall; | ||||
4469 | break; | ||||
4470 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: | ||||
4471 | CC = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSWindows() ? CC_C : | ||||
4472 | CC_Win64; | ||||
4473 | break; | ||||
4474 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: | ||||
4475 | CC = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSWindows() ? CC_X86_64SysV : | ||||
4476 | CC_C; | ||||
4477 | break; | ||||
4478 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: { | ||||
4479 | StringRef StrRef; | ||||
4480 | if (!checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attrs, 0, StrRef)) { | ||||
4481 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||
4482 | return true; | ||||
4483 | } | ||||
4484 | if (StrRef == "aapcs") { | ||||
4485 | CC = CC_AAPCS; | ||||
4486 | break; | ||||
4487 | } else if (StrRef == "aapcs-vfp") { | ||||
4488 | CC = CC_AAPCS_VFP; | ||||
4489 | break; | ||||
4490 | } | ||||
4491 | |||||
4492 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | ||||
4493 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::err_invalid_pcs); | ||||
4494 | return true; | ||||
4495 | } | ||||
4496 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: | ||||
4497 | CC = CC_IntelOclBicc; | ||||
4498 | break; | ||||
4499 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: | ||||
4500 | CC = CC_PreserveMost; | ||||
4501 | break; | ||||
4502 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||
4503 | CC = CC_PreserveAll; | ||||
4504 | break; | ||||
4505 | default: llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected attribute kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4505); | ||||
4506 | } | ||||
4507 | |||||
4508 | TargetInfo::CallingConvCheckResult A = TargetInfo::CCCR_OK; | ||||
4509 | const TargetInfo &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); | ||||
4510 | // CUDA functions may have host and/or device attributes which indicate | ||||
4511 | // their targeted execution environment, therefore the calling convention | ||||
4512 | // of functions in CUDA should be checked against the target deduced based | ||||
4513 | // on their host/device attributes. | ||||
4514 | if (LangOpts.CUDA) { | ||||
4515 | auto *Aux = Context.getAuxTargetInfo(); | ||||
4516 | auto CudaTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); | ||||
4517 | bool CheckHost = false, CheckDevice = false; | ||||
4518 | switch (CudaTarget) { | ||||
4519 | case CFT_HostDevice: | ||||
4520 | CheckHost = true; | ||||
4521 | CheckDevice = true; | ||||
4522 | break; | ||||
4523 | case CFT_Host: | ||||
4524 | CheckHost = true; | ||||
4525 | break; | ||||
4526 | case CFT_Device: | ||||
4527 | case CFT_Global: | ||||
4528 | CheckDevice = true; | ||||
4529 | break; | ||||
4530 | case CFT_InvalidTarget: | ||||
4531 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected cuda target")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected cuda target", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4531); | ||||
4532 | } | ||||
4533 | auto *HostTI = LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice ? Aux : &TI; | ||||
4534 | auto *DeviceTI = LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice ? &TI : Aux; | ||||
4535 | if (CheckHost && HostTI) | ||||
4536 | A = HostTI->checkCallingConvention(CC); | ||||
4537 | if (A == TargetInfo::CCCR_OK && CheckDevice && DeviceTI) | ||||
4538 | A = DeviceTI->checkCallingConvention(CC); | ||||
4539 | } else { | ||||
4540 | A = TI.checkCallingConvention(CC); | ||||
4541 | } | ||||
4542 | |||||
4543 | switch (A) { | ||||
4544 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_OK: | ||||
4545 | break; | ||||
4546 | |||||
4547 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_Ignore: | ||||
4548 | // Treat an ignored convention as if it was an explicit C calling convention | ||||
4549 | // attribute. For example, __stdcall on Win x64 functions as __cdecl, so | ||||
4550 | // that command line flags that change the default convention to | ||||
4551 | // __vectorcall don't affect declarations marked __stdcall. | ||||
4552 | CC = CC_C; | ||||
4553 | break; | ||||
4554 | |||||
4555 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_Error: | ||||
4556 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::error_cconv_unsupported) | ||||
4557 | << Attrs << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::ForThisTarget; | ||||
4558 | break; | ||||
4559 | |||||
4560 | case TargetInfo::CCCR_Warning: { | ||||
4561 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) | ||||
4562 | << Attrs << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::ForThisTarget; | ||||
4563 | |||||
4564 | // This convention is not valid for the target. Use the default function or | ||||
4565 | // method calling convention. | ||||
4566 | bool IsCXXMethod = false, IsVariadic = false; | ||||
4567 | if (FD) { | ||||
4568 | IsCXXMethod = FD->isCXXInstanceMember(); | ||||
4569 | IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic(); | ||||
4570 | } | ||||
4571 | CC = Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(IsVariadic, IsCXXMethod); | ||||
4572 | break; | ||||
4573 | } | ||||
4574 | } | ||||
4575 | |||||
4576 | Attrs.setProcessingCache((unsigned) CC); | ||||
4577 | return false; | ||||
4578 | } | ||||
4579 | |||||
4580 | /// Pointer-like types in the default address space. | ||||
4581 | static bool isValidSwiftContextType(QualType Ty) { | ||||
4582 | if (!Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) | ||||
4583 | return Ty->isDependentType(); | ||||
4584 | return Ty->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default; | ||||
4585 | } | ||||
4586 | |||||
4587 | /// Pointers and references in the default address space. | ||||
4588 | static bool isValidSwiftIndirectResultType(QualType Ty) { | ||||
4589 | if (const auto *PtrType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
4590 | Ty = PtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4591 | } else if (const auto *RefType = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
4592 | Ty = RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4593 | } else { | ||||
4594 | return Ty->isDependentType(); | ||||
4595 | } | ||||
4596 | return Ty.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default; | ||||
4597 | } | ||||
4598 | |||||
4599 | /// Pointers and references to pointers in the default address space. | ||||
4600 | static bool isValidSwiftErrorResultType(QualType Ty) { | ||||
4601 | if (const auto *PtrType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
4602 | Ty = PtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4603 | } else if (const auto *RefType = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
4604 | Ty = RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4605 | } else { | ||||
4606 | return Ty->isDependentType(); | ||||
4607 | } | ||||
4608 | if (!Ty.getQualifiers().empty()) | ||||
4609 | return false; | ||||
4610 | return isValidSwiftContextType(Ty); | ||||
4611 | } | ||||
4612 | |||||
4613 | void Sema::AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
4614 | ParameterABI abi) { | ||||
4615 | |||||
4616 | QualType type = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
4617 | |||||
4618 | if (auto existingAttr = D->getAttr<ParameterABIAttr>()) { | ||||
4619 | if (existingAttr->getABI() != abi) { | ||||
4620 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | ||||
4621 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << existingAttr; | ||||
4622 | Diag(existingAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | ||||
4623 | return; | ||||
4624 | } | ||||
4625 | } | ||||
4626 | |||||
4627 | switch (abi) { | ||||
4628 | case ParameterABI::Ordinary: | ||||
4629 | llvm_unreachable("explicit attribute for ordinary parameter ABI?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("explicit attribute for ordinary parameter ABI?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4629); | ||||
4630 | |||||
4631 | case ParameterABI::SwiftContext: | ||||
4632 | if (!isValidSwiftContextType(type)) { | ||||
4633 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | ||||
4634 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << /*pointer to pointer */ 0 << type; | ||||
4635 | } | ||||
4636 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) SwiftContextAttr(Context, CI)); | ||||
4637 | return; | ||||
4638 | |||||
4639 | case ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult: | ||||
4640 | if (!isValidSwiftErrorResultType(type)) { | ||||
4641 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | ||||
4642 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << /*pointer to pointer */ 1 << type; | ||||
4643 | } | ||||
4644 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) SwiftErrorResultAttr(Context, CI)); | ||||
4645 | return; | ||||
4646 | |||||
4647 | case ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult: | ||||
4648 | if (!isValidSwiftIndirectResultType(type)) { | ||||
4649 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | ||||
4650 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << /*pointer*/ 0 << type; | ||||
4651 | } | ||||
4652 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) SwiftIndirectResultAttr(Context, CI)); | ||||
4653 | return; | ||||
4654 | } | ||||
4655 | llvm_unreachable("bad parameter ABI attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad parameter ABI attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4655); | ||||
4656 | } | ||||
4657 | |||||
4658 | /// Checks a regparm attribute, returning true if it is ill-formed and | ||||
4659 | /// otherwise setting numParams to the appropriate value. | ||||
4660 | bool Sema::CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &AL, unsigned &numParams) { | ||||
4661 | if (AL.isInvalid()) | ||||
4662 | return true; | ||||
4663 | |||||
4664 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, AL, 1)) { | ||||
4665 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
4666 | return true; | ||||
4667 | } | ||||
4668 | |||||
4669 | uint32_t NP; | ||||
4670 | Expr *NumParamsExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
4671 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(*this, AL, NumParamsExpr, NP)) { | ||||
4672 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
4673 | return true; | ||||
4674 | } | ||||
4675 | |||||
4676 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax() == 0) { | ||||
4677 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_regparm_wrong_platform) | ||||
4678 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
4679 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
4680 | return true; | ||||
4681 | } | ||||
4682 | |||||
4683 | numParams = NP; | ||||
4684 | if (numParams > Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax()) { | ||||
4685 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_regparm_invalid_number) | ||||
4686 | << Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax() << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
4687 | AL.setInvalid(); | ||||
4688 | return true; | ||||
4689 | } | ||||
4690 | |||||
4691 | return false; | ||||
4692 | } | ||||
4693 | |||||
4694 | // Checks whether an argument of launch_bounds attribute is | ||||
4695 | // acceptable, performs implicit conversion to Rvalue, and returns | ||||
4696 | // non-nullptr Expr result on success. Otherwise, it returns nullptr | ||||
4697 | // and may output an error. | ||||
4698 | static Expr *makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, | ||||
4699 | const CUDALaunchBoundsAttr &AL, | ||||
4700 | const unsigned Idx) { | ||||
4701 | if (S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(E)) | ||||
4702 | return nullptr; | ||||
4703 | |||||
4704 | // Accept template arguments for now as they depend on something else. | ||||
4705 | // We'll get to check them when they eventually get instantiated. | ||||
4706 | if (E->isValueDependent()) | ||||
4707 | return E; | ||||
4708 | |||||
4709 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | ||||
4710 | if (!E->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, S.Context)) { | ||||
4711 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
4712 | << &AL << Idx << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
4713 | return nullptr; | ||||
4714 | } | ||||
4715 | // Make sure we can fit it in 32 bits. | ||||
4716 | if (!I.isIntN(32)) { | ||||
4717 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) << I.toString(10, false) | ||||
4718 | << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||
4719 | return nullptr; | ||||
4720 | } | ||||
4721 | if (I < 0) | ||||
4722 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_argument_n_negative) | ||||
4723 | << &AL << Idx << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
4724 | |||||
4725 | // We may need to perform implicit conversion of the argument. | ||||
4726 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
4727 | S.Context, S.Context.getConstType(S.Context.IntTy), /*consume*/ false); | ||||
4728 | ExprResult ValArg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E); | ||||
4729 | assert(!ValArg.isInvalid() &&((!ValArg.isInvalid() && "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ValArg.isInvalid() && \"Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4730, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
4730 | "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.")((!ValArg.isInvalid() && "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ValArg.isInvalid() && \"Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4730, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4731 | |||||
4732 | return ValArg.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
4733 | } | ||||
4734 | |||||
4735 | void Sema::AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
4736 | Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks) { | ||||
4737 | CUDALaunchBoundsAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, MaxThreads, MinBlocks); | ||||
4738 | MaxThreads = makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(*this, MaxThreads, TmpAttr, 0); | ||||
4739 | if (MaxThreads == nullptr) | ||||
4740 | return; | ||||
4741 | |||||
4742 | if (MinBlocks) { | ||||
4743 | MinBlocks = makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(*this, MinBlocks, TmpAttr, 1); | ||||
4744 | if (MinBlocks == nullptr) | ||||
4745 | return; | ||||
4746 | } | ||||
4747 | |||||
4748 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | ||||
4749 | CUDALaunchBoundsAttr(Context, CI, MaxThreads, MinBlocks)); | ||||
4750 | } | ||||
4751 | |||||
4752 | static void handleLaunchBoundsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4753 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1) || | ||||
4754 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 2)) | ||||
4755 | return; | ||||
4756 | |||||
4757 | S.AddLaunchBoundsAttr(D, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), | ||||
4758 | AL.getNumArgs() > 1 ? AL.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr); | ||||
4759 | } | ||||
4760 | |||||
4761 | static void handleArgumentWithTypeTagAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
4762 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4763 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
4764 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
4765 | << AL << /* arg num = */ 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
4766 | return; | ||||
4767 | } | ||||
4768 | |||||
4769 | ParamIdx ArgumentIdx; | ||||
4770 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 2, AL.getArgAsExpr(1), | ||||
4771 | ArgumentIdx)) | ||||
4772 | return; | ||||
4773 | |||||
4774 | ParamIdx TypeTagIdx; | ||||
4775 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 3, AL.getArgAsExpr(2), | ||||
4776 | TypeTagIdx)) | ||||
4777 | return; | ||||
4778 | |||||
4779 | bool IsPointer = AL.getAttrName()->getName() == "pointer_with_type_tag"; | ||||
4780 | if (IsPointer) { | ||||
4781 | // Ensure that buffer has a pointer type. | ||||
4782 | unsigned ArgumentIdxAST = ArgumentIdx.getASTIndex(); | ||||
4783 | if (ArgumentIdxAST >= getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) || | ||||
4784 | !getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, ArgumentIdxAST)->isPointerType()) | ||||
4785 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) << AL << 0; | ||||
4786 | } | ||||
4787 | |||||
4788 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr( | ||||
4789 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident, ArgumentIdx, TypeTagIdx, | ||||
4790 | IsPointer)); | ||||
4791 | } | ||||
4792 | |||||
4793 | static void handleTypeTagForDatatypeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
4794 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4795 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | ||||
4796 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | ||||
4797 | << AL << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | ||||
4798 | return; | ||||
4799 | } | ||||
4800 | |||||
4801 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
4802 | return; | ||||
4803 | |||||
4804 | if (!isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4805 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
4806 | << AL << ExpectedVariable; | ||||
4807 | return; | ||||
4808 | } | ||||
4809 | |||||
4810 | IdentifierInfo *PointerKind = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | ||||
4811 | TypeSourceInfo *MatchingCTypeLoc = nullptr; | ||||
4812 | S.GetTypeFromParser(AL.getMatchingCType(), &MatchingCTypeLoc); | ||||
4813 | assert(MatchingCTypeLoc && "no type source info for attribute argument")((MatchingCTypeLoc && "no type source info for attribute argument" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MatchingCTypeLoc && \"no type source info for attribute argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4813, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
4814 | |||||
4815 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TypeTagForDatatypeAttr( | ||||
4816 | S.Context, AL, PointerKind, MatchingCTypeLoc, AL.getLayoutCompatible(), | ||||
4817 | AL.getMustBeNull())); | ||||
4818 | } | ||||
4819 | |||||
4820 | static void handleXRayLogArgsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4821 | ParamIdx ArgCount; | ||||
4822 | |||||
4823 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, 1, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), | ||||
4824 | ArgCount, | ||||
4825 | true /* CanIndexImplicitThis */)) | ||||
4826 | return; | ||||
4827 | |||||
4828 | // ArgCount isn't a parameter index [0;n), it's a count [1;n] | ||||
4829 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
4830 | XRayLogArgsAttr(S.Context, AL, ArgCount.getSourceIndex())); | ||||
4831 | } | ||||
4832 | |||||
4833 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
4834 | // Checker-specific attribute handlers. | ||||
4835 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
4836 | static bool isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||
4837 | return QT->isDependentType() || QT->isObjCRetainableType(); | ||||
4838 | } | ||||
4839 | |||||
4840 | static bool isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||
4841 | return QT->isDependentType() || QT->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
4842 | QT->isObjCNSObjectType(); | ||||
4843 | } | ||||
4844 | |||||
4845 | static bool isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||
4846 | return QT->isDependentType() || QT->isPointerType() || | ||||
4847 | isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(QT); | ||||
4848 | } | ||||
4849 | |||||
4850 | static bool isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(QualType QT) { | ||||
4851 | if (QT->isDependentType()) | ||||
4852 | return true; | ||||
4853 | QualType PT = QT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4854 | return !PT.isNull() && PT->getAsCXXRecordDecl() != nullptr; | ||||
4855 | } | ||||
4856 | |||||
4857 | void Sema::AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
4858 | RetainOwnershipKind K, | ||||
4859 | bool IsTemplateInstantiation) { | ||||
4860 | ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
4861 | switch (K) { | ||||
4862 | case RetainOwnershipKind::OS: | ||||
4863 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<OSConsumedAttr>( | ||||
4864 | *this, VD, CI, isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(VD->getType()), | ||||
4865 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||
4866 | /*ExtraArgs=*/CI.getRange(), "os_consumed", /*pointers*/ 1); | ||||
4867 | return; | ||||
4868 | case RetainOwnershipKind::NS: | ||||
4869 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<NSConsumedAttr>( | ||||
4870 | *this, VD, CI, isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(VD->getType()), | ||||
4871 | |||||
4872 | // These attributes are normally just advisory, but in ARC, ns_consumed | ||||
4873 | // is significant. Allow non-dependent code to contain inappropriate | ||||
4874 | // attributes even in ARC, but require template instantiations to be | ||||
4875 | // set up correctly. | ||||
4876 | ((IsTemplateInstantiation && getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
4877 | ? diag::err_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type | ||||
4878 | : diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type), | ||||
4879 | /*ExtraArgs=*/CI.getRange(), "ns_consumed", /*objc pointers*/ 0); | ||||
4880 | return; | ||||
4881 | case RetainOwnershipKind::CF: | ||||
4882 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<CFConsumedAttr>( | ||||
4883 | *this, VD, CI, isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(VD->getType()), | ||||
4884 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||
4885 | /*ExtraArgs=*/CI.getRange(), "cf_consumed", /*pointers*/ 1); | ||||
4886 | return; | ||||
4887 | } | ||||
4888 | } | ||||
4889 | |||||
4890 | static Sema::RetainOwnershipKind | ||||
4891 | parsedAttrToRetainOwnershipKind(const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4892 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||
4893 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFConsumed: | ||||
4894 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||
4895 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
4896 | return Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::CF; | ||||
4897 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumesThis: | ||||
4898 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumed: | ||||
4899 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||
4900 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
4901 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnZero: | ||||
4902 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnNonZero: | ||||
4903 | return Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::OS; | ||||
4904 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumesSelf: | ||||
4905 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumed: | ||||
4906 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||
4907 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
4908 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||
4909 | return Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::NS; | ||||
4910 | default: | ||||
4911 | llvm_unreachable("Wrong argument supplied")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Wrong argument supplied", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4911); | ||||
4912 | } | ||||
4913 | } | ||||
4914 | |||||
4915 | bool Sema::checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType QT) { | ||||
4916 | if (isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(QT)) | ||||
4917 | return false; | ||||
4918 | |||||
4919 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | ||||
4920 | << "'ns_returns_retained'" << 0 << 0; | ||||
4921 | return true; | ||||
4922 | } | ||||
4923 | |||||
4924 | /// \return whether the parameter is a pointer to OSObject pointer. | ||||
4925 | static bool isValidOSObjectOutParameter(const Decl *D) { | ||||
4926 | const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D); | ||||
4927 | if (!PVD) | ||||
4928 | return false; | ||||
4929 | QualType QT = PVD->getType(); | ||||
4930 | QualType PT = QT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4931 | return !PT.isNull() && isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(PT); | ||||
4932 | } | ||||
4933 | |||||
4934 | static void handleXReturnsXRetainedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
4935 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
4936 | QualType ReturnType; | ||||
4937 | Sema::RetainOwnershipKind K = parsedAttrToRetainOwnershipKind(AL); | ||||
4938 | |||||
4939 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4940 | ReturnType = MD->getReturnType(); | ||||
4941 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && hasDeclarator(D) && | ||||
4942 | (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained)) { | ||||
4943 | return; // ignore: was handled as a type attribute | ||||
4944 | } else if (const auto *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4945 | ReturnType = PD->getType(); | ||||
4946 | } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4947 | ReturnType = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||
4948 | } else if (const auto *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
4949 | // Attributes on parameters are used for out-parameters, | ||||
4950 | // passed as pointers-to-pointers. | ||||
4951 | unsigned DiagID = K == Sema::RetainOwnershipKind::CF | ||||
4952 | ? /*pointer-to-CF-pointer*/2 | ||||
4953 | : /*pointer-to-OSObject-pointer*/3; | ||||
4954 | ReturnType = Param->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4955 | if (ReturnType.isNull()) { | ||||
4956 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type) | ||||
4957 | << AL << DiagID << AL.getRange(); | ||||
4958 | return; | ||||
4959 | } | ||||
4960 | } else if (AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) { | ||||
4961 | return; | ||||
4962 | } else { | ||||
4963 | AttributeDeclKind ExpectedDeclKind; | ||||
4964 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||
4965 | default: llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4965); | ||||
4966 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||
4967 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||
4968 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
4969 | ExpectedDeclKind = ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||
4970 | break; | ||||
4971 | |||||
4972 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||
4973 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
4974 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||
4975 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
4976 | ExpectedDeclKind = ExpectedFunctionMethodOrParameter; | ||||
4977 | break; | ||||
4978 | } | ||||
4979 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
4980 | << AL.getRange() << AL << ExpectedDeclKind; | ||||
4981 | return; | ||||
4982 | } | ||||
4983 | |||||
4984 | bool TypeOK; | ||||
4985 | bool Cf; | ||||
4986 | unsigned ParmDiagID = 2; // Pointer-to-CF-pointer | ||||
4987 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||
4988 | default: llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4988); | ||||
4989 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||
4990 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||
4991 | Cf = false; | ||||
4992 | break; | ||||
4993 | |||||
4994 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||
4995 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
4996 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||
4997 | Cf = false; | ||||
4998 | break; | ||||
4999 | |||||
5000 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||
5001 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
5002 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||
5003 | Cf = true; | ||||
5004 | break; | ||||
5005 | |||||
5006 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||
5007 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
5008 | TypeOK = isValidSubjectOfOSAttribute(ReturnType); | ||||
5009 | Cf = true; | ||||
5010 | ParmDiagID = 3; // Pointer-to-OSObject-pointer | ||||
5011 | break; | ||||
5012 | } | ||||
5013 | |||||
5014 | if (!TypeOK) { | ||||
5015 | if (AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) | ||||
5016 | return; | ||||
5017 | |||||
5018 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
5019 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type) | ||||
5020 | << AL << ParmDiagID << AL.getRange(); | ||||
5021 | } else { | ||||
5022 | // Needs to be kept in sync with warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type. | ||||
5023 | enum : unsigned { | ||||
5024 | Function, | ||||
5025 | Method, | ||||
5026 | Property | ||||
5027 | } SubjectKind = Function; | ||||
5028 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
5029 | SubjectKind = Method; | ||||
5030 | else if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) | ||||
5031 | SubjectKind = Property; | ||||
5032 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | ||||
5033 | << AL << SubjectKind << Cf << AL.getRange(); | ||||
5034 | } | ||||
5035 | return; | ||||
5036 | } | ||||
5037 | |||||
5038 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||
5039 | default: | ||||
5040 | llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5040); | ||||
5041 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||
5042 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSReturnsAutoreleasedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5043 | return; | ||||
5044 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
5045 | handleSimpleAttribute<CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5046 | return; | ||||
5047 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
5048 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5049 | return; | ||||
5050 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||
5051 | handleSimpleAttribute<CFReturnsRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5052 | return; | ||||
5053 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||
5054 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5055 | return; | ||||
5056 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||
5057 | handleSimpleAttribute<OSReturnsRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5058 | return; | ||||
5059 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
5060 | handleSimpleAttribute<OSReturnsNotRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5061 | return; | ||||
5062 | }; | ||||
5063 | } | ||||
5064 | |||||
5065 | static void handleObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5066 | const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||
5067 | const int EP_ObjCMethod = 1; | ||||
5068 | const int EP_ObjCProperty = 2; | ||||
5069 | |||||
5070 | SourceLocation loc = Attrs.getLoc(); | ||||
5071 | QualType resultType; | ||||
5072 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
5073 | resultType = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getReturnType(); | ||||
5074 | else | ||||
5075 | resultType = cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
5076 | |||||
5077 | if (!resultType->isReferenceType() && | ||||
5078 | (!resultType->isPointerType() || resultType->isObjCRetainableType())) { | ||||
5079 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | ||||
5080 | << SourceRange(loc) << Attrs | ||||
5081 | << (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) ? EP_ObjCMethod : EP_ObjCProperty) | ||||
5082 | << /*non-retainable pointer*/ 2; | ||||
5083 | |||||
5084 | // Drop the attribute. | ||||
5085 | return; | ||||
5086 | } | ||||
5087 | |||||
5088 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(S.Context, Attrs)); | ||||
5089 | } | ||||
5090 | |||||
5091 | static void handleObjCRequiresSuperAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5092 | const ParsedAttr &Attrs) { | ||||
5093 | const auto *Method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | ||||
5094 | |||||
5095 | const DeclContext *DC = Method->getDeclContext(); | ||||
5096 | if (const auto *PDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
5097 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_requires_super_protocol) << Attrs | ||||
5098 | << 0; | ||||
5099 | S.Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_protocol_decl); | ||||
5100 | return; | ||||
5101 | } | ||||
5102 | if (Method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_dealloc) { | ||||
5103 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_objc_requires_super_protocol) << Attrs | ||||
5104 | << 1; | ||||
5105 | return; | ||||
5106 | } | ||||
5107 | |||||
5108 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCRequiresSuperAttr(S.Context, Attrs)); | ||||
5109 | } | ||||
5110 | |||||
5111 | static void handleObjCBridgeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5112 | IdentifierLoc *Parm = AL.isArgIdent(0) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(0) : nullptr; | ||||
5113 | |||||
5114 | if (!Parm) { | ||||
5115 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << AL << 0; | ||||
5116 | return; | ||||
5117 | } | ||||
5118 | |||||
5119 | // Typedefs only allow objc_bridge(id) and have some additional checking. | ||||
5120 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||
5121 | if (!Parm->Ident->isStr("id")) { | ||||
5122 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_typedef_not_id) << AL; | ||||
5123 | return; | ||||
5124 | } | ||||
5125 | |||||
5126 | // Only allow 'cv void *'. | ||||
5127 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | ||||
5128 | if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||
5129 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_typedef_not_void_pointer); | ||||
5130 | return; | ||||
5131 | } | ||||
5132 | } | ||||
5133 | |||||
5134 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCBridgeAttr(S.Context, AL, Parm->Ident)); | ||||
5135 | } | ||||
5136 | |||||
5137 | static void handleObjCBridgeMutableAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5138 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5139 | IdentifierLoc *Parm = AL.isArgIdent(0) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(0) : nullptr; | ||||
5140 | |||||
5141 | if (!Parm) { | ||||
5142 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << AL << 0; | ||||
5143 | return; | ||||
5144 | } | ||||
5145 | |||||
5146 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
5147 | ObjCBridgeMutableAttr(S.Context, AL, Parm->Ident)); | ||||
5148 | } | ||||
5149 | |||||
5150 | static void handleObjCBridgeRelatedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5151 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5152 | IdentifierInfo *RelatedClass = | ||||
5153 | AL.isArgIdent(0) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident : nullptr; | ||||
5154 | if (!RelatedClass) { | ||||
5155 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << AL << 0; | ||||
5156 | return; | ||||
5157 | } | ||||
5158 | IdentifierInfo *ClassMethod = | ||||
5159 | AL.getArgAsIdent(1) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(1)->Ident : nullptr; | ||||
5160 | IdentifierInfo *InstanceMethod = | ||||
5161 | AL.getArgAsIdent(2) ? AL.getArgAsIdent(2)->Ident : nullptr; | ||||
5162 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr( | ||||
5163 | S.Context, AL, RelatedClass, ClassMethod, InstanceMethod)); | ||||
5164 | } | ||||
5165 | |||||
5166 | static void handleObjCDesignatedInitializer(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5167 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5168 | DeclContext *Ctx = D->getDeclContext(); | ||||
5169 | |||||
5170 | // This attribute can only be applied to methods in interfaces or class | ||||
5171 | // extensions. | ||||
5172 | if (!isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx) && | ||||
5173 | !(isa<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx) && | ||||
5174 | cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)->IsClassExtension())) { | ||||
5175 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_designated_init_attr_non_init); | ||||
5176 | return; | ||||
5177 | } | ||||
5178 | |||||
5179 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace; | ||||
5180 | if (auto *CatDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
5181 | IFace = CatDecl->getClassInterface(); | ||||
5182 | else | ||||
5183 | IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx); | ||||
5184 | |||||
5185 | if (!IFace) | ||||
5186 | return; | ||||
5187 | |||||
5188 | IFace->setHasDesignatedInitializers(); | ||||
5189 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCDesignatedInitializerAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
5190 | } | ||||
5191 | |||||
5192 | static void handleObjCRuntimeName(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5193 | StringRef MetaDataName; | ||||
5194 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, MetaDataName)) | ||||
5195 | return; | ||||
5196 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
5197 | ObjCRuntimeNameAttr(S.Context, AL, MetaDataName)); | ||||
5198 | } | ||||
5199 | |||||
5200 | // When a user wants to use objc_boxable with a union or struct | ||||
5201 | // but they don't have access to the declaration (legacy/third-party code) | ||||
5202 | // then they can 'enable' this feature with a typedef: | ||||
5203 | // typedef struct __attribute((objc_boxable)) legacy_struct legacy_struct; | ||||
5204 | static void handleObjCBoxable(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5205 | bool notify = false; | ||||
5206 | |||||
5207 | auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D); | ||||
5208 | if (RD && RD->getDefinition()) { | ||||
5209 | RD = RD->getDefinition(); | ||||
5210 | notify = true; | ||||
5211 | } | ||||
5212 | |||||
5213 | if (RD) { | ||||
5214 | ObjCBoxableAttr *BoxableAttr = | ||||
5215 | ::new (S.Context) ObjCBoxableAttr(S.Context, AL); | ||||
5216 | RD->addAttr(BoxableAttr); | ||||
5217 | if (notify) { | ||||
5218 | // we need to notify ASTReader/ASTWriter about | ||||
5219 | // modification of existing declaration | ||||
5220 | if (ASTMutationListener *L = S.getASTMutationListener()) | ||||
5221 | L->AddedAttributeToRecord(BoxableAttr, RD); | ||||
5222 | } | ||||
5223 | } | ||||
5224 | } | ||||
5225 | |||||
5226 | static void handleObjCOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5227 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | ||||
5228 | |||||
5229 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5230 | << AL.getRange() << AL << ExpectedVariable; | ||||
5231 | } | ||||
5232 | |||||
5233 | static void handleObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5234 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5235 | const auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
5236 | QualType QT = VD->getType(); | ||||
5237 | |||||
5238 | if (!QT->isDependentType() && | ||||
5239 | !QT->isObjCLifetimeType()) { | ||||
5240 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_precise_lifetime_bad_type) | ||||
5241 | << QT; | ||||
5242 | return; | ||||
5243 | } | ||||
5244 | |||||
5245 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime Lifetime = QT.getObjCLifetime(); | ||||
5246 | |||||
5247 | // If we have no lifetime yet, check the lifetime we're presumably | ||||
5248 | // going to infer. | ||||
5249 | if (Lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None && !QT->isDependentType()) | ||||
5250 | Lifetime = QT->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); | ||||
5251 | |||||
5252 | switch (Lifetime) { | ||||
5253 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | ||||
5254 | assert(QT->isDependentType() &&((QT->isDependentType() && "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QT->isDependentType() && \"didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
5255 | "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?")((QT->isDependentType() && "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QT->isDependentType() && \"didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5256 | break; | ||||
5257 | |||||
5258 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: // meaningful | ||||
5259 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: // meaningful | ||||
5260 | break; | ||||
5261 | |||||
5262 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | ||||
5263 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | ||||
5264 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_objc_precise_lifetime_meaningless) | ||||
5265 | << (Lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||
5266 | break; | ||||
5267 | } | ||||
5268 | |||||
5269 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
5270 | } | ||||
5271 | |||||
5272 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
5273 | // Microsoft specific attribute handlers. | ||||
5274 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
5275 | |||||
5276 | UuidAttr *Sema::mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
5277 | StringRef Uuid) { | ||||
5278 | if (const auto *UA = D->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { | ||||
5279 | if (UA->getGuid().equals_lower(Uuid)) | ||||
5280 | return nullptr; | ||||
5281 | Diag(UA->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_uuid); | ||||
5282 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_uuid); | ||||
5283 | D->dropAttr<UuidAttr>(); | ||||
5284 | } | ||||
5285 | |||||
5286 | return ::new (Context) UuidAttr(Context, CI, Uuid); | ||||
5287 | } | ||||
5288 | |||||
5289 | static void handleUuidAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5290 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||
5291 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | ||||
5292 | << AL << AttributeLangSupport::C; | ||||
5293 | return; | ||||
5294 | } | ||||
5295 | |||||
5296 | StringRef StrRef; | ||||
5297 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
5298 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, StrRef, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||
5299 | return; | ||||
5300 | |||||
5301 | // GUID format is "XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX" or | ||||
5302 | // "{XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX}", normalize to the former. | ||||
5303 | if (StrRef.size() == 38 && StrRef.front() == '{' && StrRef.back() == '}') | ||||
5304 | StrRef = StrRef.drop_front().drop_back(); | ||||
5305 | |||||
5306 | // Validate GUID length. | ||||
5307 | if (StrRef.size() != 36) { | ||||
5308 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | ||||
5309 | return; | ||||
5310 | } | ||||
5311 | |||||
5312 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 36; ++i) { | ||||
5313 | if (i == 8 || i == 13 || i == 18 || i == 23) { | ||||
5314 | if (StrRef[i] != '-') { | ||||
5315 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | ||||
5316 | return; | ||||
5317 | } | ||||
5318 | } else if (!isHexDigit(StrRef[i])) { | ||||
5319 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | ||||
5320 | return; | ||||
5321 | } | ||||
5322 | } | ||||
5323 | |||||
5324 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to also emit a fixit removing uuid(...) (and, if it's | ||||
5325 | // the only thing in the [] list, the [] too), and add an insertion of | ||||
5326 | // __declspec(uuid(...)). But sadly, neither the SourceLocs of the commas | ||||
5327 | // separating attributes nor of the [ and the ] are in the AST. | ||||
5328 | // Cf "SourceLocations of attribute list delimiters - [[ ... , ... ]] etc" | ||||
5329 | // on cfe-dev. | ||||
5330 | if (AL.isMicrosoftAttribute()) // Check for [uuid(...)] spelling. | ||||
5331 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_atl_uuid_deprecated); | ||||
5332 | |||||
5333 | UuidAttr *UA = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, AL, StrRef); | ||||
5334 | if (UA) | ||||
5335 | D->addAttr(UA); | ||||
5336 | } | ||||
5337 | |||||
5338 | static void handleMSInheritanceAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5339 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||
5340 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | ||||
5341 | << AL << AttributeLangSupport::C; | ||||
5342 | return; | ||||
5343 | } | ||||
5344 | MSInheritanceAttr *IA = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr( | ||||
5345 | D, AL, /*BestCase=*/true, | ||||
5346 | (MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling)AL.getSemanticSpelling()); | ||||
5347 | if (IA) { | ||||
5348 | D->addAttr(IA); | ||||
5349 | S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); | ||||
5350 | } | ||||
5351 | } | ||||
5352 | |||||
5353 | static void handleDeclspecThreadAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5354 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
5355 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { | ||||
5356 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); | ||||
5357 | return; | ||||
5358 | } | ||||
5359 | if (VD->getTSCSpec() != TSCS_unspecified) { | ||||
5360 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_declspec_thread_on_thread_variable); | ||||
5361 | return; | ||||
5362 | } | ||||
5363 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||
5364 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global) << "__declspec(thread)"; | ||||
5365 | return; | ||||
5366 | } | ||||
5367 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ThreadAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
5368 | } | ||||
5369 | |||||
5370 | static void handleAbiTagAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5371 | SmallVector<StringRef, 4> Tags; | ||||
5372 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
5373 | StringRef Tag; | ||||
5374 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, I, Tag)) | ||||
5375 | return; | ||||
5376 | Tags.push_back(Tag); | ||||
5377 | } | ||||
5378 | |||||
5379 | if (const auto *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||
5380 | if (!NS->isInline()) { | ||||
5381 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_abi_tag_namespace) << 0; | ||||
5382 | return; | ||||
5383 | } | ||||
5384 | if (NS->isAnonymousNamespace()) { | ||||
5385 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_abi_tag_namespace) << 1; | ||||
5386 | return; | ||||
5387 | } | ||||
5388 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||
5389 | Tags.push_back(NS->getName()); | ||||
5390 | } else if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
5391 | return; | ||||
5392 | |||||
5393 | // Store tags sorted and without duplicates. | ||||
5394 | llvm::sort(Tags); | ||||
5395 | Tags.erase(std::unique(Tags.begin(), Tags.end()), Tags.end()); | ||||
5396 | |||||
5397 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
5398 | AbiTagAttr(S.Context, AL, Tags.data(), Tags.size())); | ||||
5399 | } | ||||
5400 | |||||
5401 | static void handleARMInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5402 | // Check the attribute arguments. | ||||
5403 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||
5404 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||
5405 | return; | ||||
5406 | } | ||||
5407 | |||||
5408 | StringRef Str; | ||||
5409 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||
5410 | |||||
5411 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||
5412 | Str = ""; | ||||
5413 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||
5414 | return; | ||||
5415 | |||||
5416 | ARMInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | ||||
5417 | if (!ARMInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | ||||
5418 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << Str | ||||
5419 | << ArgLoc; | ||||
5420 | return; | ||||
5421 | } | ||||
5422 | |||||
5423 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ARMInterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Kind)); | ||||
5424 | } | ||||
5425 | |||||
5426 | static void handleMSP430InterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5427 | // MSP430 'interrupt' attribute is applied to | ||||
5428 | // a function with no parameters and void return type. | ||||
5429 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||
5430 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5431 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||
5432 | return; | ||||
5433 | } | ||||
5434 | |||||
5435 | if (hasFunctionProto(D) && getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) != 0) { | ||||
5436 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||
5437 | << /*MSP430*/ 1 << 0; | ||||
5438 | return; | ||||
5439 | } | ||||
5440 | |||||
5441 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||
5442 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||
5443 | << /*MSP430*/ 1 << 1; | ||||
5444 | return; | ||||
5445 | } | ||||
5446 | |||||
5447 | // The attribute takes one integer argument. | ||||
5448 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
5449 | return; | ||||
5450 | |||||
5451 | if (!AL.isArgExpr(0)) { | ||||
5452 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
5453 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant; | ||||
5454 | return; | ||||
5455 | } | ||||
5456 | |||||
5457 | Expr *NumParamsExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||
5458 | llvm::APSInt NumParams(32); | ||||
5459 | if (!NumParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(NumParams, S.Context)) { | ||||
5460 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | ||||
5461 | << AL << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | ||||
5462 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5463 | return; | ||||
5464 | } | ||||
5465 | // The argument should be in range 0..63. | ||||
5466 | unsigned Num = NumParams.getLimitedValue(255); | ||||
5467 | if (Num > 63) { | ||||
5468 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||
5469 | << AL << (int)NumParams.getSExtValue() | ||||
5470 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5471 | return; | ||||
5472 | } | ||||
5473 | |||||
5474 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MSP430InterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Num)); | ||||
5475 | D->addAttr(UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context)); | ||||
5476 | } | ||||
5477 | |||||
5478 | static void handleMipsInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5479 | // Only one optional argument permitted. | ||||
5480 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) { | ||||
5481 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) << AL << 1; | ||||
5482 | return; | ||||
5483 | } | ||||
5484 | |||||
5485 | StringRef Str; | ||||
5486 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||
5487 | |||||
5488 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||
5489 | Str = ""; | ||||
5490 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||
5491 | return; | ||||
5492 | |||||
5493 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute for MIPS: | ||||
5494 | // a) Must be a function. | ||||
5495 | // b) Must have no parameters. | ||||
5496 | // c) Must have the 'void' return type. | ||||
5497 | // d) Cannot have the 'mips16' attribute, as that instruction set | ||||
5498 | // lacks the 'eret' instruction. | ||||
5499 | // e) The attribute itself must either have no argument or one of the | ||||
5500 | // valid interrupt types, see [MipsInterruptDocs]. | ||||
5501 | |||||
5502 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||
5503 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5504 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||
5505 | return; | ||||
5506 | } | ||||
5507 | |||||
5508 | if (hasFunctionProto(D) && getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) != 0) { | ||||
5509 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||
5510 | << /*MIPS*/ 0 << 0; | ||||
5511 | return; | ||||
5512 | } | ||||
5513 | |||||
5514 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||
5515 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||
5516 | << /*MIPS*/ 0 << 1; | ||||
5517 | return; | ||||
5518 | } | ||||
5519 | |||||
5520 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<Mips16Attr>(S, D, AL)) | ||||
5521 | return; | ||||
5522 | |||||
5523 | MipsInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | ||||
5524 | if (!MipsInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | ||||
5525 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | ||||
5526 | << AL << "'" + std::string(Str) + "'"; | ||||
5527 | return; | ||||
5528 | } | ||||
5529 | |||||
5530 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MipsInterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Kind)); | ||||
5531 | } | ||||
5532 | |||||
5533 | static void handleAnyX86InterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5534 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute. | ||||
5535 | // a) Must be a function. | ||||
5536 | // b) Must have the 'void' return type. | ||||
5537 | // c) Must take 1 or 2 arguments. | ||||
5538 | // d) The 1st argument must be a pointer. | ||||
5539 | // e) The 2nd argument (if any) must be an unsigned integer. | ||||
5540 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D) || !hasFunctionProto(D) || isInstanceMethod(D) || | ||||
5541 | CXXMethodDecl::isStaticOverloadedOperator( | ||||
5542 | cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) { | ||||
5543 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5544 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionWithProtoType; | ||||
5545 | return; | ||||
5546 | } | ||||
5547 | // Interrupt handler must have void return type. | ||||
5548 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||
5549 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D).getBegin(), | ||||
5550 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||
5551 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||
5552 | ? 0 | ||||
5553 | : 1) | ||||
5554 | << 0; | ||||
5555 | return; | ||||
5556 | } | ||||
5557 | // Interrupt handler must have 1 or 2 parameters. | ||||
5558 | unsigned NumParams = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | ||||
5559 | if (NumParams < 1 || NumParams > 2) { | ||||
5560 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||
5561 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||
5562 | ? 0 | ||||
5563 | : 1) | ||||
5564 | << 1; | ||||
5565 | return; | ||||
5566 | } | ||||
5567 | // The first argument must be a pointer. | ||||
5568 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 0)->isPointerType()) { | ||||
5569 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0).getBegin(), | ||||
5570 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||
5571 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||
5572 | ? 0 | ||||
5573 | : 1) | ||||
5574 | << 2; | ||||
5575 | return; | ||||
5576 | } | ||||
5577 | // The second argument, if present, must be an unsigned integer. | ||||
5578 | unsigned TypeSize = | ||||
5579 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64 | ||||
5580 | ? 64 | ||||
5581 | : 32; | ||||
5582 | if (NumParams == 2 && | ||||
5583 | (!getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 1)->isUnsignedIntegerType() || | ||||
5584 | S.Context.getTypeSize(getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 1)) != TypeSize)) { | ||||
5585 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 1).getBegin(), | ||||
5586 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | ||||
5587 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | ||||
5588 | ? 0 | ||||
5589 | : 1) | ||||
5590 | << 3 << S.Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(TypeSize, /*Signed=*/false); | ||||
5591 | return; | ||||
5592 | } | ||||
5593 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnyX86InterruptAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
5594 | D->addAttr(UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context)); | ||||
5595 | } | ||||
5596 | |||||
5597 | static void handleAVRInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5598 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||
5599 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5600 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||
5601 | return; | ||||
5602 | } | ||||
5603 | |||||
5604 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 0)) | ||||
5605 | return; | ||||
5606 | |||||
5607 | handleSimpleAttribute<AVRInterruptAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5608 | } | ||||
5609 | |||||
5610 | static void handleAVRSignalAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5611 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||
5612 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5613 | << "'signal'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||
5614 | return; | ||||
5615 | } | ||||
5616 | |||||
5617 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, 0)) | ||||
5618 | return; | ||||
5619 | |||||
5620 | handleSimpleAttribute<AVRSignalAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
5621 | } | ||||
5622 | |||||
5623 | static void handleWebAssemblyImportModuleAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5624 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||
5625 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5626 | << "'import_module'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||
5627 | return; | ||||
5628 | } | ||||
5629 | |||||
5630 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
5631 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||
5632 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | ||||
5633 | return; | ||||
5634 | } | ||||
5635 | |||||
5636 | StringRef Str; | ||||
5637 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||
5638 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||
5639 | return; | ||||
5640 | |||||
5641 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
5642 | WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
5643 | } | ||||
5644 | |||||
5645 | static void handleWebAssemblyImportNameAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5646 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | ||||
5647 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5648 | << "'import_name'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||
5649 | return; | ||||
5650 | } | ||||
5651 | |||||
5652 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
5653 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | ||||
5654 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | ||||
5655 | return; | ||||
5656 | } | ||||
5657 | |||||
5658 | StringRef Str; | ||||
5659 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||
5660 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||
5661 | return; | ||||
5662 | |||||
5663 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WebAssemblyImportNameAttr(S.Context, AL, Str)); | ||||
5664 | } | ||||
5665 | |||||
5666 | static void handleRISCVInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5667 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5668 | // Warn about repeated attributes. | ||||
5669 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<RISCVInterruptAttr>()) { | ||||
5670 | S.Diag(AL.getRange().getBegin(), | ||||
5671 | diag::warn_riscv_repeated_interrupt_attribute); | ||||
5672 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::note_riscv_repeated_interrupt_attribute); | ||||
5673 | return; | ||||
5674 | } | ||||
5675 | |||||
5676 | // Check the attribute argument. Argument is optional. | ||||
5677 | if (!checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
5678 | return; | ||||
5679 | |||||
5680 | StringRef Str; | ||||
5681 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | ||||
5682 | |||||
5683 | // 'machine'is the default interrupt mode. | ||||
5684 | if (AL.getNumArgs() == 0) | ||||
5685 | Str = "machine"; | ||||
5686 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | ||||
5687 | return; | ||||
5688 | |||||
5689 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute: | ||||
5690 | // - Must be a function. | ||||
5691 | // - Must have no parameters. | ||||
5692 | // - Must have the 'void' return type. | ||||
5693 | // - The attribute itself must either have no argument or one of the | ||||
5694 | // valid interrupt types, see [RISCVInterruptDocs]. | ||||
5695 | |||||
5696 | if (D->getFunctionType() == nullptr) { | ||||
5697 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5698 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunction; | ||||
5699 | return; | ||||
5700 | } | ||||
5701 | |||||
5702 | if (hasFunctionProto(D) && getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) != 0) { | ||||
5703 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||
5704 | << /*RISC-V*/ 2 << 0; | ||||
5705 | return; | ||||
5706 | } | ||||
5707 | |||||
5708 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | ||||
5709 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_interrupt_attribute_invalid) | ||||
5710 | << /*RISC-V*/ 2 << 1; | ||||
5711 | return; | ||||
5712 | } | ||||
5713 | |||||
5714 | RISCVInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | ||||
5715 | if (!RISCVInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | ||||
5716 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << AL << Str | ||||
5717 | << ArgLoc; | ||||
5718 | return; | ||||
5719 | } | ||||
5720 | |||||
5721 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RISCVInterruptAttr(S.Context, AL, Kind)); | ||||
5722 | } | ||||
5723 | |||||
5724 | static void handleInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5725 | // Dispatch the interrupt attribute based on the current target. | ||||
5726 | switch (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) { | ||||
5727 | case llvm::Triple::msp430: | ||||
5728 | handleMSP430InterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
5729 | break; | ||||
5730 | case llvm::Triple::mipsel: | ||||
5731 | case llvm::Triple::mips: | ||||
5732 | handleMipsInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
5733 | break; | ||||
5734 | case llvm::Triple::x86: | ||||
5735 | case llvm::Triple::x86_64: | ||||
5736 | handleAnyX86InterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
5737 | break; | ||||
5738 | case llvm::Triple::avr: | ||||
5739 | handleAVRInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
5740 | break; | ||||
5741 | case llvm::Triple::riscv32: | ||||
5742 | case llvm::Triple::riscv64: | ||||
5743 | handleRISCVInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
5744 | break; | ||||
5745 | default: | ||||
5746 | handleARMInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
5747 | break; | ||||
5748 | } | ||||
5749 | } | ||||
5750 | |||||
5751 | static bool | ||||
5752 | checkAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeArguments(Sema &S, Expr *MinExpr, Expr *MaxExpr, | ||||
5753 | const AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr &Attr) { | ||||
5754 | // Accept template arguments for now as they depend on something else. | ||||
5755 | // We'll get to check them when they eventually get instantiated. | ||||
5756 | if (MinExpr->isValueDependent() || MaxExpr->isValueDependent()) | ||||
5757 | return false; | ||||
5758 | |||||
5759 | uint32_t Min = 0; | ||||
5760 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MinExpr, Min, 0)) | ||||
5761 | return true; | ||||
5762 | |||||
5763 | uint32_t Max = 0; | ||||
5764 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MaxExpr, Max, 1)) | ||||
5765 | return true; | ||||
5766 | |||||
5767 | if (Min == 0 && Max != 0) { | ||||
5768 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||
5769 | << &Attr << 0; | ||||
5770 | return true; | ||||
5771 | } | ||||
5772 | if (Min > Max) { | ||||
5773 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||
5774 | << &Attr << 1; | ||||
5775 | return true; | ||||
5776 | } | ||||
5777 | |||||
5778 | return false; | ||||
5779 | } | ||||
5780 | |||||
5781 | void Sema::addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, | ||||
5782 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
5783 | Expr *MinExpr, Expr *MaxExpr) { | ||||
5784 | AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||
5785 | |||||
5786 | if (checkAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeArguments(*this, MinExpr, MaxExpr, TmpAttr)) | ||||
5787 | return; | ||||
5788 | |||||
5789 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | ||||
5790 | AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr)); | ||||
5791 | } | ||||
5792 | |||||
5793 | static void handleAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5794 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5795 | Expr *MinExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
5796 | Expr *MaxExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(1); | ||||
5797 | |||||
5798 | S.addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(D, AL, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||
5799 | } | ||||
5800 | |||||
5801 | static bool checkAMDGPUWavesPerEUArguments(Sema &S, Expr *MinExpr, | ||||
5802 | Expr *MaxExpr, | ||||
5803 | const AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr &Attr) { | ||||
5804 | if (S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(MinExpr) || | ||||
5805 | (MaxExpr && S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(MaxExpr))) | ||||
5806 | return true; | ||||
5807 | |||||
5808 | // Accept template arguments for now as they depend on something else. | ||||
5809 | // We'll get to check them when they eventually get instantiated. | ||||
5810 | if (MinExpr->isValueDependent() || (MaxExpr && MaxExpr->isValueDependent())) | ||||
5811 | return false; | ||||
5812 | |||||
5813 | uint32_t Min = 0; | ||||
5814 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MinExpr, Min, 0)) | ||||
5815 | return true; | ||||
5816 | |||||
5817 | uint32_t Max = 0; | ||||
5818 | if (MaxExpr && !checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MaxExpr, Max, 1)) | ||||
5819 | return true; | ||||
5820 | |||||
5821 | if (Min == 0 && Max != 0) { | ||||
5822 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||
5823 | << &Attr << 0; | ||||
5824 | return true; | ||||
5825 | } | ||||
5826 | if (Max != 0 && Min > Max) { | ||||
5827 | S.Diag(Attr.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | ||||
5828 | << &Attr << 1; | ||||
5829 | return true; | ||||
5830 | } | ||||
5831 | |||||
5832 | return false; | ||||
5833 | } | ||||
5834 | |||||
5835 | void Sema::addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
5836 | Expr *MinExpr, Expr *MaxExpr) { | ||||
5837 | AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr TmpAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||
5838 | |||||
5839 | if (checkAMDGPUWavesPerEUArguments(*this, MinExpr, MaxExpr, TmpAttr)) | ||||
5840 | return; | ||||
5841 | |||||
5842 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | ||||
5843 | AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Context, CI, MinExpr, MaxExpr)); | ||||
5844 | } | ||||
5845 | |||||
5846 | static void handleAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5847 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1) || | ||||
5848 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 2)) | ||||
5849 | return; | ||||
5850 | |||||
5851 | Expr *MinExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
5852 | Expr *MaxExpr = (AL.getNumArgs() > 1) ? AL.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr; | ||||
5853 | |||||
5854 | S.addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(D, AL, MinExpr, MaxExpr); | ||||
5855 | } | ||||
5856 | |||||
5857 | static void handleAMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5858 | uint32_t NumSGPR = 0; | ||||
5859 | Expr *NumSGPRExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
5860 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, NumSGPRExpr, NumSGPR)) | ||||
5861 | return; | ||||
5862 | |||||
5863 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(S.Context, AL, NumSGPR)); | ||||
5864 | } | ||||
5865 | |||||
5866 | static void handleAMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5867 | uint32_t NumVGPR = 0; | ||||
5868 | Expr *NumVGPRExpr = AL.getArgAsExpr(0); | ||||
5869 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, NumVGPRExpr, NumVGPR)) | ||||
5870 | return; | ||||
5871 | |||||
5872 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(S.Context, AL, NumVGPR)); | ||||
5873 | } | ||||
5874 | |||||
5875 | static void handleX86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
5876 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5877 | // If we try to apply it to a function pointer, don't warn, but don't | ||||
5878 | // do anything, either. It doesn't matter anyway, because there's nothing | ||||
5879 | // special about calling a force_align_arg_pointer function. | ||||
5880 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
5881 | if (VD && VD->getType()->isFunctionPointerType()) | ||||
5882 | return; | ||||
5883 | // Also don't warn on function pointer typedefs. | ||||
5884 | const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D); | ||||
5885 | if (TD && (TD->getUnderlyingType()->isFunctionPointerType() || | ||||
5886 | TD->getUnderlyingType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||
5887 | return; | ||||
5888 | // Attribute can only be applied to function types. | ||||
5889 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
5890 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
5891 | << AL << ExpectedFunction; | ||||
5892 | return; | ||||
5893 | } | ||||
5894 | |||||
5895 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
5896 | } | ||||
5897 | |||||
5898 | static void handleLayoutVersion(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
5899 | uint32_t Version; | ||||
5900 | Expr *VersionExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(AL.getArgAsExpr(0)); | ||||
5901 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Version)) | ||||
5902 | return; | ||||
5903 | |||||
5904 | // TODO: Investigate what happens with the next major version of MSVC. | ||||
5905 | if (Version != LangOptions::MSVC2015 / 100) { | ||||
5906 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | ||||
5907 | << AL << Version << VersionExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5908 | return; | ||||
5909 | } | ||||
5910 | |||||
5911 | // The attribute expects a "major" version number like 19, but new versions of | ||||
5912 | // MSVC have moved to updating the "minor", or less significant numbers, so we | ||||
5913 | // have to multiply by 100 now. | ||||
5914 | Version *= 100; | ||||
5915 | |||||
5916 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) LayoutVersionAttr(S.Context, AL, Version)); | ||||
5917 | } | ||||
5918 | |||||
5919 | DLLImportAttr *Sema::mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, | ||||
5920 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||
5921 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { | ||||
5922 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "'dllimport'"; | ||||
5923 | return nullptr; | ||||
5924 | } | ||||
5925 | |||||
5926 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | ||||
5927 | return nullptr; | ||||
5928 | |||||
5929 | return ::new (Context) DLLImportAttr(Context, CI); | ||||
5930 | } | ||||
5931 | |||||
5932 | DLLExportAttr *Sema::mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, | ||||
5933 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI) { | ||||
5934 | if (DLLImportAttr *Import = D->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { | ||||
5935 | Diag(Import->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Import; | ||||
5936 | D->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | ||||
5937 | } | ||||
5938 | |||||
5939 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||
5940 | return nullptr; | ||||
5941 | |||||
5942 | return ::new (Context) DLLExportAttr(Context, CI); | ||||
5943 | } | ||||
5944 | |||||
5945 | static void handleDLLAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A) { | ||||
5946 | if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D) && | ||||
5947 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||
5948 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << A; | ||||
5949 | return; | ||||
5950 | } | ||||
5951 | |||||
5952 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
5953 | if (FD->isInlined() && A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport && | ||||
5954 | !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||
5955 | // MinGW doesn't allow dllimport on inline functions. | ||||
5956 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_inline) | ||||
5957 | << A; | ||||
5958 | return; | ||||
5959 | } | ||||
5960 | } | ||||
5961 | |||||
5962 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
5963 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && | ||||
5964 | MD->getParent()->isLambda()) { | ||||
5965 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_attribute_dll_lambda) << A; | ||||
5966 | return; | ||||
5967 | } | ||||
5968 | } | ||||
5969 | |||||
5970 | Attr *NewAttr = A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport | ||||
5971 | ? (Attr *)S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, A) | ||||
5972 | : (Attr *)S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, A); | ||||
5973 | if (NewAttr) | ||||
5974 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | ||||
5975 | } | ||||
5976 | |||||
5977 | MSInheritanceAttr * | ||||
5978 | Sema::mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, | ||||
5979 | bool BestCase, | ||||
5980 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling) { | ||||
5981 | if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = D->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) { | ||||
5982 | if (IA->getSemanticSpelling() == SemanticSpelling) | ||||
5983 | return nullptr; | ||||
5984 | Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_ms_inheritance) | ||||
5985 | << 1 /*previous declaration*/; | ||||
5986 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::note_previous_ms_inheritance); | ||||
5987 | D->dropAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>(); | ||||
5988 | } | ||||
5989 | |||||
5990 | auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); | ||||
5991 | if (RD->hasDefinition()) { | ||||
5992 | if (checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(RD, CI.getRange(), BestCase, | ||||
5993 | SemanticSpelling)) { | ||||
5994 | return nullptr; | ||||
5995 | } | ||||
5996 | } else { | ||||
5997 | if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { | ||||
5998 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_ms_inheritance) | ||||
5999 | << 1 /*partial specialization*/; | ||||
6000 | return nullptr; | ||||
6001 | } | ||||
6002 | if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { | ||||
6003 | Diag(CI.getLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_ms_inheritance) | ||||
6004 | << 0 /*primary template*/; | ||||
6005 | return nullptr; | ||||
6006 | } | ||||
6007 | } | ||||
6008 | |||||
6009 | return ::new (Context) MSInheritanceAttr(Context, CI, BestCase); | ||||
6010 | } | ||||
6011 | |||||
6012 | static void handleCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6013 | // The capability attributes take a single string parameter for the name of | ||||
6014 | // the capability they represent. The lockable attribute does not take any | ||||
6015 | // parameters. However, semantically, both attributes represent the same | ||||
6016 | // concept, and so they use the same semantic attribute. Eventually, the | ||||
6017 | // lockable attribute will be removed. | ||||
6018 | // | ||||
6019 | // For backward compatibility, any capability which has no specified string | ||||
6020 | // literal will be considered a "mutex." | ||||
6021 | StringRef N("mutex"); | ||||
6022 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
6023 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Capability && | ||||
6024 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, N, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||
6025 | return; | ||||
6026 | |||||
6027 | // Currently, there are only two names allowed for a capability: role and | ||||
6028 | // mutex (case insensitive). Diagnose other capability names. | ||||
6029 | if (!N.equals_lower("mutex") && !N.equals_lower("role")) | ||||
6030 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_invalid_capability_name) << N; | ||||
6031 | |||||
6032 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, N)); | ||||
6033 | } | ||||
6034 | |||||
6035 | static void handleAssertCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6036 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||
6037 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
6038 | return; | ||||
6039 | |||||
6040 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
6041 | AssertCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||
6042 | } | ||||
6043 | |||||
6044 | static void handleAcquireCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
6045 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6046 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||
6047 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
6048 | return; | ||||
6049 | |||||
6050 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AcquireCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), | ||||
6051 | Args.size())); | ||||
6052 | } | ||||
6053 | |||||
6054 | static void handleTryAcquireCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
6055 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6056 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | ||||
6057 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, AL, Args)) | ||||
6058 | return; | ||||
6059 | |||||
6060 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TryAcquireCapabilityAttr( | ||||
6061 | S.Context, AL, AL.getArgAsExpr(0), Args.data(), Args.size())); | ||||
6062 | } | ||||
6063 | |||||
6064 | static void handleReleaseCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
6065 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6066 | // Check that all arguments are lockable objects. | ||||
6067 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | ||||
6068 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args, 0, true); | ||||
6069 | |||||
6070 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ReleaseCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), | ||||
6071 | Args.size())); | ||||
6072 | } | ||||
6073 | |||||
6074 | static void handleRequiresCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
6075 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6076 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
6077 | return; | ||||
6078 | |||||
6079 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | ||||
6080 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | ||||
6081 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, AL, Args); | ||||
6082 | if (Args.empty()) | ||||
6083 | return; | ||||
6084 | |||||
6085 | RequiresCapabilityAttr *RCA = ::new (S.Context) | ||||
6086 | RequiresCapabilityAttr(S.Context, AL, Args.data(), Args.size()); | ||||
6087 | |||||
6088 | D->addAttr(RCA); | ||||
6089 | } | ||||
6090 | |||||
6091 | static void handleDeprecatedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6092 | if (const auto *NSD = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||
6093 | if (NSD->isAnonymousNamespace()) { | ||||
6094 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_anonymous_namespace); | ||||
6095 | // Do not want to attach the attribute to the namespace because that will | ||||
6096 | // cause confusing diagnostic reports for uses of declarations within the | ||||
6097 | // namespace. | ||||
6098 | return; | ||||
6099 | } | ||||
6100 | } | ||||
6101 | |||||
6102 | // Handle the cases where the attribute has a text message. | ||||
6103 | StringRef Str, Replacement; | ||||
6104 | if (AL.isArgExpr(0) && AL.getArgAsExpr(0) && | ||||
6105 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 0, Str)) | ||||
6106 | return; | ||||
6107 | |||||
6108 | // Only support a single optional message for Declspec and CXX11. | ||||
6109 | if (AL.isDeclspecAttribute() || AL.isCXX11Attribute()) | ||||
6110 | checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, 1); | ||||
6111 | else if (AL.isArgExpr(1) && AL.getArgAsExpr(1) && | ||||
6112 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, 1, Replacement)) | ||||
6113 | return; | ||||
6114 | |||||
6115 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && AL.isCXX11Attribute() && !AL.isGNUScope()) | ||||
6116 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx14_attr) << AL; | ||||
6117 | |||||
6118 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DeprecatedAttr(S.Context, AL, Str, Replacement)); | ||||
6119 | } | ||||
6120 | |||||
6121 | static bool isGlobalVar(const Decl *D) { | ||||
6122 | if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||
6123 | return S->hasGlobalStorage(); | ||||
6124 | return false; | ||||
6125 | } | ||||
6126 | |||||
6127 | static void handleNoSanitizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6128 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, 1)) | ||||
6129 | return; | ||||
6130 | |||||
6131 | std::vector<StringRef> Sanitizers; | ||||
6132 | |||||
6133 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = AL.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
6134 | StringRef SanitizerName; | ||||
6135 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | ||||
6136 | |||||
6137 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(AL, I, SanitizerName, &LiteralLoc)) | ||||
6138 | return; | ||||
6139 | |||||
6140 | if (parseSanitizerValue(SanitizerName, /*AllowGroups=*/true) == | ||||
6141 | SanitizerMask()) | ||||
6142 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unknown_sanitizer_ignored) << SanitizerName; | ||||
6143 | else if (isGlobalVar(D) && SanitizerName != "address") | ||||
6144 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
6145 | << AL << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | ||||
6146 | Sanitizers.push_back(SanitizerName); | ||||
6147 | } | ||||
6148 | |||||
6149 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoSanitizeAttr(S.Context, AL, Sanitizers.data(), | ||||
6150 | Sanitizers.size())); | ||||
6151 | } | ||||
6152 | |||||
6153 | static void handleNoSanitizeSpecificAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
6154 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6155 | StringRef AttrName = AL.getAttrName()->getName(); | ||||
6156 | normalizeName(AttrName); | ||||
6157 | StringRef SanitizerName = llvm::StringSwitch<StringRef>(AttrName) | ||||
6158 | .Case("no_address_safety_analysis", "address") | ||||
6159 | .Case("no_sanitize_address", "address") | ||||
6160 | .Case("no_sanitize_thread", "thread") | ||||
6161 | .Case("no_sanitize_memory", "memory"); | ||||
6162 | if (isGlobalVar(D) && SanitizerName != "address") | ||||
6163 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
6164 | << AL << ExpectedFunction; | ||||
6165 | |||||
6166 | // FIXME: Rather than create a NoSanitizeSpecificAttr, this creates a | ||||
6167 | // NoSanitizeAttr object; but we need to calculate the correct spelling list | ||||
6168 | // index rather than incorrectly assume the index for NoSanitizeSpecificAttr | ||||
6169 | // has the same spellings as the index for NoSanitizeAttr. We don't have a | ||||
6170 | // general way to "translate" between the two, so this hack attempts to work | ||||
6171 | // around the issue with hard-coded indicies. This is critical for calling | ||||
6172 | // getSpelling() or prettyPrint() on the resulting semantic attribute object | ||||
6173 | // without failing assertions. | ||||
6174 | unsigned TranslatedSpellingIndex = 0; | ||||
6175 | if (AL.isC2xAttribute() || AL.isCXX11Attribute()) | ||||
6176 | TranslatedSpellingIndex = 1; | ||||
6177 | |||||
6178 | AttributeCommonInfo Info = AL; | ||||
6179 | Info.setAttributeSpellingListIndex(TranslatedSpellingIndex); | ||||
6180 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | ||||
6181 | NoSanitizeAttr(S.Context, Info, &SanitizerName, 1)); | ||||
6182 | } | ||||
6183 | |||||
6184 | static void handleInternalLinkageAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6185 | if (InternalLinkageAttr *Internal = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, AL)) | ||||
6186 | D->addAttr(Internal); | ||||
6187 | } | ||||
6188 | |||||
6189 | static void handleOpenCLNoSVMAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6190 | if (S.LangOpts.OpenCLVersion != 200) | ||||
6191 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_requires_opencl_version) | ||||
6192 | << AL << "2.0" << 0; | ||||
6193 | else | ||||
6194 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_opencl_attr_deprecated_ignored) << AL | ||||
6195 | << "2.0"; | ||||
6196 | } | ||||
6197 | |||||
6198 | /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes, | ||||
6199 | /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the correct | ||||
6200 | /// number of arguments were passed, etc. | ||||
6201 | static bool handleCommonAttributeFeatures(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
6202 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6203 | // Several attributes carry different semantics than the parsing requires, so | ||||
6204 | // those are opted out of the common argument checks. | ||||
6205 | // | ||||
6206 | // We also bail on unknown and ignored attributes because those are handled | ||||
6207 | // as part of the target-specific handling logic. | ||||
6208 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute) | ||||
6209 | return false; | ||||
6210 | // Check whether the attribute requires specific language extensions to be | ||||
6211 | // enabled. | ||||
6212 | if (!AL.diagnoseLangOpts(S)) | ||||
6213 | return true; | ||||
6214 | // Check whether the attribute appertains to the given subject. | ||||
6215 | if (!AL.diagnoseAppertainsTo(S, D)) | ||||
6216 | return true; | ||||
6217 | if (AL.hasCustomParsing()) | ||||
6218 | return false; | ||||
6219 | |||||
6220 | if (AL.getMinArgs() == AL.getMaxArgs()) { | ||||
6221 | // If there are no optional arguments, then checking for the argument count | ||||
6222 | // is trivial. | ||||
6223 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, AL, AL.getMinArgs())) | ||||
6224 | return true; | ||||
6225 | } else { | ||||
6226 | // There are optional arguments, so checking is slightly more involved. | ||||
6227 | if (AL.getMinArgs() && | ||||
6228 | !checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, AL, AL.getMinArgs())) | ||||
6229 | return true; | ||||
6230 | else if (!AL.hasVariadicArg() && AL.getMaxArgs() && | ||||
6231 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, AL, AL.getMaxArgs())) | ||||
6232 | return true; | ||||
6233 | } | ||||
6234 | |||||
6235 | if (S.CheckAttrTarget(AL)) | ||||
6236 | return true; | ||||
6237 | |||||
6238 | return false; | ||||
6239 | } | ||||
6240 | |||||
6241 | static void handleOpenCLAccessAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6242 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
6243 | return; | ||||
6244 | |||||
6245 | // Check if there is only one access qualifier. | ||||
6246 | if (D->hasAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>()) { | ||||
6247 | if (D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>()->getSemanticSpelling() == | ||||
6248 | AL.getSemanticSpelling()) { | ||||
6249 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_declspec) | ||||
6250 | << AL.getAttrName()->getName() << AL.getRange(); | ||||
6251 | } else { | ||||
6252 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_multiple_access_qualifiers) | ||||
6253 | << D->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6254 | D->setInvalidDecl(true); | ||||
6255 | return; | ||||
6256 | } | ||||
6257 | } | ||||
6258 | |||||
6259 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.6 - read_write can be used for image types to specify that an | ||||
6260 | // image object can be read and written. | ||||
6261 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.6 - A kernel cannot read from and write to the same pipe | ||||
6262 | // object. Using the read_write (or __read_write) qualifier with the pipe | ||||
6263 | // qualifier is a compilation error. | ||||
6264 | if (const auto *PDecl = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
6265 | const Type *DeclTy = PDecl->getType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr(); | ||||
6266 | if (AL.getAttrName()->getName().find("read_write") != StringRef::npos) { | ||||
6267 | if ((!S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && | ||||
6268 | S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 200) || | ||||
6269 | DeclTy->isPipeType()) { | ||||
6270 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_read_write) | ||||
6271 | << AL << PDecl->getType() << DeclTy->isImageType(); | ||||
6272 | D->setInvalidDecl(true); | ||||
6273 | return; | ||||
6274 | } | ||||
6275 | } | ||||
6276 | } | ||||
6277 | |||||
6278 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) OpenCLAccessAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
6279 | } | ||||
6280 | |||||
6281 | static void handleDestroyAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &A) { | ||||
6282 | if (!cast<VarDecl>(D)->hasGlobalStorage()) { | ||||
6283 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_destroy_attr_on_non_static_var) | ||||
6284 | << (A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysDestroy); | ||||
6285 | return; | ||||
6286 | } | ||||
6287 | |||||
6288 | if (A.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysDestroy) | ||||
6289 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<AlwaysDestroyAttr, NoDestroyAttr>(S, D, A); | ||||
6290 | else | ||||
6291 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<NoDestroyAttr, AlwaysDestroyAttr>(S, D, A); | ||||
6292 | } | ||||
6293 | |||||
6294 | static void handleUninitializedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6295 | assert(cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic &&((cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && "uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && \"uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6296, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
6296 | "uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables")((cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && "uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<VarDecl>(D)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Automatic && \"uninitialized is only valid on automatic duration variables\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6296, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6297 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) UninitializedAttr(S.Context, AL)); | ||||
6298 | } | ||||
6299 | |||||
6300 | static bool tryMakeVariablePseudoStrong(Sema &S, VarDecl *VD, | ||||
6301 | bool DiagnoseFailure) { | ||||
6302 | QualType Ty = VD->getType(); | ||||
6303 | if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) { | ||||
6304 | if (DiagnoseFailure) { | ||||
6305 | S.Diag(VD->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_objc_externally_retained) | ||||
6306 | << 0; | ||||
6307 | } | ||||
6308 | return false; | ||||
6309 | } | ||||
6310 | |||||
6311 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LifetimeQual = Ty.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); | ||||
6312 | |||||
6313 | // Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime must run after processing decl attributes | ||||
6314 | // (because __block lowers to an attribute), so if the lifetime hasn't been | ||||
6315 | // explicitly specified, infer it locally now. | ||||
6316 | if (LifetimeQual == Qualifiers::OCL_None) | ||||
6317 | LifetimeQual = Ty->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); | ||||
6318 | |||||
6319 | // The attributes only really makes sense for __strong variables; ignore any | ||||
6320 | // attempts to annotate a parameter with any other lifetime qualifier. | ||||
6321 | if (LifetimeQual != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { | ||||
6322 | if (DiagnoseFailure) { | ||||
6323 | S.Diag(VD->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_objc_externally_retained) | ||||
6324 | << 1; | ||||
6325 | } | ||||
6326 | return false; | ||||
6327 | } | ||||
6328 | |||||
6329 | // Tampering with the type of a VarDecl here is a bit of a hack, but we need | ||||
6330 | // to ensure that the variable is 'const' so that we can error on | ||||
6331 | // modification, which can otherwise over-release. | ||||
6332 | VD->setType(Ty.withConst()); | ||||
6333 | VD->setARCPseudoStrong(true); | ||||
6334 | return true; | ||||
6335 | } | ||||
6336 | |||||
6337 | static void handleObjCExternallyRetainedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
6338 | const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6339 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
6340 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && "should be diagnosed automatically")((!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && "should be diagnosed automatically" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD) && \"should be diagnosed automatically\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6340, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6341 | if (!VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||
6342 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_ignored_objc_externally_retained) | ||||
6343 | << 0; | ||||
6344 | return; | ||||
6345 | } | ||||
6346 | |||||
6347 | if (!tryMakeVariablePseudoStrong(S, VD, /*DiagnoseFailure=*/true)) | ||||
6348 | return; | ||||
6349 | |||||
6350 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6351 | return; | ||||
6352 | } | ||||
6353 | |||||
6354 | // If D is a function-like declaration (method, block, or function), then we | ||||
6355 | // make every parameter psuedo-strong. | ||||
6356 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
6357 | auto *PVD = const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(getFunctionOrMethodParam(D, I)); | ||||
6358 | QualType Ty = PVD->getType(); | ||||
6359 | |||||
6360 | // If a user wrote a parameter with __strong explicitly, then assume they | ||||
6361 | // want "real" strong semantics for that parameter. This works because if | ||||
6362 | // the parameter was written with __strong, then the strong qualifier will | ||||
6363 | // be non-local. | ||||
6364 | if (Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType().getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == | ||||
6365 | Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) | ||||
6366 | continue; | ||||
6367 | |||||
6368 | tryMakeVariablePseudoStrong(S, PVD, /*DiagnoseFailure=*/false); | ||||
6369 | } | ||||
6370 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6371 | } | ||||
6372 | |||||
6373 | static void handleMIGServerRoutineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6374 | // Check that the return type is a `typedef int kern_return_t` or a typedef | ||||
6375 | // around it, because otherwise MIG convention checks make no sense. | ||||
6376 | // BlockDecl doesn't store a return type, so it's annoying to check, | ||||
6377 | // so let's skip it for now. | ||||
6378 | if (!isa<BlockDecl>(D)) { | ||||
6379 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | ||||
6380 | bool IsKernReturnT = false; | ||||
6381 | while (const auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||
6382 | IsKernReturnT = (TT->getDecl()->getName() == "kern_return_t"); | ||||
6383 | T = TT->desugar(); | ||||
6384 | } | ||||
6385 | if (!IsKernReturnT || T.getCanonicalType() != S.getASTContext().IntTy) { | ||||
6386 | S.Diag(D->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
6387 | diag::warn_mig_server_routine_does_not_return_kern_return_t); | ||||
6388 | return; | ||||
6389 | } | ||||
6390 | } | ||||
6391 | |||||
6392 | handleSimpleAttribute<MIGServerRoutineAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6393 | } | ||||
6394 | |||||
6395 | static void handleMSAllocatorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL) { | ||||
6396 | // Warn if the return type is not a pointer or reference type. | ||||
6397 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
6398 | QualType RetTy = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||
6399 | if (!RetTy->isPointerType() && !RetTy->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
6400 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_allocator_nonpointer) | ||||
6401 | << AL.getRange() << RetTy; | ||||
6402 | return; | ||||
6403 | } | ||||
6404 | } | ||||
6405 | |||||
6406 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSAllocatorAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6407 | } | ||||
6408 | |||||
6409 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
6410 | // Top Level Sema Entry Points | ||||
6411 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
6412 | |||||
6413 | /// ProcessDeclAttribute - Apply the specific attribute to the specified decl if | ||||
6414 | /// the attribute applies to decls. If the attribute is a type attribute, just | ||||
6415 | /// silently ignore it if a GNU attribute. | ||||
6416 | static void ProcessDeclAttribute(Sema &S, Scope *scope, Decl *D, | ||||
6417 | const ParsedAttr &AL, | ||||
6418 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes) { | ||||
6419 | if (AL.isInvalid() || AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::IgnoredAttribute) | ||||
6420 | return; | ||||
6421 | |||||
6422 | // Ignore C++11 attributes on declarator chunks: they appertain to the type | ||||
6423 | // instead. | ||||
6424 | if (AL.isCXX11Attribute() && !IncludeCXX11Attributes) | ||||
6425 | return; | ||||
6426 | |||||
6427 | // Unknown attributes are automatically warned on. Target-specific attributes | ||||
6428 | // which do not apply to the current target architecture are treated as | ||||
6429 | // though they were unknown attributes. | ||||
6430 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute || | ||||
6431 | !AL.existsInTarget(S.Context.getTargetInfo())) { | ||||
6432 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), | ||||
6433 | AL.isDeclspecAttribute() | ||||
6434 | ? (unsigned)diag::warn_unhandled_ms_attribute_ignored | ||||
6435 | : (unsigned)diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) | ||||
6436 | << AL; | ||||
6437 | return; | ||||
6438 | } | ||||
6439 | |||||
6440 | if (handleCommonAttributeFeatures(S, D, AL)) | ||||
6441 | return; | ||||
6442 | |||||
6443 | switch (AL.getKind()) { | ||||
6444 | default: | ||||
6445 | if (!AL.isStmtAttr()) { | ||||
6446 | // Type attributes are handled elsewhere; silently move on. | ||||
6447 | assert(AL.isTypeAttr() && "Non-type attribute not handled")((AL.isTypeAttr() && "Non-type attribute not handled" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AL.isTypeAttr() && \"Non-type attribute not handled\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6447, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
6448 | break; | ||||
6449 | } | ||||
6450 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_stmt_attribute_invalid_on_decl) | ||||
6451 | << AL << D->getLocation(); | ||||
6452 | break; | ||||
6453 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Interrupt: | ||||
6454 | handleInterruptAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6455 | break; | ||||
6456 | case ParsedAttr::AT_X86ForceAlignArgPointer: | ||||
6457 | handleX86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6458 | break; | ||||
6459 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport: | ||||
6460 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport: | ||||
6461 | handleDLLAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6462 | break; | ||||
6463 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Mips16: | ||||
6464 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<Mips16Attr, MicroMipsAttr, | ||||
6465 | MipsInterruptAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6466 | break; | ||||
6467 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoMips16: | ||||
6468 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoMips16Attr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6469 | break; | ||||
6470 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MicroMips: | ||||
6471 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MicroMipsAttr, Mips16Attr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6472 | break; | ||||
6473 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoMicroMips: | ||||
6474 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoMicroMipsAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6475 | break; | ||||
6476 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MipsLongCall: | ||||
6477 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MipsLongCallAttr, MipsShortCallAttr>( | ||||
6478 | S, D, AL); | ||||
6479 | break; | ||||
6480 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MipsShortCall: | ||||
6481 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MipsShortCallAttr, MipsLongCallAttr>( | ||||
6482 | S, D, AL); | ||||
6483 | break; | ||||
6484 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSize: | ||||
6485 | handleAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6486 | break; | ||||
6487 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUWavesPerEU: | ||||
6488 | handleAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6489 | break; | ||||
6490 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUNumSGPR: | ||||
6491 | handleAMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6492 | break; | ||||
6493 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AMDGPUNumVGPR: | ||||
6494 | handleAMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6495 | break; | ||||
6496 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AVRSignal: | ||||
6497 | handleAVRSignalAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6498 | break; | ||||
6499 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WebAssemblyImportModule: | ||||
6500 | handleWebAssemblyImportModuleAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6501 | break; | ||||
6502 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WebAssemblyImportName: | ||||
6503 | handleWebAssemblyImportNameAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6504 | break; | ||||
6505 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IBAction: | ||||
6506 | handleSimpleAttribute<IBActionAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6507 | break; | ||||
6508 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IBOutlet: | ||||
6509 | handleIBOutlet(S, D, AL); | ||||
6510 | break; | ||||
6511 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IBOutletCollection: | ||||
6512 | handleIBOutletCollection(S, D, AL); | ||||
6513 | break; | ||||
6514 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IFunc: | ||||
6515 | handleIFuncAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6516 | break; | ||||
6517 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Alias: | ||||
6518 | handleAliasAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6519 | break; | ||||
6520 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Aligned: | ||||
6521 | handleAlignedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6522 | break; | ||||
6523 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AlignValue: | ||||
6524 | handleAlignValueAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6525 | break; | ||||
6526 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AllocSize: | ||||
6527 | handleAllocSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6528 | break; | ||||
6529 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysInline: | ||||
6530 | handleAlwaysInlineAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6531 | break; | ||||
6532 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Artificial: | ||||
6533 | handleSimpleAttribute<ArtificialAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6534 | break; | ||||
6535 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnalyzerNoReturn: | ||||
6536 | handleAnalyzerNoReturnAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6537 | break; | ||||
6538 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TLSModel: | ||||
6539 | handleTLSModelAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6540 | break; | ||||
6541 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Annotate: | ||||
6542 | handleAnnotateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6543 | break; | ||||
6544 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Availability: | ||||
6545 | handleAvailabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6546 | break; | ||||
6547 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CarriesDependency: | ||||
6548 | handleDependencyAttr(S, scope, D, AL); | ||||
6549 | break; | ||||
6550 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CPUDispatch: | ||||
6551 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CPUSpecific: | ||||
6552 | handleCPUSpecificAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6553 | break; | ||||
6554 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Common: | ||||
6555 | handleCommonAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6556 | break; | ||||
6557 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAConstant: | ||||
6558 | handleConstantAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6559 | break; | ||||
6560 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PassObjectSize: | ||||
6561 | handlePassObjectSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6562 | break; | ||||
6563 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Constructor: | ||||
6564 | handleConstructorAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6565 | break; | ||||
6566 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CXX11NoReturn: | ||||
6567 | handleSimpleAttribute<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6568 | break; | ||||
6569 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Deprecated: | ||||
6570 | handleDeprecatedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6571 | break; | ||||
6572 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Destructor: | ||||
6573 | handleDestructorAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6574 | break; | ||||
6575 | case ParsedAttr::AT_EnableIf: | ||||
6576 | handleEnableIfAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6577 | break; | ||||
6578 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DiagnoseIf: | ||||
6579 | handleDiagnoseIfAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6580 | break; | ||||
6581 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExtVectorType: | ||||
6582 | handleExtVectorTypeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6583 | break; | ||||
6584 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExternalSourceSymbol: | ||||
6585 | handleExternalSourceSymbolAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6586 | break; | ||||
6587 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MinSize: | ||||
6588 | handleMinSizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6589 | break; | ||||
6590 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OptimizeNone: | ||||
6591 | handleOptimizeNoneAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6592 | break; | ||||
6593 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FlagEnum: | ||||
6594 | handleSimpleAttribute<FlagEnumAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6595 | break; | ||||
6596 | case ParsedAttr::AT_EnumExtensibility: | ||||
6597 | handleEnumExtensibilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6598 | break; | ||||
6599 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Flatten: | ||||
6600 | handleSimpleAttribute<FlattenAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6601 | break; | ||||
6602 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Format: | ||||
6603 | handleFormatAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6604 | break; | ||||
6605 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FormatArg: | ||||
6606 | handleFormatArgAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6607 | break; | ||||
6608 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Callback: | ||||
6609 | handleCallbackAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6610 | break; | ||||
6611 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAGlobal: | ||||
6612 | handleGlobalAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6613 | break; | ||||
6614 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDADevice: | ||||
6615 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CUDADeviceAttr, CUDAGlobalAttr>(S, D, | ||||
6616 | AL); | ||||
6617 | break; | ||||
6618 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAHost: | ||||
6619 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CUDAHostAttr, CUDAGlobalAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6620 | break; | ||||
6621 | case ParsedAttr::AT_HIPPinnedShadow: | ||||
6622 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<HIPPinnedShadowAttr, CUDADeviceAttr, | ||||
6623 | CUDAConstantAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6624 | break; | ||||
6625 | case ParsedAttr::AT_GNUInline: | ||||
6626 | handleGNUInlineAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6627 | break; | ||||
6628 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDALaunchBounds: | ||||
6629 | handleLaunchBoundsAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6630 | break; | ||||
6631 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Restrict: | ||||
6632 | handleRestrictAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6633 | break; | ||||
6634 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LifetimeBound: | ||||
6635 | handleSimpleAttribute<LifetimeBoundAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6636 | break; | ||||
6637 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MayAlias: | ||||
6638 | handleSimpleAttribute<MayAliasAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6639 | break; | ||||
6640 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Mode: | ||||
6641 | handleModeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6642 | break; | ||||
6643 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoAlias: | ||||
6644 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoAliasAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6645 | break; | ||||
6646 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoCommon: | ||||
6647 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoCommonAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6648 | break; | ||||
6649 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSplitStack: | ||||
6650 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoSplitStackAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6651 | break; | ||||
6652 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoUniqueAddress: | ||||
6653 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoUniqueAddressAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6654 | break; | ||||
6655 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NonNull: | ||||
6656 | if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) | ||||
6657 | handleNonNullAttrParameter(S, PVD, AL); | ||||
6658 | else | ||||
6659 | handleNonNullAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6660 | break; | ||||
6661 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReturnsNonNull: | ||||
6662 | handleReturnsNonNullAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6663 | break; | ||||
6664 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoEscape: | ||||
6665 | handleNoEscapeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6666 | break; | ||||
6667 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssumeAligned: | ||||
6668 | handleAssumeAlignedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6669 | break; | ||||
6670 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AllocAlign: | ||||
6671 | handleAllocAlignAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6672 | break; | ||||
6673 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Overloadable: | ||||
6674 | handleSimpleAttribute<OverloadableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6675 | break; | ||||
6676 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Ownership: | ||||
6677 | handleOwnershipAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6678 | break; | ||||
6679 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Cold: | ||||
6680 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<ColdAttr, HotAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6681 | break; | ||||
6682 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Hot: | ||||
6683 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<HotAttr, ColdAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6684 | break; | ||||
6685 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Naked: | ||||
6686 | handleNakedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6687 | break; | ||||
6688 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoReturn: | ||||
6689 | handleNoReturnAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6690 | break; | ||||
6691 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCfCheck: | ||||
6692 | handleNoCfCheckAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6693 | break; | ||||
6694 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoThrow: | ||||
6695 | if (!AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) | ||||
6696 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoThrowAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6697 | break; | ||||
6698 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CUDAShared: | ||||
6699 | handleSharedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6700 | break; | ||||
6701 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VecReturn: | ||||
6702 | handleVecReturnAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6703 | break; | ||||
6704 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCOwnership: | ||||
6705 | handleObjCOwnershipAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6706 | break; | ||||
6707 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCPreciseLifetime: | ||||
6708 | handleObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6709 | break; | ||||
6710 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer: | ||||
6711 | handleObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6712 | break; | ||||
6713 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRequiresSuper: | ||||
6714 | handleObjCRequiresSuperAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6715 | break; | ||||
6716 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBridge: | ||||
6717 | handleObjCBridgeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6718 | break; | ||||
6719 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBridgeMutable: | ||||
6720 | handleObjCBridgeMutableAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6721 | break; | ||||
6722 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBridgeRelated: | ||||
6723 | handleObjCBridgeRelatedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6724 | break; | ||||
6725 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCDesignatedInitializer: | ||||
6726 | handleObjCDesignatedInitializer(S, D, AL); | ||||
6727 | break; | ||||
6728 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRuntimeName: | ||||
6729 | handleObjCRuntimeName(S, D, AL); | ||||
6730 | break; | ||||
6731 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRuntimeVisible: | ||||
6732 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6733 | break; | ||||
6734 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCBoxable: | ||||
6735 | handleObjCBoxable(S, D, AL); | ||||
6736 | break; | ||||
6737 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFAuditedTransfer: | ||||
6738 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CFAuditedTransferAttr, | ||||
6739 | CFUnknownTransferAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6740 | break; | ||||
6741 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFUnknownTransfer: | ||||
6742 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CFUnknownTransferAttr, | ||||
6743 | CFAuditedTransferAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6744 | break; | ||||
6745 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFConsumed: | ||||
6746 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumed: | ||||
6747 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumed: | ||||
6748 | S.AddXConsumedAttr(D, AL, parsedAttrToRetainOwnershipKind(AL), | ||||
6749 | /*IsTemplateInstantiation=*/false); | ||||
6750 | break; | ||||
6751 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSConsumesSelf: | ||||
6752 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSConsumesSelfAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6753 | break; | ||||
6754 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSConsumesThis: | ||||
6755 | handleSimpleAttribute<OSConsumesThisAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6756 | break; | ||||
6757 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnZero: | ||||
6758 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<OSReturnsRetainedOnZeroAttr>( | ||||
6759 | S, D, AL, isValidOSObjectOutParameter(D), | ||||
6760 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||
6761 | /*Extra Args=*/AL, /*pointer-to-OSObject-pointer*/ 3, AL.getRange()); | ||||
6762 | break; | ||||
6763 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetainedOnNonZero: | ||||
6764 | handleSimpleAttributeOrDiagnose<OSReturnsRetainedOnNonZeroAttr>( | ||||
6765 | S, D, AL, isValidOSObjectOutParameter(D), | ||||
6766 | diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type, | ||||
6767 | /*Extra Args=*/AL, /*pointer-to-OSObject-poointer*/ 3, AL.getRange()); | ||||
6768 | break; | ||||
6769 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | ||||
6770 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
6771 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | ||||
6772 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
6773 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | ||||
6774 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsNotRetained: | ||||
6775 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OSReturnsRetained: | ||||
6776 | handleXReturnsXRetainedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6777 | break; | ||||
6778 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WorkGroupSizeHint: | ||||
6779 | handleWorkGroupSize<WorkGroupSizeHintAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6780 | break; | ||||
6781 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReqdWorkGroupSize: | ||||
6782 | handleWorkGroupSize<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6783 | break; | ||||
6784 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSize: | ||||
6785 | handleSubGroupSize(S, D, AL); | ||||
6786 | break; | ||||
6787 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VecTypeHint: | ||||
6788 | handleVecTypeHint(S, D, AL); | ||||
6789 | break; | ||||
6790 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ConstInit: | ||||
6791 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConstInitAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6792 | break; | ||||
6793 | case ParsedAttr::AT_InitPriority: | ||||
6794 | handleInitPriorityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6795 | break; | ||||
6796 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Packed: | ||||
6797 | handlePackedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6798 | break; | ||||
6799 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Section: | ||||
6800 | handleSectionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6801 | break; | ||||
6802 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SpeculativeLoadHardening: | ||||
6803 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr, | ||||
6804 | NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(S, D, | ||||
6805 | AL); | ||||
6806 | break; | ||||
6807 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSpeculativeLoadHardening: | ||||
6808 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr, | ||||
6809 | SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6810 | break; | ||||
6811 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CodeSeg: | ||||
6812 | handleCodeSegAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6813 | break; | ||||
6814 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Target: | ||||
6815 | handleTargetAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6816 | break; | ||||
6817 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MinVectorWidth: | ||||
6818 | handleMinVectorWidthAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6819 | break; | ||||
6820 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Unavailable: | ||||
6821 | handleAttrWithMessage<UnavailableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6822 | break; | ||||
6823 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ArcWeakrefUnavailable: | ||||
6824 | handleSimpleAttribute<ArcWeakrefUnavailableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6825 | break; | ||||
6826 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRootClass: | ||||
6827 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRootClassAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6828 | break; | ||||
6829 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCNonLazyClass: | ||||
6830 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCNonLazyClassAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6831 | break; | ||||
6832 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCSubclassingRestricted: | ||||
6833 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6834 | break; | ||||
6835 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCClassStub: | ||||
6836 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCClassStubAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6837 | break; | ||||
6838 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl: | ||||
6839 | handleObjCSuppresProtocolAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6840 | break; | ||||
6841 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCRequiresPropertyDefs: | ||||
6842 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRequiresPropertyDefsAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6843 | break; | ||||
6844 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Unused: | ||||
6845 | handleUnusedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6846 | break; | ||||
6847 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReturnsTwice: | ||||
6848 | handleSimpleAttribute<ReturnsTwiceAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6849 | break; | ||||
6850 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NotTailCalled: | ||||
6851 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<NotTailCalledAttr, AlwaysInlineAttr>( | ||||
6852 | S, D, AL); | ||||
6853 | break; | ||||
6854 | case ParsedAttr::AT_DisableTailCalls: | ||||
6855 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<DisableTailCallsAttr, NakedAttr>(S, D, | ||||
6856 | AL); | ||||
6857 | break; | ||||
6858 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Used: | ||||
6859 | handleSimpleAttribute<UsedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6860 | break; | ||||
6861 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Visibility: | ||||
6862 | handleVisibilityAttr(S, D, AL, false); | ||||
6863 | break; | ||||
6864 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeVisibility: | ||||
6865 | handleVisibilityAttr(S, D, AL, true); | ||||
6866 | break; | ||||
6867 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WarnUnused: | ||||
6868 | handleSimpleAttribute<WarnUnusedAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6869 | break; | ||||
6870 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WarnUnusedResult: | ||||
6871 | handleWarnUnusedResult(S, D, AL); | ||||
6872 | break; | ||||
6873 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Weak: | ||||
6874 | handleSimpleAttribute<WeakAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6875 | break; | ||||
6876 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WeakRef: | ||||
6877 | handleWeakRefAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6878 | break; | ||||
6879 | case ParsedAttr::AT_WeakImport: | ||||
6880 | handleWeakImportAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6881 | break; | ||||
6882 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TransparentUnion: | ||||
6883 | handleTransparentUnionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6884 | break; | ||||
6885 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCException: | ||||
6886 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCExceptionAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6887 | break; | ||||
6888 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCMethodFamily: | ||||
6889 | handleObjCMethodFamilyAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6890 | break; | ||||
6891 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCNSObject: | ||||
6892 | handleObjCNSObject(S, D, AL); | ||||
6893 | break; | ||||
6894 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCIndependentClass: | ||||
6895 | handleObjCIndependentClass(S, D, AL); | ||||
6896 | break; | ||||
6897 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Blocks: | ||||
6898 | handleBlocksAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6899 | break; | ||||
6900 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Sentinel: | ||||
6901 | handleSentinelAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6902 | break; | ||||
6903 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Const: | ||||
6904 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConstAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6905 | break; | ||||
6906 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pure: | ||||
6907 | handleSimpleAttribute<PureAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6908 | break; | ||||
6909 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Cleanup: | ||||
6910 | handleCleanupAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6911 | break; | ||||
6912 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDebug: | ||||
6913 | handleNoDebugAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6914 | break; | ||||
6915 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDuplicate: | ||||
6916 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoDuplicateAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6917 | break; | ||||
6918 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Convergent: | ||||
6919 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConvergentAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6920 | break; | ||||
6921 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoInline: | ||||
6922 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoInlineAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6923 | break; | ||||
6924 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoInstrumentFunction: // Interacts with -pg. | ||||
6925 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoInstrumentFunctionAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6926 | break; | ||||
6927 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoStackProtector: | ||||
6928 | // Interacts with -fstack-protector options. | ||||
6929 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoStackProtectorAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6930 | break; | ||||
6931 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CFICanonicalJumpTable: | ||||
6932 | handleSimpleAttribute<CFICanonicalJumpTableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6933 | break; | ||||
6934 | case ParsedAttr::AT_StdCall: | ||||
6935 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CDecl: | ||||
6936 | case ParsedAttr::AT_FastCall: | ||||
6937 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ThisCall: | ||||
6938 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pascal: | ||||
6939 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RegCall: | ||||
6940 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftCall: | ||||
6941 | case ParsedAttr::AT_VectorCall: | ||||
6942 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSABI: | ||||
6943 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SysVABI: | ||||
6944 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pcs: | ||||
6945 | case ParsedAttr::AT_IntelOclBicc: | ||||
6946 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveMost: | ||||
6947 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PreserveAll: | ||||
6948 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AArch64VectorPcs: | ||||
6949 | handleCallConvAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6950 | break; | ||||
6951 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Suppress: | ||||
6952 | handleSuppressAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6953 | break; | ||||
6954 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Owner: | ||||
6955 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Pointer: | ||||
6956 | handleLifetimeCategoryAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6957 | break; | ||||
6958 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLKernel: | ||||
6959 | handleSimpleAttribute<OpenCLKernelAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6960 | break; | ||||
6961 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLAccess: | ||||
6962 | handleOpenCLAccessAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6963 | break; | ||||
6964 | case ParsedAttr::AT_OpenCLNoSVM: | ||||
6965 | handleOpenCLNoSVMAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6966 | break; | ||||
6967 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftContext: | ||||
6968 | S.AddParameterABIAttr(D, AL, ParameterABI::SwiftContext); | ||||
6969 | break; | ||||
6970 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftErrorResult: | ||||
6971 | S.AddParameterABIAttr(D, AL, ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult); | ||||
6972 | break; | ||||
6973 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SwiftIndirectResult: | ||||
6974 | S.AddParameterABIAttr(D, AL, ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult); | ||||
6975 | break; | ||||
6976 | case ParsedAttr::AT_InternalLinkage: | ||||
6977 | handleInternalLinkageAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
6978 | break; | ||||
6979 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExcludeFromExplicitInstantiation: | ||||
6980 | handleSimpleAttribute<ExcludeFromExplicitInstantiationAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6981 | break; | ||||
6982 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LTOVisibilityPublic: | ||||
6983 | handleSimpleAttribute<LTOVisibilityPublicAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6984 | break; | ||||
6985 | |||||
6986 | // Microsoft attributes: | ||||
6987 | case ParsedAttr::AT_EmptyBases: | ||||
6988 | handleSimpleAttribute<EmptyBasesAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6989 | break; | ||||
6990 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LayoutVersion: | ||||
6991 | handleLayoutVersion(S, D, AL); | ||||
6992 | break; | ||||
6993 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TrivialABI: | ||||
6994 | handleSimpleAttribute<TrivialABIAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6995 | break; | ||||
6996 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSNoVTable: | ||||
6997 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSNoVTableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
6998 | break; | ||||
6999 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSStruct: | ||||
7000 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSStructAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7001 | break; | ||||
7002 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Uuid: | ||||
7003 | handleUuidAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7004 | break; | ||||
7005 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSInheritance: | ||||
7006 | handleMSInheritanceAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7007 | break; | ||||
7008 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SelectAny: | ||||
7009 | handleSimpleAttribute<SelectAnyAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7010 | break; | ||||
7011 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Thread: | ||||
7012 | handleDeclspecThreadAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7013 | break; | ||||
7014 | |||||
7015 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AbiTag: | ||||
7016 | handleAbiTagAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7017 | break; | ||||
7018 | |||||
7019 | // Thread safety attributes: | ||||
7020 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssertExclusiveLock: | ||||
7021 | handleAssertExclusiveLockAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7022 | break; | ||||
7023 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssertSharedLock: | ||||
7024 | handleAssertSharedLockAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7025 | break; | ||||
7026 | case ParsedAttr::AT_GuardedVar: | ||||
7027 | handleSimpleAttribute<GuardedVarAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7028 | break; | ||||
7029 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PtGuardedVar: | ||||
7030 | handlePtGuardedVarAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7031 | break; | ||||
7032 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ScopedLockable: | ||||
7033 | handleSimpleAttribute<ScopedLockableAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7034 | break; | ||||
7035 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSanitize: | ||||
7036 | handleNoSanitizeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7037 | break; | ||||
7038 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoSanitizeSpecific: | ||||
7039 | handleNoSanitizeSpecificAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7040 | break; | ||||
7041 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoThreadSafetyAnalysis: | ||||
7042 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoThreadSafetyAnalysisAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7043 | break; | ||||
7044 | case ParsedAttr::AT_GuardedBy: | ||||
7045 | handleGuardedByAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7046 | break; | ||||
7047 | case ParsedAttr::AT_PtGuardedBy: | ||||
7048 | handlePtGuardedByAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7049 | break; | ||||
7050 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ExclusiveTrylockFunction: | ||||
7051 | handleExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7052 | break; | ||||
7053 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LockReturned: | ||||
7054 | handleLockReturnedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7055 | break; | ||||
7056 | case ParsedAttr::AT_LocksExcluded: | ||||
7057 | handleLocksExcludedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7058 | break; | ||||
7059 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SharedTrylockFunction: | ||||
7060 | handleSharedTrylockFunctionAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7061 | break; | ||||
7062 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquiredBefore: | ||||
7063 | handleAcquiredBeforeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7064 | break; | ||||
7065 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquiredAfter: | ||||
7066 | handleAcquiredAfterAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7067 | break; | ||||
7068 | |||||
7069 | // Capability analysis attributes. | ||||
7070 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Capability: | ||||
7071 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Lockable: | ||||
7072 | handleCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7073 | break; | ||||
7074 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RequiresCapability: | ||||
7075 | handleRequiresCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7076 | break; | ||||
7077 | |||||
7078 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AssertCapability: | ||||
7079 | handleAssertCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7080 | break; | ||||
7081 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AcquireCapability: | ||||
7082 | handleAcquireCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7083 | break; | ||||
7084 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReleaseCapability: | ||||
7085 | handleReleaseCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7086 | break; | ||||
7087 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TryAcquireCapability: | ||||
7088 | handleTryAcquireCapabilityAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7089 | break; | ||||
7090 | |||||
7091 | // Consumed analysis attributes. | ||||
7092 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Consumable: | ||||
7093 | handleConsumableAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7094 | break; | ||||
7095 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ConsumableAutoCast: | ||||
7096 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConsumableAutoCastAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7097 | break; | ||||
7098 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ConsumableSetOnRead: | ||||
7099 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConsumableSetOnReadAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7100 | break; | ||||
7101 | case ParsedAttr::AT_CallableWhen: | ||||
7102 | handleCallableWhenAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7103 | break; | ||||
7104 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ParamTypestate: | ||||
7105 | handleParamTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7106 | break; | ||||
7107 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ReturnTypestate: | ||||
7108 | handleReturnTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7109 | break; | ||||
7110 | case ParsedAttr::AT_SetTypestate: | ||||
7111 | handleSetTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7112 | break; | ||||
7113 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TestTypestate: | ||||
7114 | handleTestTypestateAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7115 | break; | ||||
7116 | |||||
7117 | // Type safety attributes. | ||||
7118 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ArgumentWithTypeTag: | ||||
7119 | handleArgumentWithTypeTagAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7120 | break; | ||||
7121 | case ParsedAttr::AT_TypeTagForDatatype: | ||||
7122 | handleTypeTagForDatatypeAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7123 | break; | ||||
7124 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: | ||||
7125 | handleSimpleAttribute<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7126 | break; | ||||
7127 | case ParsedAttr::AT_RenderScriptKernel: | ||||
7128 | handleSimpleAttribute<RenderScriptKernelAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7129 | break; | ||||
7130 | // XRay attributes. | ||||
7131 | case ParsedAttr::AT_XRayInstrument: | ||||
7132 | handleSimpleAttribute<XRayInstrumentAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7133 | break; | ||||
7134 | case ParsedAttr::AT_XRayLogArgs: | ||||
7135 | handleXRayLogArgsAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7136 | break; | ||||
7137 | |||||
7138 | // Move semantics attribute. | ||||
7139 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Reinitializes: | ||||
7140 | handleSimpleAttribute<ReinitializesAttr>(S, D, AL); | ||||
7141 | break; | ||||
7142 | |||||
7143 | case ParsedAttr::AT_AlwaysDestroy: | ||||
7144 | case ParsedAttr::AT_NoDestroy: | ||||
7145 | handleDestroyAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7146 | break; | ||||
7147 | |||||
7148 | case ParsedAttr::AT_Uninitialized: | ||||
7149 | handleUninitializedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7150 | break; | ||||
7151 | |||||
7152 | case ParsedAttr::AT_ObjCExternallyRetained: | ||||
7153 | handleObjCExternallyRetainedAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7154 | break; | ||||
7155 | |||||
7156 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MIGServerRoutine: | ||||
7157 | handleMIGServerRoutineAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7158 | break; | ||||
7159 | |||||
7160 | case ParsedAttr::AT_MSAllocator: | ||||
7161 | handleMSAllocatorAttr(S, D, AL); | ||||
7162 | break; | ||||
7163 | } | ||||
7164 | } | ||||
7165 | |||||
7166 | /// ProcessDeclAttributeList - Apply all the decl attributes in the specified | ||||
7167 | /// attribute list to the specified decl, ignoring any type attributes. | ||||
7168 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, | ||||
7169 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, | ||||
7170 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes) { | ||||
7171 | if (AttrList.empty()) | ||||
7172 | return; | ||||
7173 | |||||
7174 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) | ||||
7175 | ProcessDeclAttribute(*this, S, D, AL, IncludeCXX11Attributes); | ||||
7176 | |||||
7177 | // FIXME: We should be able to handle these cases in TableGen. | ||||
7178 | // GCC accepts | ||||
7179 | // static int a9 __attribute__((weakref)); | ||||
7180 | // but that looks really pointless. We reject it. | ||||
7181 | if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>() && !D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { | ||||
7182 | Diag(AttrList.begin()->getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_without_alias) | ||||
7183 | << cast<NamedDecl>(D); | ||||
7184 | D->dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); | ||||
7185 | return; | ||||
7186 | } | ||||
7187 | |||||
7188 | // FIXME: We should be able to handle this in TableGen as well. It would be | ||||
7189 | // good to have a way to specify "these attributes must appear as a group", | ||||
7190 | // for these. Additionally, it would be good to have a way to specify "these | ||||
7191 | // attribute must never appear as a group" for attributes like cold and hot. | ||||
7192 | if (!D->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { | ||||
7193 | // These attributes cannot be applied to a non-kernel function. | ||||
7194 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>()) { | ||||
7195 | // FIXME: This emits a different error message than | ||||
7196 | // diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type + ExpectedKernelFunction. | ||||
7197 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||
7198 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7199 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<WorkGroupSizeHintAttr>()) { | ||||
7200 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||
7201 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7202 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<VecTypeHintAttr>()) { | ||||
7203 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||
7204 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7205 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr>()) { | ||||
7206 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | ||||
7207 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7208 | } else if (!D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { | ||||
7209 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr>()) { | ||||
7210 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
7211 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||
7212 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7213 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr>()) { | ||||
7214 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
7215 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||
7216 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7217 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { | ||||
7218 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
7219 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||
7220 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7221 | } else if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { | ||||
7222 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | ||||
7223 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | ||||
7224 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
7225 | } | ||||
7226 | } | ||||
7227 | } | ||||
7228 | |||||
7229 | // Do this check after processing D's attributes because the attribute | ||||
7230 | // objc_method_family can change whether the given method is in the init | ||||
7231 | // family, and it can be applied after objc_designated_initializer. This is a | ||||
7232 | // bit of a hack, but we need it to be compatible with versions of clang that | ||||
7233 | // processed the attribute list in the wrong order. | ||||
7234 | if (D->hasAttr<ObjCDesignatedInitializerAttr>() && | ||||
7235 | cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getMethodFamily() != OMF_init) { | ||||
7236 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_designated_init_attr_non_init); | ||||
7237 | D->dropAttr<ObjCDesignatedInitializerAttr>(); | ||||
7238 | } | ||||
7239 | } | ||||
7240 | |||||
7241 | // Helper for delayed processing TransparentUnion attribute. | ||||
7242 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, | ||||
7243 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) { | ||||
7244 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) | ||||
7245 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_TransparentUnion) { | ||||
7246 | handleTransparentUnionAttr(*this, D, AL); | ||||
7247 | break; | ||||
7248 | } | ||||
7249 | } | ||||
7250 | |||||
7251 | // Annotation attributes are the only attributes allowed after an access | ||||
7252 | // specifier. | ||||
7253 | bool Sema::ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList( | ||||
7254 | AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList) { | ||||
7255 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : AttrList) { | ||||
7256 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::AT_Annotate) { | ||||
7257 | ProcessDeclAttribute(*this, nullptr, ASDecl, AL, AL.isCXX11Attribute()); | ||||
7258 | } else { | ||||
7259 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_only_annotate_after_access_spec); | ||||
7260 | return true; | ||||
7261 | } | ||||
7262 | } | ||||
7263 | return false; | ||||
7264 | } | ||||
7265 | |||||
7266 | /// checkUnusedDeclAttributes - Check a list of attributes to see if it | ||||
7267 | /// contains any decl attributes that we should warn about. | ||||
7268 | static void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Sema &S, const ParsedAttributesView &A) { | ||||
7269 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : A) { | ||||
7270 | // Only warn if the attribute is an unignored, non-type attribute. | ||||
7271 | if (AL.isUsedAsTypeAttr() || AL.isInvalid()) | ||||
7272 | continue; | ||||
7273 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::IgnoredAttribute) | ||||
7274 | continue; | ||||
7275 | |||||
7276 | if (AL.getKind() == ParsedAttr::UnknownAttribute) { | ||||
7277 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) | ||||
7278 | << AL << AL.getRange(); | ||||
7279 | } else { | ||||
7280 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_not_on_decl) << AL | ||||
7281 | << AL.getRange(); | ||||
7282 | } | ||||
7283 | } | ||||
7284 | } | ||||
7285 | |||||
7286 | /// checkUnusedDeclAttributes - Given a declarator which is not being | ||||
7287 | /// used to build a declaration, complain about any decl attributes | ||||
7288 | /// which might be lying around on it. | ||||
7289 | void Sema::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D) { | ||||
7290 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()); | ||||
7291 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getAttributes()); | ||||
7292 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
7293 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs()); | ||||
7294 | } | ||||
7295 | |||||
7296 | /// DeclClonePragmaWeak - clone existing decl (maybe definition), | ||||
7297 | /// \#pragma weak needs a non-definition decl and source may not have one. | ||||
7298 | NamedDecl * Sema::DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, | ||||
7299 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
7300 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND))((isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7300, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7301 | NamedDecl *NewD = nullptr; | ||||
7302 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
7303 | FunctionDecl *NewFD; | ||||
7304 | // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionDeclaration(). | ||||
7305 | // FIXME: Mangling? | ||||
7306 | // FIXME: Is the qualifier info correct? | ||||
7307 | // FIXME: Is the DeclContext correct? | ||||
7308 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( | ||||
7309 | FD->getASTContext(), FD->getDeclContext(), Loc, Loc, | ||||
7310 | DeclarationName(II), FD->getType(), FD->getTypeSourceInfo(), SC_None, | ||||
7311 | false /*isInlineSpecified*/, FD->hasPrototype(), CSK_unspecified); | ||||
7312 | NewD = NewFD; | ||||
7313 | |||||
7314 | if (FD->getQualifier()) | ||||
7315 | NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||
7316 | |||||
7317 | // Fake up parameter variables; they are declared as if this were | ||||
7318 | // a typedef. | ||||
7319 | QualType FDTy = FD->getType(); | ||||
7320 | if (const auto *FT = FDTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
7321 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | ||||
7322 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { | ||||
7323 | ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, Loc, AI); | ||||
7324 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); | ||||
7325 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||
7326 | } | ||||
7327 | NewFD->setParams(Params); | ||||
7328 | } | ||||
7329 | } else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND)) { | ||||
7330 | NewD = VarDecl::Create(VD->getASTContext(), VD->getDeclContext(), | ||||
7331 | VD->getInnerLocStart(), VD->getLocation(), II, | ||||
7332 | VD->getType(), VD->getTypeSourceInfo(), | ||||
7333 | VD->getStorageClass()); | ||||
7334 | if (VD->getQualifier()) | ||||
7335 | cast<VarDecl>(NewD)->setQualifierInfo(VD->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||
7336 | } | ||||
7337 | return NewD; | ||||
7338 | } | ||||
7339 | |||||
7340 | /// DeclApplyPragmaWeak - A declaration (maybe definition) needs \#pragma weak | ||||
7341 | /// applied to it, possibly with an alias. | ||||
7342 | void Sema::DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W) { | ||||
7343 | if (W.getUsed()) return; // only do this once | ||||
7344 | W.setUsed(true); | ||||
7345 | if (W.getAlias()) { // clone decl, impersonate __attribute(weak,alias(...)) | ||||
7346 | IdentifierInfo *NDId = ND->getIdentifier(); | ||||
7347 | NamedDecl *NewD = DeclClonePragmaWeak(ND, W.getAlias(), W.getLocation()); | ||||
7348 | NewD->addAttr( | ||||
7349 | AliasAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, NDId->getName(), W.getLocation())); | ||||
7350 | NewD->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, W.getLocation(), | ||||
7351 | AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); | ||||
7352 | WeakTopLevelDecl.push_back(NewD); | ||||
7353 | // FIXME: "hideous" code from Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin | ||||
7354 | // to insert Decl at TU scope, sorry. | ||||
7355 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; | ||||
7356 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||
7357 | NewD->setDeclContext(CurContext); | ||||
7358 | NewD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | ||||
7359 | PushOnScopeChains(NewD, S); | ||||
7360 | CurContext = SavedContext; | ||||
7361 | } else { // just add weak to existing | ||||
7362 | ND->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, W.getLocation(), | ||||
7363 | AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); | ||||
7364 | } | ||||
7365 | } | ||||
7366 | |||||
7367 | void Sema::ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D) { | ||||
7368 | // It's valid to "forward-declare" #pragma weak, in which case we | ||||
7369 | // have to do this. | ||||
7370 | LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); | ||||
7371 | if (!WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { | ||||
7372 | NamedDecl *ND = nullptr; | ||||
7373 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||
7374 | if (VD->isExternC()) | ||||
7375 | ND = VD; | ||||
7376 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||
7377 | if (FD->isExternC()) | ||||
7378 | ND = FD; | ||||
7379 | if (ND) { | ||||
7380 | if (IdentifierInfo *Id = ND->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
7381 | auto I = WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(Id); | ||||
7382 | if (I != WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { | ||||
7383 | WeakInfo W = I->second; | ||||
7384 | DeclApplyPragmaWeak(S, ND, W); | ||||
7385 | WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers[Id] = W; | ||||
7386 | } | ||||
7387 | } | ||||
7388 | } | ||||
7389 | } | ||||
7390 | } | ||||
7391 | |||||
7392 | /// ProcessDeclAttributes - Given a declarator (PD) with attributes indicated in | ||||
7393 | /// it, apply them to D. This is a bit tricky because PD can have attributes | ||||
7394 | /// specified in many different places, and we need to find and apply them all. | ||||
7395 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD) { | ||||
7396 | // Apply decl attributes from the DeclSpec if present. | ||||
7397 | if (!PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().empty()) | ||||
7398 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes()); | ||||
7399 | |||||
7400 | // Walk the declarator structure, applying decl attributes that were in a type | ||||
7401 | // position to the decl itself. This handles cases like: | ||||
7402 | // int *__attr__(x)** D; | ||||
7403 | // when X is a decl attribute. | ||||
7404 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
7405 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, PD.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs(), | ||||
7406 | /*IncludeCXX11Attributes=*/false); | ||||
7407 | |||||
7408 | // Finally, apply any attributes on the decl itself. | ||||
7409 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, PD.getAttributes()); | ||||
7410 | |||||
7411 | // Apply additional attributes specified by '#pragma clang attribute'. | ||||
7412 | AddPragmaAttributes(S, D); | ||||
7413 | } | ||||
7414 | |||||
7415 | /// Is the given declaration allowed to use a forbidden type? | ||||
7416 | /// If so, it'll still be annotated with an attribute that makes it | ||||
7417 | /// illegal to actually use. | ||||
7418 | static bool isForbiddenTypeAllowed(Sema &S, Decl *D, | ||||
7419 | const DelayedDiagnostic &diag, | ||||
7420 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason &reason) { | ||||
7421 | // Private ivars are always okay. Unfortunately, people don't | ||||
7422 | // always properly make their ivars private, even in system headers. | ||||
7423 | // Plus we need to make fields okay, too. | ||||
7424 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(D) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) && | ||||
7425 | !isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||
7426 | return false; | ||||
7427 | |||||
7428 | // Silently accept unsupported uses of __weak in both user and system | ||||
7429 | // declarations when it's been disabled, for ease of integration with | ||||
7430 | // -fno-objc-arc files. We do have to take some care against attempts | ||||
7431 | // to define such things; for now, we've only done that for ivars | ||||
7432 | // and properties. | ||||
7433 | if ((isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) { | ||||
7434 | if (diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == diag::err_arc_weak_disabled || | ||||
7435 | diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == diag::err_arc_weak_no_runtime) { | ||||
7436 | reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_ForbiddenWeak; | ||||
7437 | return true; | ||||
7438 | } | ||||
7439 | } | ||||
7440 | |||||
7441 | // Allow all sorts of things in system headers. | ||||
7442 | if (S.Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(D->getLocation())) { | ||||
7443 | // Currently, all the failures dealt with this way are due to ARC | ||||
7444 | // restrictions. | ||||
7445 | reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenType; | ||||
7446 | return true; | ||||
7447 | } | ||||
7448 | |||||
7449 | return false; | ||||
7450 | } | ||||
7451 | |||||
7452 | /// Handle a delayed forbidden-type diagnostic. | ||||
7453 | static void handleDelayedForbiddenType(Sema &S, DelayedDiagnostic &DD, | ||||
7454 | Decl *D) { | ||||
7455 | auto Reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_None; | ||||
7456 | if (D && isForbiddenTypeAllowed(S, D, DD, Reason)) { | ||||
7457 | assert(Reason && "didn't set reason?")((Reason && "didn't set reason?") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("Reason && \"didn't set reason?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7458 | D->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, "", Reason, DD.Loc)); | ||||
7459 | return; | ||||
7460 | } | ||||
7461 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
7462 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
7463 | // FIXME: we may want to suppress diagnostics for all | ||||
7464 | // kind of forbidden type messages on unavailable functions. | ||||
7465 | if (FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && | ||||
7466 | DD.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == | ||||
7467 | diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) { | ||||
7468 | DD.Triggered = true; | ||||
7469 | return; | ||||
7470 | } | ||||
7471 | } | ||||
7472 | |||||
7473 | S.Diag(DD.Loc, DD.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic()) | ||||
7474 | << DD.getForbiddenTypeOperand() << DD.getForbiddenTypeArgument(); | ||||
7475 | DD.Triggered = true; | ||||
7476 | } | ||||
7477 | |||||
7478 | static const AvailabilityAttr *getAttrForPlatform(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
7479 | const Decl *D) { | ||||
7480 | // Check each AvailabilityAttr to find the one for this platform. | ||||
7481 | for (const auto *A : D->attrs()) { | ||||
7482 | if (const auto *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A)) { | ||||
7483 | // FIXME: this is copied from CheckAvailability. We should try to | ||||
7484 | // de-duplicate. | ||||
7485 | |||||
7486 | // Check if this is an App Extension "platform", and if so chop off | ||||
7487 | // the suffix for matching with the actual platform. | ||||
7488 | StringRef ActualPlatform = Avail->getPlatform()->getName(); | ||||
7489 | StringRef RealizedPlatform = ActualPlatform; | ||||
7490 | if (Context.getLangOpts().AppExt) { | ||||
7491 | size_t suffix = RealizedPlatform.rfind("_app_extension"); | ||||
7492 | if (suffix != StringRef::npos) | ||||
7493 | RealizedPlatform = RealizedPlatform.slice(0, suffix); | ||||
7494 | } | ||||
7495 | |||||
7496 | StringRef TargetPlatform = Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName(); | ||||
7497 | |||||
7498 | // Match the platform name. | ||||
7499 | if (RealizedPlatform == TargetPlatform) | ||||
7500 | return Avail; | ||||
7501 | } | ||||
7502 | } | ||||
7503 | return nullptr; | ||||
7504 | } | ||||
7505 | |||||
7506 | /// The diagnostic we should emit for \c D, and the declaration that | ||||
7507 | /// originated it, or \c AR_Available. | ||||
7508 | /// | ||||
7509 | /// \param D The declaration to check. | ||||
7510 | /// \param Message If non-null, this will be populated with the message from | ||||
7511 | /// the availability attribute that is selected. | ||||
7512 | /// \param ClassReceiver If we're checking the the method of a class message | ||||
7513 | /// send, the class. Otherwise nullptr. | ||||
7514 | static std::pair<AvailabilityResult, const NamedDecl *> | ||||
7515 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *D, | ||||
7516 | std::string *Message, | ||||
7517 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver) { | ||||
7518 | AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | ||||
7519 | |||||
7520 | // For typedefs, if the typedef declaration appears available look | ||||
7521 | // to the underlying type to see if it is more restrictive. | ||||
7522 | while (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||
7523 | if (Result == AR_Available) { | ||||
7524 | if (const auto *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { | ||||
7525 | D = TT->getDecl(); | ||||
7526 | Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | ||||
7527 | continue; | ||||
7528 | } | ||||
7529 | } | ||||
7530 | break; | ||||
7531 | } | ||||
7532 | |||||
7533 | // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition. | ||||
7534 | if (const auto *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||
7535 | if (IDecl->getDefinition()) { | ||||
7536 | D = IDecl->getDefinition(); | ||||
7537 | Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | ||||
7538 | } | ||||
7539 | } | ||||
7540 | |||||
7541 | if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) | ||||
7542 | if (Result == AR_Available) { | ||||
7543 | const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext(); | ||||
7544 | if (const auto *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
7545 | Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(Message); | ||||
7546 | D = TheEnumDecl; | ||||
7547 | } | ||||
7548 | } | ||||
7549 | |||||
7550 | // For +new, infer availability from -init. | ||||
7551 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
7552 | if (S.NSAPIObj && ClassReceiver) { | ||||
7553 | ObjCMethodDecl *Init = ClassReceiver->lookupInstanceMethod( | ||||
7554 | S.NSAPIObj->getInitSelector()); | ||||
7555 | if (Init && Result == AR_Available && MD->isClassMethod() && | ||||
7556 | MD->getSelector() == S.NSAPIObj->getNewSelector() && | ||||
7557 | MD->definedInNSObject(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||
7558 | Result = Init->getAvailability(Message); | ||||
7559 | D = Init; | ||||
7560 | } | ||||
7561 | } | ||||
7562 | } | ||||
7563 | |||||
7564 | return {Result, D}; | ||||
7565 | } | ||||
7566 | |||||
7567 | |||||
7568 | /// whether we should emit a diagnostic for \c K and \c DeclVersion in | ||||
7569 | /// the context of \c Ctx. For example, we should emit an unavailable diagnostic | ||||
7570 | /// in a deprecated context, but not the other way around. | ||||
7571 | static bool | ||||
7572 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult K, | ||||
7573 | VersionTuple DeclVersion, Decl *Ctx, | ||||
7574 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl) { | ||||
7575 | assert(K != AR_Available && "Expected an unavailable declaration here!")((K != AR_Available && "Expected an unavailable declaration here!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("K != AR_Available && \"Expected an unavailable declaration here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7575, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7576 | |||||
7577 | // Checks if we should emit the availability diagnostic in the context of C. | ||||
7578 | auto CheckContext = [&](const Decl *C) { | ||||
7579 | if (K == AR_NotYetIntroduced) { | ||||
7580 | if (const AvailabilityAttr *AA = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, C)) | ||||
7581 | if (AA->getIntroduced() >= DeclVersion) | ||||
7582 | return true; | ||||
7583 | } else if (K == AR_Deprecated) { | ||||
7584 | if (C->isDeprecated()) | ||||
7585 | return true; | ||||
7586 | } else if (K == AR_Unavailable) { | ||||
7587 | // It is perfectly fine to refer to an 'unavailable' Objective-C method | ||||
7588 | // when it is referenced from within the @implementation itself. In this | ||||
7589 | // context, we interpret unavailable as a form of access control. | ||||
7590 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(OffendingDecl)) { | ||||
7591 | if (const auto *Impl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(C)) { | ||||
7592 | if (MD->getClassInterface() == Impl->getClassInterface()) | ||||
7593 | return true; | ||||
7594 | } | ||||
7595 | } | ||||
7596 | } | ||||
7597 | |||||
7598 | if (C->isUnavailable()) | ||||
7599 | return true; | ||||
7600 | return false; | ||||
7601 | }; | ||||
7602 | |||||
7603 | do { | ||||
7604 | if (CheckContext(Ctx)) | ||||
7605 | return false; | ||||
7606 | |||||
7607 | // An implementation implicitly has the availability of the interface. | ||||
7608 | // Unless it is "+load" method. | ||||
7609 | if (const auto *MethodD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
7610 | if (MethodD->isClassMethod() && | ||||
7611 | MethodD->getSelector().getAsString() == "load") | ||||
7612 | return true; | ||||
7613 | |||||
7614 | if (const auto *CatOrImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||
7615 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatOrImpl->getClassInterface()) | ||||
7616 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | ||||
7617 | return false; | ||||
7618 | } | ||||
7619 | // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. | ||||
7620 | else if (const auto *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
7621 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatD->getClassInterface()) | ||||
7622 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | ||||
7623 | return false; | ||||
7624 | } while ((Ctx = cast_or_null<Decl>(Ctx->getDeclContext()))); | ||||
7625 | |||||
7626 | return true; | ||||
7627 | } | ||||
7628 | |||||
7629 | static bool | ||||
7630 | shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault(const ASTContext &Context, | ||||
7631 | const VersionTuple &DeploymentVersion, | ||||
7632 | const VersionTuple &DeclVersion) { | ||||
7633 | const auto &Triple = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||
7634 | VersionTuple ForceAvailabilityFromVersion; | ||||
7635 | switch (Triple.getOS()) { | ||||
7636 | case llvm::Triple::IOS: | ||||
7637 | case llvm::Triple::TvOS: | ||||
7638 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/11); | ||||
7639 | break; | ||||
7640 | case llvm::Triple::WatchOS: | ||||
7641 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/4); | ||||
7642 | break; | ||||
7643 | case llvm::Triple::Darwin: | ||||
7644 | case llvm::Triple::MacOSX: | ||||
7645 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/10, /*Minor=*/13); | ||||
7646 | break; | ||||
7647 | default: | ||||
7648 | // New targets should always warn about availability. | ||||
7649 | return Triple.getVendor() == llvm::Triple::Apple; | ||||
7650 | } | ||||
7651 | return DeploymentVersion >= ForceAvailabilityFromVersion || | ||||
7652 | DeclVersion >= ForceAvailabilityFromVersion; | ||||
7653 | } | ||||
7654 | |||||
7655 | static NamedDecl *findEnclosingDeclToAnnotate(Decl *OrigCtx) { | ||||
7656 | for (Decl *Ctx = OrigCtx; Ctx; | ||||
7657 | Ctx = cast_or_null<Decl>(Ctx->getDeclContext())) { | ||||
7658 | if (isa<TagDecl>(Ctx) || isa<FunctionDecl>(Ctx) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
7659 | return cast<NamedDecl>(Ctx); | ||||
7660 | if (auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(Ctx)) { | ||||
7661 | if (auto *Imp = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(Ctx)) | ||||
7662 | return Imp->getClassInterface(); | ||||
7663 | return CD; | ||||
7664 | } | ||||
7665 | } | ||||
7666 | |||||
7667 | return dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(OrigCtx); | ||||
7668 | } | ||||
7669 | |||||
7670 | namespace { | ||||
7671 | |||||
7672 | struct AttributeInsertion { | ||||
7673 | StringRef Prefix; | ||||
7674 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||
7675 | StringRef Suffix; | ||||
7676 | |||||
7677 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionAfter(const NamedDecl *D) { | ||||
7678 | return {" ", D->getEndLoc(), ""}; | ||||
7679 | } | ||||
7680 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionAfter(SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
7681 | return {" ", Loc, ""}; | ||||
7682 | } | ||||
7683 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionBefore(const NamedDecl *D) { | ||||
7684 | return {"", D->getBeginLoc(), "\n"}; | ||||
7685 | } | ||||
7686 | }; | ||||
7687 | |||||
7688 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
7689 | |||||
7690 | /// Tries to parse a string as ObjC method name. | ||||
7691 | /// | ||||
7692 | /// \param Name The string to parse. Expected to originate from availability | ||||
7693 | /// attribute argument. | ||||
7694 | /// \param SlotNames The vector that will be populated with slot names. In case | ||||
7695 | /// of unsuccessful parsing can contain invalid data. | ||||
7696 | /// \returns A number of method parameters if parsing was successful, None | ||||
7697 | /// otherwise. | ||||
7698 | static Optional<unsigned> | ||||
7699 | tryParseObjCMethodName(StringRef Name, SmallVectorImpl<StringRef> &SlotNames, | ||||
7700 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||
7701 | // Accept replacements starting with - or + as valid ObjC method names. | ||||
7702 | if (!Name.empty() && (Name.front() == '-' || Name.front() == '+')) | ||||
7703 | Name = Name.drop_front(1); | ||||
7704 | if (Name.empty()) | ||||
7705 | return None; | ||||
7706 | Name.split(SlotNames, ':'); | ||||
7707 | unsigned NumParams; | ||||
7708 | if (Name.back() == ':') { | ||||
7709 | // Remove an empty string at the end that doesn't represent any slot. | ||||
7710 | SlotNames.pop_back(); | ||||
7711 | NumParams = SlotNames.size(); | ||||
7712 | } else { | ||||
7713 | if (SlotNames.size() != 1) | ||||
7714 | // Not a valid method name, just a colon-separated string. | ||||
7715 | return None; | ||||
7716 | NumParams = 0; | ||||
7717 | } | ||||
7718 | // Verify all slot names are valid. | ||||
7719 | bool AllowDollar = LangOpts.DollarIdents; | ||||
7720 | for (StringRef S : SlotNames) { | ||||
7721 | if (S.empty()) | ||||
7722 | continue; | ||||
7723 | if (!isValidIdentifier(S, AllowDollar)) | ||||
7724 | return None; | ||||
7725 | } | ||||
7726 | return NumParams; | ||||
7727 | } | ||||
7728 | |||||
7729 | /// Returns a source location in which it's appropriate to insert a new | ||||
7730 | /// attribute for the given declaration \D. | ||||
7731 | static Optional<AttributeInsertion> | ||||
7732 | createAttributeInsertion(const NamedDecl *D, const SourceManager &SM, | ||||
7733 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | ||||
7734 | if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) | ||||
7735 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(D); | ||||
7736 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
7737 | if (MD->hasBody()) | ||||
7738 | return None; | ||||
7739 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(D); | ||||
7740 | } | ||||
7741 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { | ||||
7742 | SourceLocation Loc = | ||||
7743 | Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(TD->getInnerLocStart(), 0, SM, LangOpts); | ||||
7744 | if (Loc.isInvalid()) | ||||
7745 | return None; | ||||
7746 | // Insert after the 'struct'/whatever keyword. | ||||
7747 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(Loc); | ||||
7748 | } | ||||
7749 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionBefore(D); | ||||
7750 | } | ||||
7751 | |||||
7752 | /// Actually emit an availability diagnostic for a reference to an unavailable | ||||
7753 | /// decl. | ||||
7754 | /// | ||||
7755 | /// \param Ctx The context that the reference occurred in | ||||
7756 | /// \param ReferringDecl The exact declaration that was referenced. | ||||
7757 | /// \param OffendingDecl A related decl to \c ReferringDecl that has an | ||||
7758 | /// availability attribute corresponding to \c K attached to it. Note that this | ||||
7759 | /// may not be the same as ReferringDecl, i.e. if an EnumDecl is annotated and | ||||
7760 | /// we refer to a member EnumConstantDecl, ReferringDecl is the EnumConstantDecl | ||||
7761 | /// and OffendingDecl is the EnumDecl. | ||||
7762 | static void DoEmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult K, | ||||
7763 | Decl *Ctx, const NamedDecl *ReferringDecl, | ||||
7764 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl, | ||||
7765 | StringRef Message, | ||||
7766 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||
7767 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||
7768 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty, | ||||
7769 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess) { | ||||
7770 | // Diagnostics for deprecated or unavailable. | ||||
7771 | unsigned diag, diag_message, diag_fwdclass_message; | ||||
7772 | unsigned diag_available_here = diag::note_availability_specified_here; | ||||
7773 | SourceLocation NoteLocation = OffendingDecl->getLocation(); | ||||
7774 | |||||
7775 | // Matches 'diag::note_property_attribute' options. | ||||
7776 | unsigned property_note_select; | ||||
7777 | |||||
7778 | // Matches diag::note_availability_specified_here. | ||||
7779 | unsigned available_here_select_kind; | ||||
7780 | |||||
7781 | VersionTuple DeclVersion; | ||||
7782 | if (const AvailabilityAttr *AA = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl)) | ||||
7783 | DeclVersion = AA->getIntroduced(); | ||||
7784 | |||||
7785 | if (!ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(S, K, DeclVersion, Ctx, | ||||
7786 | OffendingDecl)) | ||||
7787 | return; | ||||
7788 | |||||
7789 | SourceLocation Loc = Locs.front(); | ||||
7790 | |||||
7791 | // The declaration can have multiple availability attributes, we are looking | ||||
7792 | // at one of them. | ||||
7793 | const AvailabilityAttr *A = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl); | ||||
7794 | if (A && A->isInherited()) { | ||||
7795 | for (const Decl *Redecl = OffendingDecl->getMostRecentDecl(); Redecl; | ||||
7796 | Redecl = Redecl->getPreviousDecl()) { | ||||
7797 | const AvailabilityAttr *AForRedecl = | ||||
7798 | getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, Redecl); | ||||
7799 | if (AForRedecl && !AForRedecl->isInherited()) { | ||||
7800 | // If D is a declaration with inherited attributes, the note should | ||||
7801 | // point to the declaration with actual attributes. | ||||
7802 | NoteLocation = Redecl->getLocation(); | ||||
7803 | break; | ||||
7804 | } | ||||
7805 | } | ||||
7806 | } | ||||
7807 | |||||
7808 | switch (K) { | ||||
7809 | case AR_NotYetIntroduced: { | ||||
7810 | // We would like to emit the diagnostic even if -Wunguarded-availability is | ||||
7811 | // not specified for deployment targets >= to iOS 11 or equivalent or | ||||
7812 | // for declarations that were introduced in iOS 11 (macOS 10.13, ...) or | ||||
7813 | // later. | ||||
7814 | const AvailabilityAttr *AA = | ||||
7815 | getAttrForPlatform(S.getASTContext(), OffendingDecl); | ||||
7816 | VersionTuple Introduced = AA->getIntroduced(); | ||||
7817 | |||||
7818 | bool UseNewWarning = shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault( | ||||
7819 | S.Context, S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion(), | ||||
7820 | Introduced); | ||||
7821 | unsigned Warning = UseNewWarning ? diag::warn_unguarded_availability_new | ||||
7822 | : diag::warn_unguarded_availability; | ||||
7823 | |||||
7824 | std::string PlatformName = AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName( | ||||
7825 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()); | ||||
7826 | |||||
7827 | S.Diag(Loc, Warning) << OffendingDecl << PlatformName | ||||
7828 | << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||
7829 | |||||
7830 | S.Diag(OffendingDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
7831 | diag::note_partial_availability_specified_here) | ||||
7832 | << OffendingDecl << PlatformName << Introduced.getAsString() | ||||
7833 | << S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion().getAsString(); | ||||
7834 | |||||
7835 | if (const auto *Enclosing = findEnclosingDeclToAnnotate(Ctx)) { | ||||
7836 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Enclosing)) | ||||
7837 | if (TD->getDeclName().isEmpty()) { | ||||
7838 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), | ||||
7839 | diag::note_decl_unguarded_availability_silence) | ||||
7840 | << /*Anonymous*/ 1 << TD->getKindName(); | ||||
7841 | return; | ||||
7842 | } | ||||
7843 | auto FixitNoteDiag = | ||||
7844 | S.Diag(Enclosing->getLocation(), | ||||
7845 | diag::note_decl_unguarded_availability_silence) | ||||
7846 | << /*Named*/ 0 << Enclosing; | ||||
7847 | // Don't offer a fixit for declarations with availability attributes. | ||||
7848 | if (Enclosing->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) | ||||
7849 | return; | ||||
7850 | if (!S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined("API_AVAILABLE")) | ||||
7851 | return; | ||||
7852 | Optional<AttributeInsertion> Insertion = createAttributeInsertion( | ||||
7853 | Enclosing, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); | ||||
7854 | if (!Insertion) | ||||
7855 | return; | ||||
7856 | std::string PlatformName = | ||||
7857 | AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling( | ||||
7858 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | ||||
7859 | .lower(); | ||||
7860 | std::string Introduced = | ||||
7861 | OffendingDecl->getVersionIntroduced().getAsString(); | ||||
7862 | FixitNoteDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||
7863 | Insertion->Loc, | ||||
7864 | (llvm::Twine(Insertion->Prefix) + "API_AVAILABLE(" + PlatformName + | ||||
7865 | "(" + Introduced + "))" + Insertion->Suffix) | ||||
7866 | .str()); | ||||
7867 | } | ||||
7868 | return; | ||||
7869 | } | ||||
7870 | case AR_Deprecated: | ||||
7871 | diag = !ObjCPropertyAccess ? diag::warn_deprecated | ||||
7872 | : diag::warn_property_method_deprecated; | ||||
7873 | diag_message = diag::warn_deprecated_message; | ||||
7874 | diag_fwdclass_message = diag::warn_deprecated_fwdclass_message; | ||||
7875 | property_note_select = /* deprecated */ 0; | ||||
7876 | available_here_select_kind = /* deprecated */ 2; | ||||
7877 | if (const auto *AL = OffendingDecl->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) | ||||
7878 | NoteLocation = AL->getLocation(); | ||||
7879 | break; | ||||
7880 | |||||
7881 | case AR_Unavailable: | ||||
7882 | diag = !ObjCPropertyAccess ? diag::err_unavailable | ||||
7883 | : diag::err_property_method_unavailable; | ||||
7884 | diag_message = diag::err_unavailable_message; | ||||
7885 | diag_fwdclass_message = diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message; | ||||
7886 | property_note_select = /* unavailable */ 1; | ||||
7887 | available_here_select_kind = /* unavailable */ 0; | ||||
7888 | |||||
7889 | if (auto AL = OffendingDecl->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { | ||||
7890 | if (AL->isImplicit() && AL->getImplicitReason()) { | ||||
7891 | // Most of these failures are due to extra restrictions in ARC; | ||||
7892 | // reflect that in the primary diagnostic when applicable. | ||||
7893 | auto flagARCError = [&] { | ||||
7894 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
7895 | S.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader( | ||||
7896 | OffendingDecl->getLocation())) | ||||
7897 | diag = diag::err_unavailable_in_arc; | ||||
7898 | }; | ||||
7899 | |||||
7900 | switch (AL->getImplicitReason()) { | ||||
7901 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_None: break; | ||||
7902 | |||||
7903 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenType: | ||||
7904 | flagARCError(); | ||||
7905 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_forbidden_type; | ||||
7906 | break; | ||||
7907 | |||||
7908 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ForbiddenWeak: | ||||
7909 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeakRuntime) | ||||
7910 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_weak_disabled; | ||||
7911 | else | ||||
7912 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_weak_no_runtime; | ||||
7913 | break; | ||||
7914 | |||||
7915 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenConversion: | ||||
7916 | flagARCError(); | ||||
7917 | diag_available_here = diag::note_performs_forbidden_arc_conversion; | ||||
7918 | break; | ||||
7919 | |||||
7920 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCInitReturnsUnrelated: | ||||
7921 | flagARCError(); | ||||
7922 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_init_returns_unrelated; | ||||
7923 | break; | ||||
7924 | |||||
7925 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership: | ||||
7926 | flagARCError(); | ||||
7927 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_field_with_ownership; | ||||
7928 | break; | ||||
7929 | } | ||||
7930 | } | ||||
7931 | } | ||||
7932 | break; | ||||
7933 | |||||
7934 | case AR_Available: | ||||
7935 | llvm_unreachable("Warning for availability of available declaration?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Warning for availability of available declaration?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7935); | ||||
7936 | } | ||||
7937 | |||||
7938 | SmallVector<FixItHint, 12> FixIts; | ||||
7939 | if (K == AR_Deprecated) { | ||||
7940 | StringRef Replacement; | ||||
7941 | if (auto AL = OffendingDecl->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) | ||||
7942 | Replacement = AL->getReplacement(); | ||||
7943 | if (auto AL = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl)) | ||||
7944 | Replacement = AL->getReplacement(); | ||||
7945 | |||||
7946 | CharSourceRange UseRange; | ||||
7947 | if (!Replacement.empty()) | ||||
7948 | UseRange = | ||||
7949 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); | ||||
7950 | if (UseRange.isValid()) { | ||||
7951 | if (const auto *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ReferringDecl)) { | ||||
7952 | Selector Sel = MethodDecl->getSelector(); | ||||
7953 | SmallVector<StringRef, 12> SelectorSlotNames; | ||||
7954 | Optional<unsigned> NumParams = tryParseObjCMethodName( | ||||
7955 | Replacement, SelectorSlotNames, S.getLangOpts()); | ||||
7956 | if (NumParams && NumParams.getValue() == Sel.getNumArgs()) { | ||||
7957 | assert(SelectorSlotNames.size() == Locs.size())((SelectorSlotNames.size() == Locs.size()) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("SelectorSlotNames.size() == Locs.size()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7957, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7958 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Locs.size(); ++I) { | ||||
7959 | if (!Sel.getNameForSlot(I).empty()) { | ||||
7960 | CharSourceRange NameRange = CharSourceRange::getCharRange( | ||||
7961 | Locs[I], S.getLocForEndOfToken(Locs[I])); | ||||
7962 | FixIts.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||
7963 | NameRange, SelectorSlotNames[I])); | ||||
7964 | } else | ||||
7965 | FixIts.push_back( | ||||
7966 | FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Locs[I], SelectorSlotNames[I])); | ||||
7967 | } | ||||
7968 | } else | ||||
7969 | FixIts.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UseRange, Replacement)); | ||||
7970 | } else | ||||
7971 | FixIts.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UseRange, Replacement)); | ||||
7972 | } | ||||
7973 | } | ||||
7974 | |||||
7975 | if (!Message.empty()) { | ||||
7976 | S.Diag(Loc, diag_message) << ReferringDecl << Message << FixIts; | ||||
7977 | if (ObjCProperty) | ||||
7978 | S.Diag(ObjCProperty->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute) | ||||
7979 | << ObjCProperty->getDeclName() << property_note_select; | ||||
7980 | } else if (!UnknownObjCClass) { | ||||
7981 | S.Diag(Loc, diag) << ReferringDecl << FixIts; | ||||
7982 | if (ObjCProperty) | ||||
7983 | S.Diag(ObjCProperty->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute) | ||||
7984 | << ObjCProperty->getDeclName() << property_note_select; | ||||
7985 | } else { | ||||
7986 | S.Diag(Loc, diag_fwdclass_message) << ReferringDecl << FixIts; | ||||
7987 | S.Diag(UnknownObjCClass->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_class); | ||||
7988 | } | ||||
7989 | |||||
7990 | S.Diag(NoteLocation, diag_available_here) | ||||
7991 | << OffendingDecl << available_here_select_kind; | ||||
7992 | } | ||||
7993 | |||||
7994 | static void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(Sema &S, DelayedDiagnostic &DD, | ||||
7995 | Decl *Ctx) { | ||||
7996 | assert(DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability &&((DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && "Expected an availability diagnostic here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && \"Expected an availability diagnostic here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7997, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
7997 | "Expected an availability diagnostic here")((DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && "Expected an availability diagnostic here" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && \"Expected an availability diagnostic here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7997, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
7998 | |||||
7999 | DD.Triggered = true; | ||||
8000 | DoEmitAvailabilityWarning( | ||||
8001 | S, DD.getAvailabilityResult(), Ctx, DD.getAvailabilityReferringDecl(), | ||||
8002 | DD.getAvailabilityOffendingDecl(), DD.getAvailabilityMessage(), | ||||
8003 | DD.getAvailabilitySelectorLocs(), DD.getUnknownObjCClass(), | ||||
8004 | DD.getObjCProperty(), false); | ||||
8005 | } | ||||
8006 | |||||
8007 | void Sema::PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl) { | ||||
8008 | assert(DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool())((DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 8008, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
8009 | DelayedDiagnosticPool &poppedPool = *DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool(); | ||||
8010 | DelayedDiagnostics.popWithoutEmitting(state); | ||||
8011 | |||||
8012 | // When delaying diagnostics to run in the context of a parsed | ||||
8013 | // declaration, we only want to actually emit anything if parsing | ||||
8014 | // succeeds. | ||||
8015 | if (!decl) return; | ||||
8016 | |||||
8017 | // We emit all the active diagnostics in this pool or any of its | ||||
8018 | // parents. In general, we'll get one pool for the decl spec | ||||
8019 | // and a child pool for each declarator; in a decl group like: | ||||
8020 | // deprecated_typedef foo, *bar, baz(); | ||||
8021 | // only the declarator pops will be passed decls. This is correct; | ||||
8022 | // we really do need to consider delayed diagnostics from the decl spec | ||||
8023 | // for each of the different declarations. | ||||
8024 | const DelayedDiagnosticPool *pool = &poppedPool; | ||||
8025 | do { | ||||
8026 | bool AnyAccessFailures = false; | ||||
8027 | for (DelayedDiagnosticPool::pool_iterator | ||||
8028 | i = pool->pool_begin(), e = pool->pool_end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
8029 | // This const_cast is a bit lame. Really, Triggered should be mutable. | ||||
8030 | DelayedDiagnostic &diag = const_cast<DelayedDiagnostic&>(*i); | ||||
8031 | if (diag.Triggered) | ||||
8032 | continue; | ||||
8033 | |||||
8034 | switch (diag.Kind) { | ||||
8035 | case DelayedDiagnostic::Availability: | ||||
8036 | // Don't bother giving deprecation/unavailable diagnostics if | ||||
8037 | // the decl is invalid. | ||||
8038 | if (!decl->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
8039 | handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(*this, diag, decl); | ||||
8040 | break; | ||||
8041 | |||||
8042 | case DelayedDiagnostic::Access: | ||||
8043 | // Only produce one access control diagnostic for a structured binding | ||||
8044 | // declaration: we don't need to tell the user that all the fields are | ||||
8045 | // inaccessible one at a time. | ||||
8046 | if (AnyAccessFailures && isa<DecompositionDecl>(decl)) | ||||
8047 | continue; | ||||
8048 | HandleDelayedAccessCheck(diag, decl); | ||||
8049 | if (diag.Triggered) | ||||
8050 | AnyAccessFailures = true; | ||||
8051 | break; | ||||
8052 | |||||
8053 | case DelayedDiagnostic::ForbiddenType: | ||||
8054 | handleDelayedForbiddenType(*this, diag, decl); | ||||
8055 | break; | ||||
8056 | } | ||||
8057 | } | ||||
8058 | } while ((pool = pool->getParent())); | ||||
8059 | } | ||||
8060 | |||||
8061 | /// Given a set of delayed diagnostics, re-emit them as if they had | ||||
8062 | /// been delayed in the current context instead of in the given pool. | ||||
8063 | /// Essentially, this just moves them to the current pool. | ||||
8064 | void Sema::redelayDiagnostics(DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { | ||||
8065 | DelayedDiagnosticPool *curPool = DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool(); | ||||
8066 | assert(curPool && "re-emitting in undelayed context not supported")((curPool && "re-emitting in undelayed context not supported" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("curPool && \"re-emitting in undelayed context not supported\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 8066, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
8067 | curPool->steal(pool); | ||||
8068 | } | ||||
8069 | |||||
8070 | static void EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult AR, | ||||
8071 | const NamedDecl *ReferringDecl, | ||||
8072 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl, | ||||
8073 | StringRef Message, | ||||
8074 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||
8075 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||
8076 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty, | ||||
8077 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess) { | ||||
8078 | // Delay if we're currently parsing a declaration. | ||||
8079 | if (S.DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) { | ||||
8080 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.add( | ||||
8081 | DelayedDiagnostic::makeAvailability( | ||||
8082 | AR, Locs, ReferringDecl, OffendingDecl, UnknownObjCClass, | ||||
8083 | ObjCProperty, Message, ObjCPropertyAccess)); | ||||
8084 | return; | ||||
8085 | } | ||||
8086 | |||||
8087 | Decl *Ctx = cast<Decl>(S.getCurLexicalContext()); | ||||
8088 | DoEmitAvailabilityWarning(S, AR, Ctx, ReferringDecl, OffendingDecl, | ||||
8089 | Message, Locs, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCProperty, | ||||
8090 | ObjCPropertyAccess); | ||||
8091 | } | ||||
8092 | |||||
8093 | namespace { | ||||
8094 | |||||
8095 | /// Returns true if the given statement can be a body-like child of \p Parent. | ||||
8096 | bool isBodyLikeChildStmt(const Stmt *S, const Stmt *Parent) { | ||||
8097 | switch (Parent->getStmtClass()) { | ||||
8098 | case Stmt::IfStmtClass: | ||||
8099 | return cast<IfStmt>(Parent)->getThen() == S || | ||||
8100 | cast<IfStmt>(Parent)->getElse() == S; | ||||
8101 | case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: | ||||
8102 | return cast<WhileStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||
8103 | case Stmt::DoStmtClass: | ||||
8104 | return cast<DoStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||
8105 | case Stmt::ForStmtClass: | ||||
8106 | return cast<ForStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||
8107 | case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass: | ||||
8108 | return cast<CXXForRangeStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||
8109 | case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass: | ||||
8110 | return cast<ObjCForCollectionStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | ||||
8111 | case Stmt::CaseStmtClass: | ||||
8112 | case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass: | ||||
8113 | return cast<SwitchCase>(Parent)->getSubStmt() == S; | ||||
8114 | default: | ||||
8115 | return false; | ||||
8116 | } | ||||
8117 | } | ||||
8118 | |||||
8119 | class StmtUSEFinder : public RecursiveASTVisitor<StmtUSEFinder> { | ||||
8120 | const Stmt *Target; | ||||
8121 | |||||
8122 | public: | ||||
8123 | bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { return S != Target; } | ||||
8124 | |||||
8125 | /// Returns true if the given statement is present in the given declaration. | ||||
8126 | static bool isContained(const Stmt *Target, const Decl *D) { | ||||
8127 | StmtUSEFinder Visitor; | ||||
8128 | Visitor.Target = Target; | ||||
8129 | return !Visitor.TraverseDecl(const_cast<Decl *>(D)); | ||||
8130 | } | ||||
8131 | }; | ||||
8132 | |||||
8133 | /// Traverses the AST and finds the last statement that used a given | ||||
8134 | /// declaration. | ||||
8135 | class LastDeclUSEFinder : public RecursiveASTVisitor<LastDeclUSEFinder> { | ||||
8136 | const Decl *D; | ||||
8137 | |||||
8138 | public: | ||||
8139 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | ||||
8140 | if (DRE->getDecl() == D) | ||||
8141 | return false; | ||||
8142 | return true; | ||||
8143 | } | ||||
8144 | |||||
8145 | static const Stmt *findLastStmtThatUsesDecl(const Decl *D, | ||||
8146 | const CompoundStmt *Scope) { | ||||
8147 | LastDeclUSEFinder Visitor; | ||||
8148 | Visitor.D = D; | ||||
8149 | for (auto I = Scope->body_rbegin(), E = Scope->body_rend(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
8150 | const Stmt *S = *I; | ||||
8151 | if (!Visitor.TraverseStmt(const_cast<Stmt *>(S))) | ||||
8152 | return S; | ||||
8153 | } | ||||
8154 | return nullptr; | ||||
8155 | } | ||||
8156 | }; | ||||
8157 | |||||
8158 | /// This class implements -Wunguarded-availability. | ||||
8159 | /// | ||||
8160 | /// This is done with a traversal of the AST of a function that makes reference | ||||
8161 | /// to a partially available declaration. Whenever we encounter an \c if of the | ||||
8162 | /// form: \c if(@available(...)), we use the version from the condition to visit | ||||
8163 | /// the then statement. | ||||
8164 | class DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability | ||||
8165 | : public RecursiveASTVisitor<DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability> { | ||||
8166 | typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability> Base; | ||||
8167 | |||||
8168 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||
8169 | Decl *Ctx; | ||||
8170 | |||||
8171 | /// Stack of potentially nested 'if (@available(...))'s. | ||||
8172 | SmallVector<VersionTuple, 8> AvailabilityStack; | ||||
8173 | SmallVector<const Stmt *, 16> StmtStack; | ||||
8174 | |||||
8175 | void DiagnoseDeclAvailability(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, | ||||
8176 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr); | ||||
8177 | |||||
8178 | public: | ||||
8179 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability(Sema &SemaRef, Decl *Ctx) | ||||
8180 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Ctx(Ctx) { | ||||
8181 | AvailabilityStack.push_back( | ||||
8182 | SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion()); | ||||
8183 | } | ||||
8184 | |||||
8185 | bool TraverseDecl(Decl *D) { | ||||
8186 | // Avoid visiting nested functions to prevent duplicate warnings. | ||||
8187 | if (!D || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) | ||||
8188 | return true; | ||||
8189 | return Base::TraverseDecl(D); | ||||
8190 | } | ||||
8191 | |||||
8192 | bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) { | ||||
8193 | if (!S) | ||||
8194 | return true; | ||||
8195 | StmtStack.push_back(S); | ||||
8196 | bool Result = Base::TraverseStmt(S); | ||||
8197 | StmtStack.pop_back(); | ||||
8198 | return Result; | ||||
8199 | } | ||||
8200 | |||||
8201 | void IssueDiagnostics(Stmt *S) { TraverseStmt(S); } | ||||
8202 | |||||
8203 | bool TraverseIfStmt(IfStmt *If); | ||||
8204 | |||||
8205 | bool TraverseLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return true; } | ||||
8206 | |||||
8207 | // for 'case X:' statements, don't bother looking at the 'X'; it can't lead | ||||
8208 | // to any useful diagnostics. | ||||
8209 | bool TraverseCaseStmt(CaseStmt *CS) { return TraverseStmt(CS->getSubStmt()); } | ||||
8210 | |||||
8211 | bool VisitObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE) { | ||||
8212 | if (PRE->isClassReceiver()) | ||||
8213 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(PRE->getClassReceiver(), PRE->getReceiverLocation()); | ||||
8214 | return true; | ||||
8215 | } | ||||
8216 | |||||
8217 | bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *Msg) { | ||||
8218 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *D = Msg->getMethodDecl()) { | ||||
8219 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = nullptr; | ||||
8220 | QualType ReceiverTy = Msg->getClassReceiver(); | ||||
8221 | if (!ReceiverTy.isNull() && ReceiverTy->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) | ||||
8222 | ID = ReceiverTy->getAsObjCInterfaceType()->getInterface(); | ||||
8223 | |||||
8224 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability( | ||||
8225 | D, SourceRange(Msg->getSelectorStartLoc(), Msg->getEndLoc()), ID); | ||||
8226 | } | ||||
8227 | return true; | ||||
8228 | } | ||||
8229 | |||||
8230 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | ||||
8231 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(DRE->getDecl(), | ||||
8232 | SourceRange(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE->getEndLoc())); | ||||
8233 | return true; | ||||
8234 | } | ||||
8235 | |||||
8236 | bool VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *ME) { | ||||
8237 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(ME->getMemberDecl(), | ||||
8238 | SourceRange(ME->getBeginLoc(), ME->getEndLoc())); | ||||
8239 | return true; | ||||
8240 | } | ||||
8241 | |||||
8242 | bool VisitObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr *E) { | ||||
8243 | SemaRef.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_at_available_unchecked_use) | ||||
8244 | << (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC); | ||||
8245 | return true; | ||||
8246 | } | ||||
8247 | |||||
8248 | bool VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc Ty); | ||||
8249 | }; | ||||
8250 | |||||
8251 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::DiagnoseDeclAvailability( | ||||
8252 | NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, ObjCInterfaceDecl *ReceiverClass) { | ||||
8253 | AvailabilityResult Result; | ||||
8254 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl; | ||||
8255 | std::tie(Result, OffendingDecl) = | ||||
8256 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(SemaRef, D, nullptr, ReceiverClass); | ||||
8257 | if (Result != AR_Available) { | ||||
8258 | // All other diagnostic kinds have already been handled in | ||||
8259 | // DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl. | ||||
8260 | if (Result != AR_NotYetIntroduced) | ||||
8261 | return; | ||||
8262 | |||||
8263 | const AvailabilityAttr *AA = | ||||
8264 | getAttrForPlatform(SemaRef.getASTContext(), OffendingDecl); | ||||
8265 | VersionTuple Introduced = AA->getIntroduced(); | ||||
8266 | |||||
8267 | if (AvailabilityStack.back() >= Introduced) | ||||
8268 | return; | ||||
8269 | |||||
8270 | // If the context of this function is less available than D, we should not | ||||
8271 | // emit a diagnostic. | ||||
8272 | if (!ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(SemaRef, Result, Introduced, Ctx, | ||||
8273 | OffendingDecl)) | ||||
8274 | return; | ||||
8275 | |||||
8276 | // We would like to emit the diagnostic even if -Wunguarded-availability is | ||||
8277 | // not specified for deployment targets >= to iOS 11 or equivalent or | ||||
8278 | // for declarations that were introduced in iOS 11 (macOS 10.13, ...) or | ||||
8279 | // later. | ||||
8280 | unsigned DiagKind = | ||||
8281 | shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault( | ||||
8282 | SemaRef.Context, | ||||
8283 | SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion(), Introduced) | ||||
8284 | ? diag::warn_unguarded_availability_new | ||||
8285 | : diag::warn_unguarded_availability; | ||||
8286 | |||||
8287 | std::string PlatformName = AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName( | ||||
8288 | SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()); | ||||
8289 | |||||
8290 | SemaRef.Diag(Range.getBegin(), DiagKind) | ||||
8291 | << Range << D << PlatformName << Introduced.getAsString(); | ||||
8292 | |||||
8293 | SemaRef.Diag(OffendingDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
8294 | diag::note_partial_availability_specified_here) | ||||
8295 | << OffendingDecl << PlatformName << Introduced.getAsString() | ||||
8296 | << SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo() | ||||
8297 | .getPlatformMinVersion() | ||||
8298 | .getAsString(); | ||||
8299 | |||||
8300 | auto FixitDiag = | ||||
8301 | SemaRef.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_unguarded_available_silence) | ||||
8302 | << Range << D | ||||
8303 | << (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC ? /*@available*/ 0 | ||||
8304 | : /*__builtin_available*/ 1); | ||||
8305 | |||||
8306 | // Find the statement which should be enclosed in the if @available check. | ||||
8307 | if (StmtStack.empty()) | ||||
8308 | return; | ||||
8309 | const Stmt *StmtOfUse = StmtStack.back(); | ||||
8310 | const CompoundStmt *Scope = nullptr; | ||||
8311 | for (const Stmt *S : llvm::reverse(StmtStack)) { | ||||
8312 | if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(S)) { | ||||
8313 | Scope = CS; | ||||
8314 | break; | ||||
8315 | } | ||||
8316 | if (isBodyLikeChildStmt(StmtOfUse, S)) { | ||||
8317 | // The declaration won't be seen outside of the statement, so we don't | ||||
8318 | // have to wrap the uses of any declared variables in if (@available). | ||||
8319 | // Therefore we can avoid setting Scope here. | ||||
8320 | break; | ||||
8321 | } | ||||
8322 | StmtOfUse = S; | ||||
8323 | } | ||||
8324 | const Stmt *LastStmtOfUse = nullptr; | ||||
8325 | if (isa<DeclStmt>(StmtOfUse) && Scope) { | ||||
8326 | for (const Decl *D : cast<DeclStmt>(StmtOfUse)->decls()) { | ||||
8327 | if (StmtUSEFinder::isContained(StmtStack.back(), D)) { | ||||
8328 | LastStmtOfUse = LastDeclUSEFinder::findLastStmtThatUsesDecl(D, Scope); | ||||
8329 | break; | ||||
8330 | } | ||||
8331 | } | ||||
8332 | } | ||||
8333 | |||||
8334 | const SourceManager &SM = SemaRef.getSourceManager(); | ||||
8335 | SourceLocation IfInsertionLoc = | ||||
8336 | SM.getExpansionLoc(StmtOfUse->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
8337 | SourceLocation StmtEndLoc = | ||||
8338 | SM.getExpansionRange( | ||||
8339 | (LastStmtOfUse ? LastStmtOfUse : StmtOfUse)->getEndLoc()) | ||||
8340 | .getEnd(); | ||||
8341 | if (SM.getFileID(IfInsertionLoc) != SM.getFileID(StmtEndLoc)) | ||||
8342 | return; | ||||
8343 | |||||
8344 | StringRef Indentation = Lexer::getIndentationForLine(IfInsertionLoc, SM); | ||||
8345 | const char *ExtraIndentation = " "; | ||||
8346 | std::string FixItString; | ||||
8347 | llvm::raw_string_ostream FixItOS(FixItString); | ||||
8348 | FixItOS << "if (" << (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC ? "@available" | ||||
8349 | : "__builtin_available") | ||||
8350 | << "(" | ||||
8351 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling( | ||||
8352 | SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | ||||
8353 | << " " << Introduced.getAsString() << ", *)) {\n" | ||||
8354 | << Indentation << ExtraIndentation; | ||||
8355 | FixitDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(IfInsertionLoc, FixItOS.str()); | ||||
8356 | SourceLocation ElseInsertionLoc = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( | ||||
8357 | StmtEndLoc, tok::semi, SM, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), | ||||
8358 | /*SkipTrailingWhitespaceAndNewLine=*/false); | ||||
8359 | if (ElseInsertionLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
8360 | ElseInsertionLoc = | ||||
8361 | Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(StmtEndLoc, 0, SM, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||
8362 | FixItOS.str().clear(); | ||||
8363 | FixItOS << "\n" | ||||
8364 | << Indentation << "} else {\n" | ||||
8365 | << Indentation << ExtraIndentation | ||||
8366 | << "// Fallback on earlier versions\n" | ||||
8367 | << Indentation << "}"; | ||||
8368 | FixitDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ElseInsertionLoc, FixItOS.str()); | ||||
8369 | } | ||||
8370 | } | ||||
8371 | |||||
8372 | bool DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc Ty) { | ||||
8373 | const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); | ||||
8374 | SourceRange Range{Ty.getBeginLoc(), Ty.getEndLoc()}; | ||||
8375 | |||||
8376 | if (Range.isInvalid()) | ||||
8377 | return true; | ||||
8378 | |||||
8379 | if (const auto *TT = dyn_cast<TagType>(TyPtr)) { | ||||
8380 | TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); | ||||
8381 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(TD, Range); | ||||
8382 | |||||
8383 | } else if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(TyPtr)) { | ||||
8384 | TypedefNameDecl *D = TD->getDecl(); | ||||
8385 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(D, Range); | ||||
8386 | |||||
8387 | } else if (const auto *ObjCO = dyn_cast<ObjCObjectType>(TyPtr)) { | ||||
8388 | if (NamedDecl *D = ObjCO->getInterface()) | ||||
8389 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(D, Range); | ||||
8390 | } | ||||
8391 | |||||
8392 | return true; | ||||
8393 | } | ||||
8394 | |||||
8395 | bool DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::TraverseIfStmt(IfStmt *If) { | ||||
8396 | VersionTuple CondVersion; | ||||
8397 | if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr>(If->getCond())) { | ||||
8398 | CondVersion = E->getVersion(); | ||||
8399 | |||||
8400 | // If we're using the '*' case here or if this check is redundant, then we | ||||
8401 | // use the enclosing version to check both branches. | ||||
8402 | if (CondVersion.empty() || CondVersion <= AvailabilityStack.back()) | ||||
8403 | return TraverseStmt(If->getThen()) && TraverseStmt(If->getElse()); | ||||
8404 | } else { | ||||
8405 | // This isn't an availability checking 'if', we can just continue. | ||||
8406 | return Base::TraverseIfStmt(If); | ||||
8407 | } | ||||
8408 | |||||
8409 | AvailabilityStack.push_back(CondVersion); | ||||
8410 | bool ShouldContinue = TraverseStmt(If->getThen()); | ||||
8411 | AvailabilityStack.pop_back(); | ||||
8412 | |||||
8413 | return ShouldContinue && TraverseStmt(If->getElse()); | ||||
8414 | } | ||||
8415 | |||||
8416 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
8417 | |||||
8418 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *D) { | ||||
8419 | Stmt *Body = nullptr; | ||||
8420 | |||||
8421 | if (auto *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { | ||||
8422 | // FIXME: We only examine the pattern decl for availability violations now, | ||||
8423 | // but we should also examine instantiated templates. | ||||
8424 | if (FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||
8425 | return; | ||||
8426 | |||||
8427 | Body = FD->getBody(); | ||||
8428 | } else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
8429 | Body = MD->getBody(); | ||||
8430 | else if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | ||||
8431 | Body = BD->getBody(); | ||||
8432 | |||||
8433 | assert(Body && "Need a body here!")((Body && "Need a body here!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Body && \"Need a body here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 8433, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
8434 | |||||
8435 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability(*this, D).IssueDiagnostics(Body); | ||||
8436 | } | ||||
8437 | |||||
8438 | void Sema::DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, | ||||
8439 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||
8440 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||
8441 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, | ||||
8442 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, | ||||
8443 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver) { | ||||
8444 | std::string Message; | ||||
8445 | AvailabilityResult Result; | ||||
8446 | const NamedDecl* OffendingDecl; | ||||
8447 | // See if this declaration is unavailable, deprecated, or partial. | ||||
8448 | std::tie(Result, OffendingDecl) = | ||||
8449 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, &Message, ClassReceiver); | ||||
8450 | if (Result == AR_Available) | ||||
8451 | return; | ||||
8452 | |||||
8453 | if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced) { | ||||
8454 | if (AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks) | ||||
8455 | return; | ||||
8456 | |||||
8457 | // We need to know the @available context in the current function to | ||||
8458 | // diagnose this use, let DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations do that | ||||
8459 | // when we're done parsing the current function. | ||||
8460 | if (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | ||||
8461 | getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | ||||
8462 | return; | ||||
8463 | } else if (getCurBlock() || getCurLambda()) { | ||||
8464 | getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | ||||
8465 | return; | ||||
8466 | } | ||||
8467 | } | ||||
8468 | |||||
8469 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr; | ||||
8470 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
8471 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) { | ||||
8472 | AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr); | ||||
8473 | if (PDeclResult == Result) | ||||
8474 | ObjCPDecl = PD; | ||||
8475 | } | ||||
8476 | } | ||||
8477 | |||||
8478 | EmitAvailabilityWarning(*this, Result, D, OffendingDecl, Message, Locs, | ||||
8479 | UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl, ObjCPropertyAccess); | ||||
8480 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
22 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include <cassert> |
50 | #include <cstddef> |
51 | #include <cstdint> |
52 | #include <cstring> |
53 | #include <string> |
54 | #include <type_traits> |
55 | #include <utility> |
56 | |
57 | namespace clang { |
58 | |
59 | class ExtQuals; |
60 | class QualType; |
61 | class TagDecl; |
62 | class Type; |
63 | |
64 | enum { |
65 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
66 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
67 | }; |
68 | |
69 | } // namespace clang |
70 | |
71 | namespace llvm { |
72 | |
73 | template <typename T> |
74 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
75 | template<> |
76 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
77 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
78 | |
79 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
80 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
81 | } |
82 | |
83 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
84 | }; |
85 | |
86 | template<> |
87 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
88 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
89 | |
90 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
91 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
92 | } |
93 | |
94 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits }; |
95 | }; |
96 | |
97 | } // namespace llvm |
98 | |
99 | namespace clang { |
100 | |
101 | class ASTContext; |
102 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
103 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
104 | class DeclContext; |
105 | class EnumDecl; |
106 | class Expr; |
107 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
108 | class FunctionDecl; |
109 | class IdentifierInfo; |
110 | class NamedDecl; |
111 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
112 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
113 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
114 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
115 | class RecordDecl; |
116 | class Stmt; |
117 | class TagDecl; |
118 | class TemplateArgument; |
119 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
120 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
121 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
122 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
123 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
124 | |
125 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
126 | |
127 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
128 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
129 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
130 | |
131 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
132 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
133 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
134 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
135 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
136 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
137 | class Qualifiers { |
138 | public: |
139 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
140 | Const = 0x1, |
141 | Restrict = 0x2, |
142 | Volatile = 0x4, |
143 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
144 | }; |
145 | |
146 | enum GC { |
147 | GCNone = 0, |
148 | Weak, |
149 | Strong |
150 | }; |
151 | |
152 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
153 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
154 | OCL_None, |
155 | |
156 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
157 | /// releases. |
158 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
159 | |
160 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
161 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
162 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
163 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
164 | /// live. |
165 | OCL_Strong, |
166 | |
167 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
168 | OCL_Weak, |
169 | |
170 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
171 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
172 | }; |
173 | |
174 | enum { |
175 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
176 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
177 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
178 | |
179 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
180 | FastWidth = 3, |
181 | |
182 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
183 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
184 | }; |
185 | |
186 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
187 | /// the given sets. |
188 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
189 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
190 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
191 | Qualifiers Q; |
192 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
193 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
194 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
195 | return Q; |
196 | } |
197 | |
198 | Qualifiers Q; |
199 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
200 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
201 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
202 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
203 | |
204 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
205 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
206 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
207 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
208 | } |
209 | |
210 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
211 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
212 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
213 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
217 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
218 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
219 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
220 | } |
221 | return Q; |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
225 | Qualifiers Qs; |
226 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
227 | return Qs; |
228 | } |
229 | |
230 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
231 | Qualifiers Qs; |
232 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
233 | return Qs; |
234 | } |
235 | |
236 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
237 | Qualifiers Qs; |
238 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
239 | return Qs; |
240 | } |
241 | |
242 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
243 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
244 | Qualifiers Qs; |
245 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
246 | return Qs; |
247 | } |
248 | |
249 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
250 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
251 | return Mask; |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
255 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
256 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
257 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
258 | |
259 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
260 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
261 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
262 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
263 | |
264 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
265 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
266 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
267 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
268 | |
269 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
270 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
271 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
272 | |
273 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
274 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 274, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
275 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
276 | } |
277 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
278 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 278, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
279 | Mask &= ~mask; |
280 | } |
281 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
282 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
283 | } |
284 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
285 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 285, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
286 | Mask |= mask; |
287 | } |
288 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
289 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 289, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
290 | Mask |= mask; |
291 | } |
292 | |
293 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
294 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
295 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
296 | } |
297 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
298 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
299 | |
300 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
301 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
302 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
303 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
304 | } |
305 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
306 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
307 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 307, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
308 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
309 | } |
310 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
311 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
312 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
313 | return qs; |
314 | } |
315 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
316 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
317 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
318 | return qs; |
319 | } |
320 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
321 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
322 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
323 | return qs; |
324 | } |
325 | |
326 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
327 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
328 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
329 | } |
330 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
331 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
332 | } |
333 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
334 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
335 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 335, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
336 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 336, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
337 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
338 | } |
339 | |
340 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
341 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
342 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
343 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
344 | } |
345 | |
346 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
347 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
348 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
349 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
350 | } |
351 | |
352 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
353 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
354 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
355 | } |
356 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
357 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
358 | } |
359 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
360 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
361 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
362 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
363 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
364 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
365 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 365, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
366 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
367 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
368 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
369 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
370 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
371 | return 0; |
372 | } |
373 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
374 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 374, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
375 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
376 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
377 | } |
378 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
379 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
380 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 380, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
381 | setAddressSpace(space); |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
385 | // on a QualType object. |
386 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
387 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
388 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
389 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 389, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
390 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
391 | } |
392 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
393 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 393, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
394 | Mask &= ~mask; |
395 | } |
396 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
397 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
398 | } |
399 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
400 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 400, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
401 | Mask |= mask; |
402 | } |
403 | |
404 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
405 | /// node to be allocated. |
406 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
407 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
408 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
409 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
410 | return Quals; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
414 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
415 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
416 | |
417 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
418 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
419 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
420 | // bit-or it in. |
421 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
422 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
423 | else { |
424 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
425 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
426 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
427 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
428 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
429 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
430 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
431 | } |
432 | } |
433 | |
434 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
435 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
436 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
437 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
438 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
439 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
440 | else { |
441 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
442 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
443 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
444 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
445 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
446 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
447 | removeAddressSpace(); |
448 | } |
449 | } |
450 | |
451 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
452 | /// they don't conflict. |
453 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
454 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
455 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 455, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
456 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
457 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
458 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
459 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 459, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
460 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
461 | } |
462 | |
463 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
464 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
465 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
466 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
467 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
468 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
469 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
470 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
471 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
472 | return A == B || |
473 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
474 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
475 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant); |
476 | } |
477 | |
478 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
479 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
480 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
481 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
482 | } |
483 | |
484 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
485 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
486 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
487 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
488 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
489 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
490 | // be changed. |
491 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
492 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
493 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
494 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
495 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
496 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
497 | // U qualifier may superset. |
498 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
502 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
503 | /// |
504 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
505 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
506 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
507 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
508 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
509 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
510 | return true; |
511 | |
512 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
513 | return false; |
514 | |
515 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
516 | return true; |
517 | |
518 | return hasConst(); |
519 | } |
520 | |
521 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
522 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
523 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
524 | |
525 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
526 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
527 | |
528 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
529 | |
530 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
531 | addQualifiers(R); |
532 | return *this; |
533 | } |
534 | |
535 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
536 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
537 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
538 | L += R; |
539 | return L; |
540 | } |
541 | |
542 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
543 | removeQualifiers(R); |
544 | return *this; |
545 | } |
546 | |
547 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
548 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
549 | L -= R; |
550 | return L; |
551 | } |
552 | |
553 | std::string getAsString() const; |
554 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
555 | |
556 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
557 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
558 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
559 | |
560 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
561 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
562 | } |
563 | |
564 | private: |
565 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
566 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
567 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
568 | |
569 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
570 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
571 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
572 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
573 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
574 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
575 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
576 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
577 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
578 | }; |
579 | |
580 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
581 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
582 | struct SplitQualType { |
583 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
584 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
585 | |
586 | /// The local qualifiers. |
587 | Qualifiers Quals; |
588 | |
589 | SplitQualType() = default; |
590 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
591 | |
592 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
593 | |
594 | // Make std::tie work. |
595 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
596 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
597 | } |
598 | |
599 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
600 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
601 | } |
602 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
603 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
604 | } |
605 | }; |
606 | |
607 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
608 | /// |
609 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
610 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
611 | /// unspecialized type. |
612 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
613 | /// An ordinary type. |
614 | Ordinary, |
615 | |
616 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
617 | Result, |
618 | |
619 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
620 | Parameter, |
621 | |
622 | /// The type of a property. |
623 | Property, |
624 | |
625 | /// The superclass of a type. |
626 | Superclass, |
627 | }; |
628 | |
629 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
630 | /// |
631 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
632 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
633 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
634 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
635 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
636 | /// |
637 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
638 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
639 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
640 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
641 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
642 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
643 | class QualType { |
644 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
645 | |
646 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
647 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
648 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
649 | |
650 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
651 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
652 | } |
653 | |
654 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
655 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
656 | } |
657 | |
658 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
659 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 659, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
660 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
661 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
662 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
663 | } |
664 | |
665 | public: |
666 | QualType() = default; |
667 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
668 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
669 | |
670 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
671 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
672 | |
673 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
674 | /// |
675 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
676 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
677 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
678 | |
679 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
680 | |
681 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
682 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
683 | |
684 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
685 | /// qualifiers. |
686 | SplitQualType split() const; |
687 | |
688 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
689 | |
690 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
691 | QualType T; |
692 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
693 | return T; |
694 | } |
695 | |
696 | const Type &operator*() const { |
697 | return *getTypePtr(); |
698 | } |
699 | |
700 | const Type *operator->() const { |
701 | return getTypePtr(); |
702 | } |
703 | |
704 | bool isCanonical() const; |
705 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
706 | |
707 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
708 | bool isNull() const { |
709 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
710 | } |
711 | |
712 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
713 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
714 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
715 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
716 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
717 | } |
718 | |
719 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
720 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
721 | |
722 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
723 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
724 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
725 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
726 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
730 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
733 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
734 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
735 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
736 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
737 | } |
738 | |
739 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
740 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
741 | |
742 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
743 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
744 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
745 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
746 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
750 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
751 | |
752 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
753 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
754 | /// instance. |
755 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
756 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
757 | } |
758 | |
759 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
760 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
761 | /// other sugar. |
762 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
763 | |
764 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
765 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
766 | |
767 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
768 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
769 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
770 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
771 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
772 | } |
773 | |
774 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
775 | /// applied to this type. |
776 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
777 | |
778 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
779 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
780 | } |
781 | |
782 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
783 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
784 | |
785 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
786 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
787 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
788 | |
789 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
790 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
791 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
792 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
793 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
794 | |
795 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
796 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
797 | |
798 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
799 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
800 | |
801 | |
802 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
803 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
804 | |
805 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
806 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
807 | |
808 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
809 | // easily added. |
810 | |
811 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
812 | void addConst() { |
813 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
814 | } |
815 | QualType withConst() const { |
816 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
817 | } |
818 | |
819 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
820 | void addVolatile() { |
821 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
822 | } |
823 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
824 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
825 | } |
826 | |
827 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
828 | void addRestrict() { |
829 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
830 | } |
831 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
832 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
833 | } |
834 | |
835 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
836 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
837 | } |
838 | |
839 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
840 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
841 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
842 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
843 | } |
844 | |
845 | void removeLocalConst(); |
846 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
847 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
848 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
849 | |
850 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
851 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
852 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 852, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
853 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
854 | } |
855 | |
856 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
857 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
858 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
859 | QualType T = *this; |
860 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
861 | return T; |
862 | } |
863 | |
864 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
865 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
866 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
867 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
868 | } |
869 | |
870 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
871 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
872 | QualType T = *this; |
873 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
874 | return T; |
875 | } |
876 | |
877 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
878 | |
879 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
880 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
881 | /// through typedefs. |
882 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
883 | |
884 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
885 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
886 | /// |
887 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
888 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
889 | /// |
890 | /// \code |
891 | /// typedef int Integer; |
892 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
893 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
894 | /// \endcode |
895 | /// |
896 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
897 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
898 | /// |
899 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
900 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
901 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
902 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
903 | |
904 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
905 | /// sugar as possible. |
906 | /// |
907 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
908 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
909 | /// |
910 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
911 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
912 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
913 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
914 | |
915 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
916 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
917 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
918 | |
919 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
920 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
921 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
922 | |
923 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
924 | |
925 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
926 | /// specified result type. |
927 | /// |
928 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
929 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
930 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
931 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
932 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
933 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
934 | |
935 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
936 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
937 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
938 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
939 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
940 | /// concrete. |
941 | /// |
942 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
943 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
944 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
945 | } |
946 | |
947 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
948 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
949 | } |
950 | |
951 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
952 | /// the type. |
953 | /// |
954 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
955 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
956 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
957 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
958 | } |
959 | |
960 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
961 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
962 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
963 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
964 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
965 | return *this; |
966 | } |
967 | |
968 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
969 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
970 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
971 | } |
972 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
973 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
974 | } |
975 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
976 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
977 | } |
978 | |
979 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
980 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
981 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
982 | } |
983 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
984 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
985 | |
986 | std::string getAsString() const; |
987 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
988 | |
989 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
990 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
991 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
992 | |
993 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
994 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
995 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
996 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
997 | } |
998 | |
999 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1000 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1001 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1002 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1003 | |
1004 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1005 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1006 | |
1007 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1008 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1009 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1010 | } |
1011 | |
1012 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1013 | std::string &out, |
1014 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1015 | |
1016 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1017 | const QualType &T; |
1018 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1019 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1020 | unsigned Indentation; |
1021 | |
1022 | public: |
1023 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1024 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1025 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1026 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1027 | |
1028 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1029 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1030 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1031 | return OS; |
1032 | } |
1033 | }; |
1034 | |
1035 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1036 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1037 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1038 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1039 | } |
1040 | |
1041 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1042 | void dump() const; |
1043 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
1044 | |
1045 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1046 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1047 | } |
1048 | |
1049 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1050 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1051 | |
1052 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1053 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1054 | |
1055 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1056 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1057 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1058 | } |
1059 | |
1060 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1061 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1062 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1063 | } |
1064 | |
1065 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1066 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1067 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1068 | } |
1069 | |
1070 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1071 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1072 | } |
1073 | |
1074 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1075 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1076 | } |
1077 | |
1078 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1079 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1080 | |
1081 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1082 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1083 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1084 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1085 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1086 | |
1087 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1088 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1089 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1090 | |
1091 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1092 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1093 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1094 | |
1095 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1096 | PDIK_Struct |
1097 | }; |
1098 | |
1099 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1100 | |
1101 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1102 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1103 | /// and return the kind. |
1104 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1105 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1106 | |
1107 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1108 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1109 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1110 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1111 | PCK_Trivial, |
1112 | |
1113 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1114 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1115 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1116 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1117 | |
1118 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1119 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1120 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1121 | |
1122 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1123 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1124 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1125 | |
1126 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1127 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1128 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1129 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1130 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1131 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1132 | PCK_Struct |
1133 | }; |
1134 | |
1135 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1136 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1137 | /// kind. |
1138 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1139 | |
1140 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1141 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1142 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1143 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1144 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1145 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1146 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1147 | |
1148 | enum DestructionKind { |
1149 | DK_none, |
1150 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1151 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1152 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1153 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1154 | }; |
1155 | |
1156 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1157 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1158 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1159 | /// something require destruction. |
1160 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1161 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1162 | } |
1163 | |
1164 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1165 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1166 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1167 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1168 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1169 | |
1170 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1171 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1172 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1173 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1174 | |
1175 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1176 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1177 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1178 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1179 | |
1180 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1181 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1182 | /// |
1183 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1184 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1185 | /// - function types |
1186 | /// |
1187 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1188 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1189 | /// type other than void. |
1190 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1191 | |
1192 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1193 | /// subject type. |
1194 | /// |
1195 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1196 | /// |
1197 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1198 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1199 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1200 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1201 | /// for the context. |
1202 | /// |
1203 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1204 | /// |
1205 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1206 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1207 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1208 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1209 | |
1210 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1211 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1212 | /// |
1213 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1214 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1215 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1216 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1219 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1220 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1221 | /// |
1222 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1223 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1224 | /// be substituted. |
1225 | /// |
1226 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1227 | /// |
1228 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1229 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1230 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1231 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1232 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1233 | |
1234 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1235 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1236 | |
1237 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1238 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1239 | |
1240 | private: |
1241 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1242 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1243 | // caller. |
1244 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1245 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1246 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1247 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1248 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1249 | const ASTContext &C); |
1250 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1251 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1252 | |
1253 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1254 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1255 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1256 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1257 | }; |
1258 | |
1259 | } // namespace clang |
1260 | |
1261 | namespace llvm { |
1262 | |
1263 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1264 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1265 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1266 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1267 | |
1268 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1269 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1270 | } |
1271 | }; |
1272 | |
1273 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1274 | template<> |
1275 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1276 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1277 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1278 | } |
1279 | |
1280 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1281 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1282 | } |
1283 | |
1284 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1285 | enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 }; |
1286 | }; |
1287 | |
1288 | } // namespace llvm |
1289 | |
1290 | namespace clang { |
1291 | |
1292 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1293 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1294 | /// two. |
1295 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1296 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1297 | friend class QualType; |
1298 | friend class Type; |
1299 | |
1300 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1301 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1302 | /// |
1303 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1304 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1305 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1306 | |
1307 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1308 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1309 | |
1310 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1311 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1312 | }; |
1313 | |
1314 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1315 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1316 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1317 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1318 | /// store qualifiers. |
1319 | /// |
1320 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1321 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1322 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1323 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1324 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1325 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1326 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1327 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1328 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1329 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1330 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1331 | // 2. QualType: |
1332 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1333 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1334 | // this header. |
1335 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1336 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1337 | |
1338 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1339 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1340 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1341 | |
1342 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1343 | |
1344 | public: |
1345 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1346 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1347 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1348 | Quals(quals) { |
1349 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1350 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1351 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1352 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1353 | } |
1354 | |
1355 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1356 | |
1357 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1358 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1359 | |
1360 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1361 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1362 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1363 | } |
1364 | |
1365 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1366 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1367 | |
1368 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1369 | |
1370 | public: |
1371 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1372 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1373 | } |
1374 | |
1375 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1376 | const Type *BaseType, |
1377 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1378 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1378, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1379 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1380 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1381 | } |
1382 | }; |
1383 | |
1384 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1385 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1386 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1387 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1388 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1389 | RQ_None = 0, |
1390 | |
1391 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1392 | RQ_LValue, |
1393 | |
1394 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1395 | RQ_RValue |
1396 | }; |
1397 | |
1398 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1399 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1400 | /// auto |
1401 | Auto, |
1402 | |
1403 | /// decltype(auto) |
1404 | DecltypeAuto, |
1405 | |
1406 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1407 | GNUAutoType |
1408 | }; |
1409 | |
1410 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1411 | /// |
1412 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1413 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1414 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1415 | /// |
1416 | /// typedef int foo; |
1417 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1418 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1419 | /// |
1420 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1421 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1422 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1423 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1424 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1425 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1426 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1427 | /// |
1428 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1429 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1430 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1431 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1432 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1433 | /// |
1434 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1435 | /// |
1436 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1437 | public: |
1438 | enum TypeClass { |
1439 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1440 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1441 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1442 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1443 | }; |
1444 | |
1445 | private: |
1446 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1447 | class TypeBitfields { |
1448 | friend class Type; |
1449 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1450 | |
1451 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1452 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1453 | |
1454 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
1455 | unsigned Dependent : 1; |
1456 | |
1457 | /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even |
1458 | /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter. |
1459 | unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1; |
1460 | |
1461 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
1462 | unsigned VariablyModified : 1; |
1463 | |
1464 | /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack |
1465 | /// (for C++11 variadic templates). |
1466 | unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1; |
1467 | |
1468 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1469 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1470 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1471 | |
1472 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1473 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1474 | |
1475 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1476 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1477 | |
1478 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1479 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1480 | |
1481 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1482 | return CacheValid; |
1483 | } |
1484 | |
1485 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1486 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1486, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1487 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1488 | } |
1489 | |
1490 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1491 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1491, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1492 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1493 | } |
1494 | }; |
1495 | enum { NumTypeBits = 18 }; |
1496 | |
1497 | protected: |
1498 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1499 | // into Type. |
1500 | |
1501 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1502 | friend class ArrayType; |
1503 | |
1504 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1505 | |
1506 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1507 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1508 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1509 | |
1510 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1511 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1512 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1513 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1514 | }; |
1515 | |
1516 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1517 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1518 | |
1519 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1520 | |
1521 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1522 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1523 | }; |
1524 | |
1525 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1526 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1527 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1528 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1529 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1530 | friend class FunctionType; |
1531 | |
1532 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1533 | |
1534 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1535 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1536 | unsigned ExtInfo : 12; |
1537 | |
1538 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1539 | /// |
1540 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1541 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1542 | |
1543 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1544 | /// other bitfields. |
1545 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1546 | /// |
1547 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1548 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1549 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1550 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1551 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1552 | |
1553 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1554 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1555 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1556 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1557 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1558 | |
1559 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1560 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1561 | |
1562 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1563 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1564 | |
1565 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1566 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1567 | |
1568 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1569 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1570 | }; |
1571 | |
1572 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1573 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1574 | |
1575 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1576 | |
1577 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1578 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1579 | |
1580 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1581 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1582 | |
1583 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1584 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1585 | }; |
1586 | |
1587 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1588 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1589 | |
1590 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1591 | |
1592 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1593 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1594 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1595 | /// as follows: |
1596 | /// |
1597 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1598 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1599 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1600 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1601 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1602 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1603 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1604 | |
1605 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1606 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1607 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1608 | }; |
1609 | |
1610 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1611 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1612 | |
1613 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1614 | |
1615 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1616 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1617 | }; |
1618 | |
1619 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1620 | |
1621 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1622 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1623 | |
1624 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1625 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1626 | |
1627 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1628 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1629 | }; |
1630 | |
1631 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1632 | friend class VectorType; |
1633 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1634 | |
1635 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1636 | |
1637 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1638 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1639 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1640 | |
1641 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1642 | unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits; |
1643 | |
1644 | enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 }; |
1645 | }; |
1646 | |
1647 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1648 | friend class AttributedType; |
1649 | |
1650 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1651 | |
1652 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1653 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1654 | }; |
1655 | |
1656 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1657 | friend class AutoType; |
1658 | |
1659 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1660 | |
1661 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1662 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1663 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1664 | }; |
1665 | |
1666 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1667 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1668 | |
1669 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1670 | |
1671 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1672 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1673 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1674 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1675 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1676 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1677 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1678 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1679 | }; |
1680 | |
1681 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1682 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1683 | |
1684 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1687 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1688 | |
1689 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1690 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1691 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1692 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1693 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1694 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1695 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1696 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1697 | }; |
1698 | |
1699 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1700 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1701 | |
1702 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1703 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1704 | |
1705 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1706 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1707 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1708 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1709 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1710 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1711 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1712 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1713 | }; |
1714 | |
1715 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1716 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1717 | |
1718 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1719 | |
1720 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1721 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1722 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1723 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1724 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1725 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1726 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1727 | /// |
1728 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1729 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1730 | /// have not. |
1731 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1732 | }; |
1733 | |
1734 | union { |
1735 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1736 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1737 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1738 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1739 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1740 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1741 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1742 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1743 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1744 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1745 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1746 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1747 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1748 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1749 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1750 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1751 | |
1752 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1753 | "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1754 | static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1755 | "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1756 | static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1757 | "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1758 | static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1759 | "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1760 | static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1761 | "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1762 | static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1763 | "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1764 | static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1765 | "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1766 | static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1767 | "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1768 | static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8, |
1769 | "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1770 | static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1771 | "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1772 | static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1773 | "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!"); |
1774 | static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1775 | "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger" |
1776 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1777 | static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1778 | "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1779 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1780 | static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1781 | "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger" |
1782 | " than 8 bytes!"); |
1783 | static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8, |
1784 | "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes"); |
1785 | }; |
1786 | |
1787 | private: |
1788 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1789 | |
1790 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1791 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1792 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1793 | } |
1794 | |
1795 | protected: |
1796 | friend class ASTContext; |
1797 | |
1798 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, |
1799 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
1800 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
1801 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1802 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1803 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1804 | TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent; |
1805 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent; |
1806 | TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified; |
1807 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1808 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1809 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1810 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1811 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1812 | } |
1813 | |
1814 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1815 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1816 | |
1817 | void setDependent(bool D = true) { |
1818 | TypeBits.Dependent = D; |
1819 | if (D) |
1820 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true; |
1821 | } |
1822 | |
1823 | void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) { |
1824 | TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; } |
1825 | |
1826 | void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; } |
1827 | |
1828 | void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) { |
1829 | TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP; |
1830 | } |
1831 | |
1832 | public: |
1833 | friend class ASTReader; |
1834 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1835 | |
1836 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1837 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1838 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1839 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1840 | |
1841 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1842 | |
1843 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1844 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1845 | |
1846 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1847 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1848 | /// |
1849 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1850 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1851 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1852 | /// |
1853 | /// \code |
1854 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1855 | /// struct X { |
1856 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1857 | /// }; |
1858 | /// \endcode |
1859 | /// |
1860 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1861 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1862 | return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack; |
1863 | } |
1864 | |
1865 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1866 | /// qualification. |
1867 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1868 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1869 | } |
1870 | |
1871 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1872 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1873 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1874 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1875 | |
1876 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1877 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1878 | |
1879 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1880 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1881 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1882 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1883 | /// |
1884 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1885 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1886 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1887 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1888 | |
1889 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1890 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1891 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1892 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1893 | } |
1894 | |
1895 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1896 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1897 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1898 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1899 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1900 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1901 | } |
1902 | |
1903 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1904 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1905 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1906 | |
1907 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1908 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1909 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1910 | |
1911 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1912 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1913 | |
1914 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1915 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1916 | |
1917 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1918 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1919 | |
1920 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1921 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1922 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1923 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1924 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1925 | |
1926 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1927 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1928 | |
1929 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1930 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1931 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1932 | |
1933 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1934 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1935 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1936 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1937 | |
1938 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1939 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1940 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1941 | bool isCharType() const; |
1942 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1943 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1944 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1945 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1946 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1947 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1948 | |
1949 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1950 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1951 | |
1952 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1953 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1954 | |
1955 | /// Floating point categories. |
1956 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1957 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1958 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1959 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1960 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1961 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1962 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1963 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1964 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
1965 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
1966 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
1967 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
1968 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
1969 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
1970 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
1971 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
1972 | |
1973 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
1974 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1975 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
1976 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
1977 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
1978 | bool isPointerType() const; |
1979 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
1980 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
1981 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
1982 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
1983 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
1984 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
1985 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
1986 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
1987 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
1988 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
1989 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
1990 | bool isArrayType() const; |
1991 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
1992 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
1993 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
1994 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
1995 | bool isRecordType() const; |
1996 | bool isClassType() const; |
1997 | bool isStructureType() const; |
1998 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
1999 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2000 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2001 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2002 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2003 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2004 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2005 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2006 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2007 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2008 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2009 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2010 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2011 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2012 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2013 | // for the common case. |
2014 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2015 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2016 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2017 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2018 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2019 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2020 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2021 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2022 | /// qualifier? |
2023 | /// |
2024 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2025 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2026 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2027 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2028 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2029 | } |
2030 | |
2031 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2032 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2033 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2034 | /// |
2035 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2036 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2037 | /// null for 'id. |
2038 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2039 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2040 | |
2041 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2042 | |
2043 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2044 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2045 | /// |
2046 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2047 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2048 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2049 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2050 | |
2051 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2052 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2053 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2054 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2055 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2056 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2057 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2058 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2059 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2060 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2061 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2062 | |
2063 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2064 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2065 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2066 | |
2067 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2068 | |
2069 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2070 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2071 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2072 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2073 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2074 | |
2075 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2076 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2077 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2078 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2079 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2080 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2081 | |
2082 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2083 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2084 | |
2085 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2086 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2087 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2088 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2089 | |
2090 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2091 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2092 | |
2093 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2094 | STK_CPointer, |
2095 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2096 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2097 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2098 | STK_Bool, |
2099 | STK_Integral, |
2100 | STK_Floating, |
2101 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2102 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2103 | STK_FixedPoint |
2104 | }; |
2105 | |
2106 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2107 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2108 | |
2109 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2110 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2111 | bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; } |
2112 | |
2113 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2114 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2115 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2116 | /// template parameter). |
2117 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2118 | return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent; |
2119 | } |
2120 | |
2121 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2122 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2123 | /// deduced. |
2124 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2125 | |
2126 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2127 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; } |
2128 | |
2129 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2130 | /// with a definite size. |
2131 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2132 | |
2133 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2134 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2135 | |
2136 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2139 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2140 | |
2141 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2142 | |
2143 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2144 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2145 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2146 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2147 | |
2148 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2149 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2150 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2151 | |
2152 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2153 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2154 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2155 | |
2156 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2157 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2158 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2159 | |
2160 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2161 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2162 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2163 | |
2164 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2165 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2166 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2167 | |
2168 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2169 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2170 | // the best type we can. |
2171 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2172 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2173 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2174 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2175 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2176 | |
2177 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2178 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2179 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2180 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2181 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2182 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2183 | |
2184 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2185 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2186 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2187 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2188 | |
2189 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2190 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2191 | |
2192 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2193 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2194 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2195 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2196 | |
2197 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2198 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2199 | /// |
2200 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2201 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2202 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2203 | |
2204 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2205 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2206 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2207 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2208 | |
2209 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2210 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2211 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2212 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2213 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2214 | } |
2215 | |
2216 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2217 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2218 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2219 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2220 | |
2221 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2222 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2223 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2224 | /// |
2225 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2226 | /// immediately following this class. |
2227 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2228 | |
2229 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2230 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2231 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2232 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2233 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2234 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2235 | |
2236 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2237 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2238 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2239 | |
2240 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2241 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2242 | /// |
2243 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2244 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2245 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2246 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2247 | |
2248 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2249 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2250 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2251 | |
2252 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2253 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2254 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2255 | |
2256 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2257 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2258 | /// are meaningful. |
2259 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2260 | |
2261 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2262 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2263 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2264 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2265 | |
2266 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2267 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2268 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2269 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2270 | |
2271 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2272 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2273 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2274 | |
2275 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2276 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2277 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2278 | |
2279 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2280 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2281 | |
2282 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2283 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2284 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2285 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2286 | |
2287 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2288 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2289 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2290 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2291 | |
2292 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2293 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2294 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2295 | |
2296 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2297 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2298 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2301 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2302 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2303 | |
2304 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2305 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2306 | |
2307 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2308 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2309 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2310 | |
2311 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2312 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2313 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2314 | |
2315 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2316 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2317 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2318 | |
2319 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2320 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2321 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2322 | |
2323 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2324 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2325 | /// incomplete types. |
2326 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2327 | |
2328 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2329 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2330 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2331 | |
2332 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2333 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2334 | |
2335 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2336 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2337 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2338 | } |
2339 | |
2340 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2341 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2342 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2343 | } |
2344 | |
2345 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2346 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2349 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2350 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2351 | |
2352 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2353 | /// |
2354 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2355 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2356 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2357 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2358 | |
2359 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2360 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2361 | /// |
2362 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2363 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2364 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2365 | |
2366 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2367 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2368 | /// |
2369 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2370 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2371 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2372 | /// |
2373 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2374 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2375 | /// category, or method within. |
2376 | /// |
2377 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2378 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2379 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2380 | /// substitution is required. |
2381 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2382 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2383 | |
2384 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2385 | /// parameters. |
2386 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2387 | |
2388 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2389 | |
2390 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2391 | return CanonicalType; |
2392 | } |
2393 | |
2394 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2395 | void dump() const; |
2396 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const; |
2397 | }; |
2398 | |
2399 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2400 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2401 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2402 | |
2403 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2404 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2405 | /// non-sugared type. |
2406 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2407 | |
2408 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2409 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2410 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2411 | |
2412 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2413 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2414 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2415 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2416 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2417 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2418 | } \ |
2419 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2420 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2421 | } |
2422 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2423 | |
2424 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2425 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2426 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2427 | public: |
2428 | enum Kind { |
2429 | // OpenCL image types |
2430 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2431 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2432 | // OpenCL extension types |
2433 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2434 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2435 | // SVE Types |
2436 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2437 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2438 | // All other builtin types |
2439 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2440 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2441 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2442 | }; |
2443 | |
2444 | private: |
2445 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2446 | |
2447 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2448 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2449 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent), |
2450 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
2451 | /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) { |
2452 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2453 | } |
2454 | |
2455 | public: |
2456 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2457 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2458 | |
2459 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2460 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2461 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2462 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2462, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2463 | return str.data(); |
2464 | } |
2465 | |
2466 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2467 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2468 | |
2469 | bool isInteger() const { |
2470 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2471 | } |
2472 | |
2473 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2474 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2475 | } |
2476 | |
2477 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2478 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2479 | } |
2480 | |
2481 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2482 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2483 | } |
2484 | |
2485 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2486 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2487 | return K >= Overload; |
2488 | } |
2489 | |
2490 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2491 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2492 | /// expression. |
2493 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2494 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2495 | } |
2496 | |
2497 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2498 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2499 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2500 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2501 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2502 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2503 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2504 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2505 | /// special treatment. |
2506 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2507 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2508 | } |
2509 | |
2510 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2511 | }; |
2512 | |
2513 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2514 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2515 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2516 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2517 | |
2518 | QualType ElementType; |
2519 | |
2520 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2521 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(), |
2522 | Element->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2523 | Element->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2524 | Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2525 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2526 | |
2527 | public: |
2528 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2529 | |
2530 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2531 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2532 | |
2533 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2534 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2535 | } |
2536 | |
2537 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2538 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2539 | } |
2540 | |
2541 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2542 | }; |
2543 | |
2544 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2545 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2546 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2547 | |
2548 | QualType Inner; |
2549 | |
2550 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2551 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(), |
2552 | InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2553 | InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2554 | InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2555 | Inner(InnerType) {} |
2556 | |
2557 | public: |
2558 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2559 | |
2560 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2561 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2562 | |
2563 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2564 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2565 | } |
2566 | |
2567 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2568 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2569 | } |
2570 | |
2571 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2572 | }; |
2573 | |
2574 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2575 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2576 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2577 | |
2578 | QualType PointeeType; |
2579 | |
2580 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2581 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2582 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2583 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2584 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2585 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2586 | |
2587 | public: |
2588 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2589 | |
2590 | /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap. |
2591 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different |
2592 | /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping |
2593 | /// address spaces. |
2594 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
2595 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
2596 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
2597 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
2598 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const { |
2599 | Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers(); |
2600 | Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
2601 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
2602 | return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) || |
2603 | otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals); |
2604 | } |
2605 | |
2606 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2607 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2608 | |
2609 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2610 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2611 | } |
2612 | |
2613 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2614 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2615 | } |
2616 | |
2617 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2618 | }; |
2619 | |
2620 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2621 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2622 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2623 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2624 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2625 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2626 | |
2627 | protected: |
2628 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2629 | |
2630 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2631 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2632 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(), |
2633 | OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2634 | OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2635 | OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2636 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2637 | |
2638 | public: |
2639 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2640 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2641 | |
2642 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2643 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2644 | |
2645 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2646 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2647 | } |
2648 | |
2649 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2650 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2651 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2652 | } |
2653 | |
2654 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2655 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2656 | } |
2657 | }; |
2658 | |
2659 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2660 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2661 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2662 | |
2663 | inline |
2664 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2665 | |
2666 | public: |
2667 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2668 | |
2669 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2670 | |
2671 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2672 | }; |
2673 | |
2674 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2675 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2676 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2677 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2678 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2679 | |
2680 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2681 | QualType PointeeType; |
2682 | |
2683 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2684 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2685 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2686 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2687 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2688 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2689 | |
2690 | public: |
2691 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2692 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2693 | |
2694 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2695 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2696 | |
2697 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2698 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2699 | } |
2700 | |
2701 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2702 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2703 | } |
2704 | |
2705 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2706 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2707 | } |
2708 | }; |
2709 | |
2710 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2711 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2712 | QualType PointeeType; |
2713 | |
2714 | protected: |
2715 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2716 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2717 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(), |
2718 | Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
2719 | Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2720 | Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2721 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2722 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2723 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2724 | } |
2725 | |
2726 | public: |
2727 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2728 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2729 | |
2730 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2731 | |
2732 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2733 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2734 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2735 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2736 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2737 | return T->PointeeType; |
2738 | } |
2739 | |
2740 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2741 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2742 | } |
2743 | |
2744 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2745 | QualType Referencee, |
2746 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2747 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2748 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2749 | } |
2750 | |
2751 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2752 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2753 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2754 | } |
2755 | }; |
2756 | |
2757 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2758 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2759 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2760 | |
2761 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2762 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2763 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2764 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2765 | |
2766 | public: |
2767 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2768 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2769 | |
2770 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2771 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2772 | } |
2773 | }; |
2774 | |
2775 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2776 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2777 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2778 | |
2779 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2780 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2781 | |
2782 | public: |
2783 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2784 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2785 | |
2786 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2787 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2788 | } |
2789 | }; |
2790 | |
2791 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2792 | /// |
2793 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2794 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2795 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2796 | |
2797 | QualType PointeeType; |
2798 | |
2799 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2800 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2801 | const Type *Class; |
2802 | |
2803 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2804 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2805 | Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(), |
2806 | (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() || |
2807 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()), |
2808 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
2809 | (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
2810 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())), |
2811 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2812 | |
2813 | public: |
2814 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2815 | |
2816 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2817 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2818 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2819 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2820 | } |
2821 | |
2822 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2823 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2824 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2825 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2826 | } |
2827 | |
2828 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2829 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2830 | |
2831 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2832 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2833 | |
2834 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2835 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2836 | } |
2837 | |
2838 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2839 | const Type *Class) { |
2840 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2841 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2842 | } |
2843 | |
2844 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2845 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2846 | } |
2847 | }; |
2848 | |
2849 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2850 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2851 | public: |
2852 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2853 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2854 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2855 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2856 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2857 | Normal, Static, Star |
2858 | }; |
2859 | |
2860 | private: |
2861 | /// The element type of the array. |
2862 | QualType ElementType; |
2863 | |
2864 | protected: |
2865 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2866 | |
2867 | // C++ [temp.dep.type]p1: |
2868 | // A type is dependent if it is... |
2869 | // - an array type constructed from any dependent type or whose |
2870 | // size is specified by a constant expression that is |
2871 | // value-dependent, |
2872 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, |
2873 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
2874 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
2875 | : Type(tc, can, et->isDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray, |
2876 | et->isInstantiationDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray, |
2877 | (tc == VariableArray || et->isVariablyModifiedType()), |
2878 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
2879 | ElementType(et) { |
2880 | ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals = tq; |
2881 | ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier = sm; |
2882 | } |
2883 | |
2884 | public: |
2885 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2886 | |
2887 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2888 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2889 | } |
2890 | |
2891 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2892 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2893 | } |
2894 | |
2895 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2896 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2897 | } |
2898 | |
2899 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2900 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2901 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2902 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2903 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2904 | } |
2905 | }; |
2906 | |
2907 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2908 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2909 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2910 | class ConstantArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2911 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2912 | |
2913 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2914 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2915 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
2916 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2917 | Size(size) {} |
2918 | |
2919 | protected: |
2920 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2921 | |
2922 | ConstantArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, |
2923 | const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2924 | : ArrayType(tc, et, can, sm, tq, et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
2925 | Size(size) {} |
2926 | |
2927 | public: |
2928 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2929 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2930 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2931 | |
2932 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2933 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2934 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2935 | QualType ElementType, |
2936 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2937 | |
2938 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2939 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2940 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2941 | |
2942 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2943 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSize(), |
2944 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2945 | } |
2946 | |
2947 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2948 | const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2949 | unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2950 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2951 | ID.AddInteger(ArraySize.getZExtValue()); |
2952 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2953 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2954 | } |
2955 | |
2956 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2957 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2958 | } |
2959 | }; |
2960 | |
2961 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2962 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2963 | /// unspecified. |
2964 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2965 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2966 | |
2967 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2968 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2969 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
2970 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {} |
2971 | |
2972 | public: |
2973 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2974 | |
2975 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2976 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2977 | |
2978 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2979 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
2980 | } |
2981 | |
2982 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2983 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
2984 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2985 | } |
2986 | |
2987 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
2988 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
2989 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2990 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
2991 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
2992 | } |
2993 | }; |
2994 | |
2995 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
2996 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
2997 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
2998 | /// |
2999 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3000 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3001 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3002 | /// dynamically: |
3003 | /// |
3004 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3005 | /// int Y[x]; |
3006 | /// ++x; |
3007 | /// int Z[x]; |
3008 | /// } |
3009 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3010 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3011 | |
3012 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3013 | /// a function block. |
3014 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3015 | |
3016 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3017 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3018 | |
3019 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3020 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3021 | SourceRange brackets) |
3022 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, |
3023 | et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
3024 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3025 | |
3026 | public: |
3027 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3028 | |
3029 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3030 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3031 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3032 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3033 | } |
3034 | |
3035 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3036 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3037 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3038 | |
3039 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3040 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3041 | |
3042 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3043 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3044 | } |
3045 | |
3046 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3047 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3047); |
3048 | } |
3049 | }; |
3050 | |
3051 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3052 | /// |
3053 | /// For example: |
3054 | /// \code |
3055 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3056 | /// class array { |
3057 | /// T data[Size]; |
3058 | /// }; |
3059 | /// \endcode |
3060 | /// |
3061 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3062 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3063 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3064 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3065 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3066 | |
3067 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3068 | |
3069 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3070 | /// size of the array. |
3071 | /// |
3072 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3073 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3074 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3075 | |
3076 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3077 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3078 | |
3079 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3080 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3081 | SourceRange brackets); |
3082 | |
3083 | public: |
3084 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3085 | |
3086 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3087 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3088 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3089 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3090 | } |
3091 | |
3092 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3093 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3094 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3095 | |
3096 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3097 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3098 | |
3099 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3100 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3101 | } |
3102 | |
3103 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3104 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3105 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3106 | } |
3107 | |
3108 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3109 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3110 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3111 | }; |
3112 | |
3113 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3114 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3115 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3116 | /// |
3117 | /// For example: |
3118 | /// \code |
3119 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3120 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3121 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3122 | /// } |
3123 | /// \endcode |
3124 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3125 | friend class ASTContext; |
3126 | |
3127 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3128 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3129 | QualType PointeeType; |
3130 | SourceLocation loc; |
3131 | |
3132 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3133 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3134 | SourceLocation loc); |
3135 | |
3136 | public: |
3137 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3138 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3139 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3140 | |
3141 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3142 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3143 | |
3144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3145 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3146 | } |
3147 | |
3148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3149 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3150 | } |
3151 | |
3152 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3153 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3154 | }; |
3155 | |
3156 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3157 | /// dependent. |
3158 | /// |
3159 | /// For example: |
3160 | /// \code |
3161 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3162 | /// class vector { |
3163 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3164 | /// } |
3165 | /// \endcode |
3166 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3167 | friend class ASTContext; |
3168 | |
3169 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3170 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3171 | |
3172 | /// The element type of the array. |
3173 | QualType ElementType; |
3174 | |
3175 | SourceLocation loc; |
3176 | |
3177 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3178 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3179 | |
3180 | public: |
3181 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3182 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3183 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3184 | |
3185 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3186 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3187 | |
3188 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3189 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3190 | } |
3191 | |
3192 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3193 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3194 | } |
3195 | |
3196 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3197 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3198 | }; |
3199 | |
3200 | |
3201 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3202 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3203 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3204 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3205 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3206 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3207 | public: |
3208 | enum VectorKind { |
3209 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3210 | GenericVector, |
3211 | |
3212 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3213 | AltiVecVector, |
3214 | |
3215 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3216 | AltiVecPixel, |
3217 | |
3218 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3219 | AltiVecBool, |
3220 | |
3221 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3222 | NeonVector, |
3223 | |
3224 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3225 | NeonPolyVector |
3226 | }; |
3227 | |
3228 | protected: |
3229 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3230 | |
3231 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3232 | QualType ElementType; |
3233 | |
3234 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3235 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3236 | |
3237 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3238 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3239 | |
3240 | public: |
3241 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3242 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3243 | |
3244 | static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) { |
3245 | return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements; |
3246 | } |
3247 | |
3248 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3249 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3250 | |
3251 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3252 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3253 | } |
3254 | |
3255 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3256 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3257 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3258 | } |
3259 | |
3260 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3261 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3262 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3263 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3264 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3265 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3266 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3267 | } |
3268 | |
3269 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3270 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3271 | } |
3272 | }; |
3273 | |
3274 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3275 | //// |
3276 | /// For example: |
3277 | /// \code |
3278 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3279 | /// class vector { |
3280 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3281 | /// } |
3282 | /// \endcode |
3283 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3284 | friend class ASTContext; |
3285 | |
3286 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3287 | QualType ElementType; |
3288 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3289 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3290 | |
3291 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3292 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3293 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3294 | |
3295 | public: |
3296 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3297 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3298 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3299 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3300 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3301 | } |
3302 | |
3303 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3304 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3305 | |
3306 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3307 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3308 | } |
3309 | |
3310 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3311 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3312 | } |
3313 | |
3314 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3315 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3316 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3317 | }; |
3318 | |
3319 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3320 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3321 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3322 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3323 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3324 | /// Shading Language). |
3325 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3326 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3327 | |
3328 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3329 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3330 | |
3331 | public: |
3332 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3333 | switch (c) { |
3334 | default: return -1; |
3335 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3336 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3337 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3338 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3339 | } |
3340 | } |
3341 | |
3342 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3343 | switch (c) { |
3344 | default: return -1; |
3345 | case '0': return 0; |
3346 | case '1': return 1; |
3347 | case '2': return 2; |
3348 | case '3': return 3; |
3349 | case '4': return 4; |
3350 | case '5': return 5; |
3351 | case '6': return 6; |
3352 | case '7': return 7; |
3353 | case '8': return 8; |
3354 | case '9': return 9; |
3355 | case 'A': |
3356 | case 'a': return 10; |
3357 | case 'B': |
3358 | case 'b': return 11; |
3359 | case 'C': |
3360 | case 'c': return 12; |
3361 | case 'D': |
3362 | case 'd': return 13; |
3363 | case 'E': |
3364 | case 'e': return 14; |
3365 | case 'F': |
3366 | case 'f': return 15; |
3367 | } |
3368 | } |
3369 | |
3370 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3371 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3372 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3373 | else |
3374 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3375 | } |
3376 | |
3377 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3378 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3379 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3380 | return false; |
3381 | } |
3382 | |
3383 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3384 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3385 | |
3386 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3387 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3388 | } |
3389 | }; |
3390 | |
3391 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3392 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3393 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3394 | // The type returned by the function. |
3395 | QualType ResultType; |
3396 | |
3397 | public: |
3398 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3399 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3400 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3401 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3402 | /// |
3403 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3404 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3405 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3406 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3407 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3408 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3409 | /// |
3410 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3411 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3412 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3413 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3414 | /// T (*)(U) |
3415 | /// against an argument of type |
3416 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3417 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3418 | /// not produce the latter. |
3419 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3420 | enum { |
3421 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3422 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3423 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3424 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3425 | }; |
3426 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3427 | |
3428 | public: |
3429 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3430 | |
3431 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3432 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3433 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3434 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3435 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3436 | return copy; |
3437 | } |
3438 | |
3439 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3440 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3441 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3442 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3443 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3444 | if (consumed) |
3445 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3446 | else |
3447 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3448 | return copy; |
3449 | } |
3450 | |
3451 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3452 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3453 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3454 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3455 | return Copy; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3459 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3460 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3461 | if (NoEscape) |
3462 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3463 | else |
3464 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3465 | return Copy; |
3466 | } |
3467 | |
3468 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3469 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3470 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3471 | result.Data = data; |
3472 | return result; |
3473 | } |
3474 | |
3475 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3476 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3480 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3481 | } |
3482 | }; |
3483 | |
3484 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3485 | /// making a call. |
3486 | /// |
3487 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3488 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3489 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3490 | /// |
3491 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3492 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3493 | // * Operator== |
3494 | // * getFoo |
3495 | // * withFoo |
3496 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3497 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3498 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3499 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3500 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3501 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3502 | // * AST read and write |
3503 | // * Codegen |
3504 | class ExtInfo { |
3505 | friend class FunctionType; |
3506 | |
3507 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12, |
3508 | // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and |
3509 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields. |
3510 | |
3511 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck| |
3512 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | |
3513 | // |
3514 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3515 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3516 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3517 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3518 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3519 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3520 | enum { |
3521 | RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask | |
3522 | NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask), |
3523 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3524 | }; // Assumed to be the last field |
3525 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3526 | |
3527 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3528 | |
3529 | public: |
3530 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3531 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3532 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3533 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) { |
3534 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3534, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3535 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3536 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3537 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3538 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3539 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0); |
3540 | } |
3541 | |
3542 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3543 | // function known to use defaults. |
3544 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3545 | |
3546 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3547 | // of the canonical type. |
3548 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3549 | |
3550 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3551 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3552 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3553 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3554 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3555 | |
3556 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3557 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3558 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3559 | --RegParm; |
3560 | return RegParm; |
3561 | } |
3562 | |
3563 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3564 | |
3565 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3566 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3567 | } |
3568 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3569 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3570 | } |
3571 | |
3572 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3573 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3574 | |
3575 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3576 | if (noReturn) |
3577 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3578 | else |
3579 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3583 | if (producesResult) |
3584 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3585 | else |
3586 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3587 | } |
3588 | |
3589 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3590 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3591 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3592 | else |
3593 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3594 | } |
3595 | |
3596 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3597 | if (noCfCheck) |
3598 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3599 | else |
3600 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3601 | } |
3602 | |
3603 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3604 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3604, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3605 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3606 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3607 | } |
3608 | |
3609 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3610 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3611 | } |
3612 | |
3613 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3614 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3615 | } |
3616 | }; |
3617 | |
3618 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3619 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3620 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3621 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3622 | |
3623 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3624 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3625 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3626 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3627 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3628 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3629 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3630 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3631 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3632 | }; |
3633 | |
3634 | protected: |
3635 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, |
3636 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
3637 | bool InstantiationDependent, |
3638 | bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, |
3639 | ExtInfo Info) |
3640 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
3641 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack), |
3642 | ResultType(res) { |
3643 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3644 | } |
3645 | |
3646 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3647 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3648 | } |
3649 | |
3650 | public: |
3651 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3652 | |
3653 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3654 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3655 | |
3656 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3657 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3658 | /// type. |
3659 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3660 | |
3661 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3662 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3663 | |
3664 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3665 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3666 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3667 | |
3668 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3669 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3670 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3671 | |
3672 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3673 | /// this type. |
3674 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3675 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3676 | } |
3677 | |
3678 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3679 | |
3680 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3681 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3682 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3683 | } |
3684 | }; |
3685 | |
3686 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3687 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3688 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3689 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3690 | |
3691 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3692 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3693 | /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false, |
3694 | Result->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
3695 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {} |
3696 | |
3697 | public: |
3698 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3699 | |
3700 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3701 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3702 | |
3703 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3704 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3705 | } |
3706 | |
3707 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3708 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3709 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3710 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3711 | } |
3712 | |
3713 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3714 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3715 | } |
3716 | }; |
3717 | |
3718 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3719 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3720 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3721 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3722 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3723 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3724 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3725 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3726 | : public FunctionType, |
3727 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3728 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3729 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, |
3730 | FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *, |
3731 | FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3732 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3733 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3734 | |
3735 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3736 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3737 | // |
3738 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3739 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3740 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3741 | // |
3742 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3743 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3744 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3745 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3746 | // |
3747 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3748 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3749 | // * a single Expr *, |
3750 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3751 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3752 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3753 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3754 | // |
3755 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3756 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3757 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3758 | // |
3759 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3760 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3761 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3762 | // |
3763 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3764 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3765 | // of exception types. |
3766 | // |
3767 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3768 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3769 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3770 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3771 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3772 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3773 | |
3774 | public: |
3775 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3776 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3777 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3778 | /// exception specification. |
3779 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3780 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3781 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3782 | |
3783 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3784 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3785 | |
3786 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3787 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3788 | |
3789 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3790 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3791 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3792 | |
3793 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3794 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3795 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3796 | |
3797 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3798 | |
3799 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3800 | }; |
3801 | |
3802 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3803 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3804 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3805 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3806 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3807 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3808 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3809 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3810 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3811 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3812 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3813 | |
3814 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3815 | |
3816 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3817 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3818 | |
3819 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3820 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3821 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3822 | return Result; |
3823 | } |
3824 | }; |
3825 | |
3826 | private: |
3827 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3828 | return getNumParams(); |
3829 | } |
3830 | |
3831 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
3832 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
3833 | } |
3834 | |
3835 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
3836 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
3837 | } |
3838 | |
3839 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
3840 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
3841 | } |
3842 | |
3843 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
3844 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3845 | } |
3846 | |
3847 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
3848 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
3849 | } |
3850 | |
3851 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
3852 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
3853 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
3854 | unsigned numArgs) { |
3855 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
3856 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
3857 | return true; |
3858 | |
3859 | return false; |
3860 | } |
3861 | |
3862 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
3863 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
3864 | |
3865 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
3866 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
3867 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
3868 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
3869 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3870 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
3871 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
3872 | }; |
3873 | |
3874 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3875 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3876 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
3877 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
3878 | switch (EST) { |
3879 | case EST_None: |
3880 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
3881 | case EST_MSAny: |
3882 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
3883 | case EST_Unparsed: |
3884 | case EST_NoThrow: |
3885 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
3886 | |
3887 | case EST_Dynamic: |
3888 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
3889 | |
3890 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
3891 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
3892 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
3893 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
3894 | |
3895 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
3896 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
3897 | |
3898 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
3899 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
3900 | } |
3901 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3901); |
3902 | } |
3903 | |
3904 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
3905 | /// related to the exception specification. |
3906 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
3907 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
3908 | } |
3909 | |
3910 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3911 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
3912 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
3913 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
3914 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
3915 | } |
3916 | |
3917 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
3918 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
3919 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3920 | } |
3921 | |
3922 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
3923 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
3924 | } |
3925 | |
3926 | public: |
3927 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
3928 | |
3929 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
3930 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3931 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
3932 | } |
3933 | |
3934 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
3935 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
3936 | } |
3937 | |
3938 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
3939 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
3940 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
3941 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
3942 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
3943 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
3944 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
3945 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
3946 | if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
3947 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
3948 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type)) { |
3949 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
3950 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
3951 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3952 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
3953 | } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
3954 | EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
3955 | } |
3956 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
3957 | return EPI; |
3958 | } |
3959 | |
3960 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
3961 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
3962 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
3963 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
3964 | } |
3965 | |
3966 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
3967 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
3968 | |
3969 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
3970 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
3971 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3972 | } |
3973 | |
3974 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
3975 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
3976 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
3977 | } |
3978 | |
3979 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
3980 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3981 | |
3982 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
3983 | /// spec. |
3984 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
3985 | |
3986 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
3987 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
3988 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
3989 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
3990 | ->NumExceptionType |
3991 | : 0; |
3992 | } |
3993 | |
3994 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
3995 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
3996 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3996, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3997 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
3998 | } |
3999 | |
4000 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4001 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4002 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4003 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4004 | return nullptr; |
4005 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4006 | } |
4007 | |
4008 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4009 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4010 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4011 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4012 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4013 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4014 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4015 | return nullptr; |
4016 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4017 | } |
4018 | |
4019 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4020 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4021 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4022 | /// this type. |
4023 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4024 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4025 | return nullptr; |
4026 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4027 | } |
4028 | |
4029 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4030 | /// specification. |
4031 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4032 | |
4033 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4034 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4035 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4036 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4037 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4038 | } |
4039 | |
4040 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4041 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4042 | |
4043 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4044 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4045 | /// |
4046 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4047 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4048 | /// function. |
4049 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4050 | |
4051 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4052 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4053 | |
4054 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4055 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4056 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4057 | else |
4058 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4059 | } |
4060 | |
4061 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4062 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4063 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4064 | } |
4065 | |
4066 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4067 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4068 | |
4069 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4070 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4071 | } |
4072 | |
4073 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4074 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4075 | } |
4076 | |
4077 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4078 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4079 | } |
4080 | |
4081 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4082 | |
4083 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4084 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4085 | } |
4086 | |
4087 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4088 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4089 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4090 | } |
4091 | |
4092 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4093 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4094 | } |
4095 | |
4096 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4097 | /// of this function type? |
4098 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4099 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4100 | } |
4101 | |
4102 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4103 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4103, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4104 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4105 | getNumParams()); |
4106 | } |
4107 | |
4108 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4109 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4110 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4111 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4112 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4113 | return nullptr; |
4114 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4115 | } |
4116 | |
4117 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4118 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4118, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4119 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4120 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4121 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4122 | } |
4123 | |
4124 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4125 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4126 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4127 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4128 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4129 | } |
4130 | |
4131 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4132 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4132, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4133 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4134 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4135 | return false; |
4136 | } |
4137 | |
4138 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4139 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4140 | |
4141 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4142 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4143 | |
4144 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4145 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4146 | } |
4147 | |
4148 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4149 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4150 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4151 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4152 | bool Canonical); |
4153 | }; |
4154 | |
4155 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4156 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4157 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4158 | /// |
4159 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4160 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4161 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4162 | |
4163 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4164 | |
4165 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4166 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false, |
4167 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4168 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {} |
4169 | |
4170 | public: |
4171 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4172 | |
4173 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4174 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4175 | |
4176 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4177 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4178 | } |
4179 | |
4180 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4181 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4182 | } |
4183 | |
4184 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4185 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4186 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4187 | } |
4188 | }; |
4189 | |
4190 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4191 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4192 | |
4193 | protected: |
4194 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4195 | |
4196 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can) |
4197 | : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(), |
4198 | can->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4199 | can->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4200 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
4201 | Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) { |
4202 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4203 | } |
4204 | |
4205 | public: |
4206 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4207 | |
4208 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4209 | QualType desugar() const; |
4210 | |
4211 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4212 | }; |
4213 | |
4214 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4215 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4216 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4217 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4218 | |
4219 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4220 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4221 | |
4222 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4223 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4224 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->isDependentType(), |
4225 | UnderlyingTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4226 | UnderlyingTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4227 | UnderlyingTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4228 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4229 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4230 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4230, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4231 | } |
4232 | |
4233 | public: |
4234 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4235 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4236 | |
4237 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4238 | /// it. |
4239 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4240 | |
4241 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4242 | QualType desugar() const; |
4243 | |
4244 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4245 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4246 | } |
4247 | }; |
4248 | |
4249 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4250 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4251 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4252 | |
4253 | protected: |
4254 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4255 | |
4256 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4257 | |
4258 | public: |
4259 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4260 | |
4261 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4262 | QualType desugar() const; |
4263 | |
4264 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4265 | bool isSugared() const; |
4266 | |
4267 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4268 | }; |
4269 | |
4270 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4271 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4272 | /// |
4273 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4274 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4275 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4276 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4277 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4278 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4279 | |
4280 | public: |
4281 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4282 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4283 | |
4284 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4285 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4286 | } |
4287 | |
4288 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4289 | Expr *E); |
4290 | }; |
4291 | |
4292 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4293 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4294 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4295 | |
4296 | QualType TOType; |
4297 | |
4298 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4299 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(), |
4300 | T->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4301 | T->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4302 | T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4303 | TOType(T) { |
4304 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4304, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4305 | } |
4306 | |
4307 | public: |
4308 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4309 | |
4310 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4311 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4312 | |
4313 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4314 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4315 | |
4316 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4317 | }; |
4318 | |
4319 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4320 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4321 | Expr *E; |
4322 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4323 | |
4324 | protected: |
4325 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4326 | |
4327 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4328 | |
4329 | public: |
4330 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4331 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4332 | |
4333 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4334 | QualType desugar() const; |
4335 | |
4336 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4337 | bool isSugared() const; |
4338 | |
4339 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4340 | }; |
4341 | |
4342 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4343 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4344 | /// |
4345 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4346 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4347 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4348 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4349 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4350 | |
4351 | public: |
4352 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4353 | |
4354 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4355 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4356 | } |
4357 | |
4358 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4359 | Expr *E); |
4360 | }; |
4361 | |
4362 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4363 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4364 | public: |
4365 | enum UTTKind { |
4366 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4367 | }; |
4368 | |
4369 | private: |
4370 | /// The untransformed type. |
4371 | QualType BaseType; |
4372 | |
4373 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4374 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4375 | |
4376 | UTTKind UKind; |
4377 | |
4378 | protected: |
4379 | friend class ASTContext; |
4380 | |
4381 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4382 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4383 | |
4384 | public: |
4385 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4386 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4387 | |
4388 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4389 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4390 | |
4391 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4392 | |
4393 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4394 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4395 | } |
4396 | }; |
4397 | |
4398 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4399 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4400 | /// |
4401 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4402 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4403 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4404 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4405 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4406 | public: |
4407 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4408 | UTTKind UKind); |
4409 | |
4410 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4411 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4412 | } |
4413 | |
4414 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4415 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4416 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4417 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4418 | } |
4419 | }; |
4420 | |
4421 | class TagType : public Type { |
4422 | friend class ASTReader; |
4423 | |
4424 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4425 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4426 | TagDecl *decl; |
4427 | |
4428 | protected: |
4429 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4430 | |
4431 | public: |
4432 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4433 | |
4434 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4435 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4436 | |
4437 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4438 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4439 | } |
4440 | }; |
4441 | |
4442 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4443 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4444 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4445 | protected: |
4446 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4447 | |
4448 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4449 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4450 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4451 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4452 | |
4453 | public: |
4454 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4455 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4456 | } |
4457 | |
4458 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4459 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4460 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4461 | |
4462 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4463 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4464 | |
4465 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4466 | }; |
4467 | |
4468 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4469 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4470 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4471 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4472 | |
4473 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4474 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4475 | |
4476 | public: |
4477 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4478 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4479 | } |
4480 | |
4481 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4482 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4483 | |
4484 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4485 | }; |
4486 | |
4487 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4488 | /// |
4489 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4490 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4491 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4492 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4493 | /// |
4494 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4495 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4496 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4497 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4498 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4499 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4500 | public: |
4501 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4502 | |
4503 | private: |
4504 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4505 | |
4506 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4507 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4508 | |
4509 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4510 | QualType equivalent) |
4511 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(), |
4512 | equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4513 | equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4514 | equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4515 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4516 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4517 | } |
4518 | |
4519 | public: |
4520 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4521 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4522 | } |
4523 | |
4524 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4525 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4526 | |
4527 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4528 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4529 | |
4530 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4531 | /// |
4532 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4533 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4534 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4535 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4536 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4537 | /// |
4538 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4539 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4540 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4541 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4542 | /// |
4543 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4544 | /// type. |
4545 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4546 | |
4547 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4548 | |
4549 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4550 | |
4551 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4552 | |
4553 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4554 | /// nullability kind. |
4555 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4556 | switch (kind) { |
4557 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4558 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4559 | |
4560 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4561 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4562 | |
4563 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4564 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4565 | } |
4566 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4566); |
4567 | } |
4568 | |
4569 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4570 | /// type, if it's there. |
4571 | /// |
4572 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4573 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4574 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4575 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4576 | /// |
4577 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4578 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4579 | |
4580 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4581 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4582 | } |
4583 | |
4584 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4585 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4586 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4587 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4588 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4589 | } |
4590 | |
4591 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4592 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4593 | } |
4594 | }; |
4595 | |
4596 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4597 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4598 | |
4599 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4600 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4601 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4602 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4603 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4604 | }; |
4605 | |
4606 | union { |
4607 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4608 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4609 | |
4610 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4611 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4612 | }; |
4613 | |
4614 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4615 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4616 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true, |
4617 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4618 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
4619 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4620 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4621 | |
4622 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4623 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4624 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4625 | /*Dependent=*/true, |
4626 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
4627 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) { |
4628 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4629 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4630 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4631 | } |
4632 | |
4633 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4634 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4635 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4636 | } |
4637 | |
4638 | public: |
4639 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4640 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4641 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4642 | |
4643 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4644 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4645 | } |
4646 | |
4647 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4648 | |
4649 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4650 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4651 | |
4652 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4653 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4654 | } |
4655 | |
4656 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4657 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4658 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4659 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4660 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4661 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4662 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4663 | } |
4664 | |
4665 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4666 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4667 | } |
4668 | }; |
4669 | |
4670 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4671 | /// type parameter. |
4672 | /// |
4673 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4674 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4675 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4676 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4677 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4678 | friend class ASTContext; |
4679 | |
4680 | // The original type parameter. |
4681 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4682 | |
4683 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4684 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(), |
4685 | Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
4686 | Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
4687 | Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4688 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4689 | |
4690 | public: |
4691 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4692 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4693 | return Replaced; |
4694 | } |
4695 | |
4696 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4697 | /// parameter. |
4698 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4699 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4700 | } |
4701 | |
4702 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4703 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4704 | |
4705 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4706 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4707 | } |
4708 | |
4709 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4710 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4711 | QualType Replacement) { |
4712 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4713 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4714 | } |
4715 | |
4716 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4717 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4718 | } |
4719 | }; |
4720 | |
4721 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4722 | /// type parameter pack. |
4723 | /// |
4724 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4725 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4726 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4727 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4728 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4729 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4730 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4731 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4732 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4733 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4734 | friend class ASTContext; |
4735 | |
4736 | /// The original type parameter. |
4737 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4738 | |
4739 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4740 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4741 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4742 | |
4743 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4744 | QualType Canon, |
4745 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4746 | |
4747 | public: |
4748 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4749 | |
4750 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4751 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4752 | return Replaced; |
4753 | } |
4754 | |
4755 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4756 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4757 | } |
4758 | |
4759 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4760 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4761 | |
4762 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4763 | |
4764 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4765 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4766 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4767 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4768 | |
4769 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4770 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4771 | } |
4772 | }; |
4773 | |
4774 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4775 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4776 | /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++ |
4777 | /// Concepts TS. |
4778 | /// |
4779 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4780 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4781 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4782 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4783 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4784 | protected: |
4785 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, |
4786 | bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack) |
4787 | : Type(TC, |
4788 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4789 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4790 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4791 | IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent, |
4792 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) { |
4793 | if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) { |
4794 | if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType()) |
4795 | setDependent(); |
4796 | if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
4797 | setInstantiationDependent(); |
4798 | if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4799 | setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
4800 | } |
4801 | } |
4802 | |
4803 | public: |
4804 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4805 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4806 | |
4807 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4808 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4809 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4810 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4811 | } |
4812 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4813 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4814 | } |
4815 | |
4816 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4817 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4818 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4819 | } |
4820 | }; |
4821 | |
4822 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type. |
4823 | class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4824 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4825 | |
4826 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4827 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent, bool IsDeducedAsPack) |
4828 | : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent, |
4829 | IsDeducedAsDependent, IsDeducedAsPack) { |
4830 | AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword; |
4831 | } |
4832 | |
4833 | public: |
4834 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
4835 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
4836 | } |
4837 | |
4838 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
4839 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
4840 | } |
4841 | |
4842 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4843 | Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
4844 | containsUnexpandedParameterPack()); |
4845 | } |
4846 | |
4847 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, |
4848 | AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent, bool IsPack) { |
4849 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4850 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword); |
4851 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4852 | ID.AddBoolean(IsPack); |
4853 | } |
4854 | |
4855 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4856 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
4857 | } |
4858 | }; |
4859 | |
4860 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
4861 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
4862 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4863 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4864 | |
4865 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
4866 | TemplateName Template; |
4867 | |
4868 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
4869 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
4870 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
4871 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
4872 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(), |
4873 | IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(), |
4874 | Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
4875 | Template(Template) {} |
4876 | |
4877 | public: |
4878 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
4879 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
4880 | |
4881 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4882 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
4883 | } |
4884 | |
4885 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
4886 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
4887 | Template.Profile(ID); |
4888 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4889 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
4890 | } |
4891 | |
4892 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4893 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4894 | } |
4895 | }; |
4896 | |
4897 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
4898 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
4899 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
4900 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
4901 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
4902 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
4903 | /// |
4904 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
4905 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
4906 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
4907 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
4908 | /// |
4909 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
4910 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
4911 | /// type may also be canonical. |
4912 | /// |
4913 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
4914 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
4915 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
4916 | /// template. |
4917 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
4918 | : public Type, |
4919 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4920 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4921 | |
4922 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
4923 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
4924 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
4925 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
4926 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
4927 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
4928 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
4929 | TemplateName Template; |
4930 | |
4931 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
4932 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
4933 | QualType Canon, |
4934 | QualType Aliased); |
4935 | |
4936 | public: |
4937 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
4938 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
4939 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4940 | |
4941 | static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
4942 | bool &InstantiationDependent); |
4943 | |
4944 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
4945 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
4946 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
4947 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
4948 | } |
4949 | |
4950 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
4951 | /// template that has been substituted. |
4952 | /// |
4953 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
4954 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
4955 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
4956 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
4957 | /// |
4958 | /// \code |
4959 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
4960 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
4961 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
4962 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
4963 | /// }; |
4964 | /// \endcode |
4965 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
4966 | |
4967 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
4968 | /// template. |
4969 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
4970 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4970, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4971 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
4972 | } |
4973 | |
4974 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
4975 | |
4976 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
4977 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
4978 | |
4979 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
4980 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
4981 | |
4982 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
4983 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
4984 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
4985 | } |
4986 | |
4987 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
4988 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4989 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4990 | } |
4991 | |
4992 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
4993 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
4994 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
4995 | |
4996 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
4997 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
4998 | } |
4999 | |
5000 | bool isSugared() const { |
5001 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5002 | } |
5003 | |
5004 | QualType desugar() const { |
5005 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5006 | } |
5007 | |
5008 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5009 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5010 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5011 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5012 | } |
5013 | |
5014 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5015 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5016 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5017 | |
5018 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5019 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5020 | } |
5021 | }; |
5022 | |
5023 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5024 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5025 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5026 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5027 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5028 | |
5029 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5030 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5031 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5032 | |
5033 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5034 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5035 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
5036 | |
5037 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5038 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5039 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5040 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5041 | /// |
5042 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5043 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5044 | /// |
5045 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5046 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5047 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5048 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5049 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5050 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5051 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5052 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5053 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5054 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5055 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5056 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5057 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5058 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5059 | // interdependencies. |
5060 | |
5061 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5062 | |
5063 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5064 | /// For example, in |
5065 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5066 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5067 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5068 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5069 | /// |
5070 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5071 | /// and always dependent. |
5072 | QualType InjectedType; |
5073 | |
5074 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5075 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true, |
5076 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5077 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5078 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5079 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5080 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5080, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5081 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5081, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5082 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5082, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5083 | } |
5084 | |
5085 | public: |
5086 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5087 | |
5088 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5089 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5090 | } |
5091 | |
5092 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5093 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5094 | } |
5095 | |
5096 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5097 | |
5098 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5099 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5100 | |
5101 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5102 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5103 | } |
5104 | }; |
5105 | |
5106 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5107 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5108 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5109 | TTK_Struct, |
5110 | |
5111 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5112 | TTK_Interface, |
5113 | |
5114 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5115 | TTK_Union, |
5116 | |
5117 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5118 | TTK_Class, |
5119 | |
5120 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5121 | TTK_Enum |
5122 | }; |
5123 | |
5124 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5125 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5126 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5127 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5128 | ETK_Struct, |
5129 | |
5130 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5131 | ETK_Interface, |
5132 | |
5133 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5134 | ETK_Union, |
5135 | |
5136 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5137 | ETK_Class, |
5138 | |
5139 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5140 | ETK_Enum, |
5141 | |
5142 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5143 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5144 | ETK_Typename, |
5145 | |
5146 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5147 | ETK_None |
5148 | }; |
5149 | |
5150 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5151 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5152 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5153 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5154 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5155 | protected: |
5156 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5157 | QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, |
5158 | bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, |
5159 | bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) |
5160 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified, |
5161 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) { |
5162 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5163 | } |
5164 | |
5165 | public: |
5166 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5167 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5168 | } |
5169 | |
5170 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5171 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5172 | |
5173 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5174 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5175 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5176 | |
5177 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5178 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5179 | |
5180 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5181 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5182 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5183 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5184 | |
5185 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5186 | |
5187 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5188 | |
5189 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5190 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5191 | } |
5192 | |
5193 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5194 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5195 | }; |
5196 | |
5197 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5198 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5199 | /// or both. |
5200 | /// |
5201 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5202 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5203 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5204 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5205 | class ElaboratedType final |
5206 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5207 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5208 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5209 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5210 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5211 | |
5212 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5213 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5214 | |
5215 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5216 | QualType NamedType; |
5217 | |
5218 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5219 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5220 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5221 | |
5222 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5223 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5224 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5225 | NamedType->isDependentType(), |
5226 | NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5227 | NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5228 | NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5229 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5230 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5231 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5232 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5233 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5234 | } |
5235 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5236 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5237 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5238 | } |
5239 | |
5240 | public: |
5241 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5242 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5243 | |
5244 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5245 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5246 | |
5247 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5248 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5249 | |
5250 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5251 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5252 | |
5253 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5254 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5255 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5256 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5257 | : nullptr; |
5258 | } |
5259 | |
5260 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5261 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5262 | } |
5263 | |
5264 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5265 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5266 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5267 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5268 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5269 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5270 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5271 | } |
5272 | |
5273 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5274 | }; |
5275 | |
5276 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5277 | /// dependent. |
5278 | /// |
5279 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5280 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5281 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5282 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5283 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5284 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5285 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5286 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5287 | /// instantiation. |
5288 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5289 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5290 | |
5291 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5292 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5293 | |
5294 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5295 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5296 | |
5297 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5298 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5299 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true, |
5300 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5301 | /*VariablyModified=*/false, |
5302 | NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5303 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5304 | |
5305 | public: |
5306 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5307 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5308 | |
5309 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5310 | /// |
5311 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5312 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5313 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5314 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5315 | return Name; |
5316 | } |
5317 | |
5318 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5319 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5320 | |
5321 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5322 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5323 | } |
5324 | |
5325 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5326 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5327 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5328 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5329 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5330 | } |
5331 | |
5332 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5333 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5334 | } |
5335 | }; |
5336 | |
5337 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5338 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5339 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5340 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5341 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5342 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5343 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5344 | |
5345 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5346 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5347 | |
5348 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5349 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5350 | |
5351 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5352 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5353 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5354 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5355 | QualType Canon); |
5356 | |
5357 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5358 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5359 | } |
5360 | |
5361 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5362 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5363 | } |
5364 | |
5365 | public: |
5366 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5367 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5368 | |
5369 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5370 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5371 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5372 | } |
5373 | |
5374 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5375 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5376 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5377 | } |
5378 | |
5379 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5380 | |
5381 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5382 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5383 | } |
5384 | |
5385 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5386 | |
5387 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5388 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5389 | |
5390 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5391 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5392 | |
5393 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5394 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5395 | } |
5396 | |
5397 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5398 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5399 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5400 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5401 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5402 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5403 | |
5404 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5405 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5406 | } |
5407 | }; |
5408 | |
5409 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5410 | /// |
5411 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5412 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5413 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5414 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5415 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5416 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5417 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5418 | /// parameter packs. |
5419 | /// |
5420 | /// \code |
5421 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5422 | /// |
5423 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5424 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5425 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5426 | /// }; |
5427 | /// \endcode |
5428 | /// |
5429 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5430 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5431 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5432 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5433 | |
5434 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5435 | QualType Pattern; |
5436 | |
5437 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5438 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5439 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(), |
5440 | /*InstantiationDependent=*/true, |
5441 | /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5442 | /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false), |
5443 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5444 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5445 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5446 | } |
5447 | |
5448 | public: |
5449 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5450 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5451 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5452 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5453 | |
5454 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5455 | /// generate, if known. |
5456 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5457 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5458 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5459 | return None; |
5460 | } |
5461 | |
5462 | bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); } |
5463 | QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); } |
5464 | |
5465 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5466 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5467 | } |
5468 | |
5469 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5470 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5471 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5472 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5473 | if (NumExpansions) |
5474 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5475 | } |
5476 | |
5477 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5478 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5479 | } |
5480 | }; |
5481 | |
5482 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5483 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5484 | template <class T> |
5485 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5486 | protected: |
5487 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5488 | |
5489 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5490 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5491 | } |
5492 | |
5493 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5494 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5495 | } |
5496 | |
5497 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5498 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5499 | } |
5500 | |
5501 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5502 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5503 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
5504 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5504, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5505 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5506 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5507 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5508 | } |
5509 | |
5510 | public: |
5511 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5512 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5513 | |
5514 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5515 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5516 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5517 | |
5518 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5519 | |
5520 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5521 | /// there are none. |
5522 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5523 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5524 | } |
5525 | |
5526 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5527 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5528 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5528, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5529 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5530 | } |
5531 | |
5532 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5533 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5534 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5535 | } |
5536 | }; |
5537 | |
5538 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5539 | /// a list of protocols. |
5540 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5541 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5542 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5543 | friend class ASTContext; |
5544 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5545 | |
5546 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5547 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5548 | |
5549 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5550 | |
5551 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5552 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5553 | /// and uniqued. |
5554 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5555 | |
5556 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5557 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5558 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5559 | return NumProtocols; |
5560 | } |
5561 | |
5562 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5563 | NumProtocols = N; |
5564 | } |
5565 | |
5566 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5567 | QualType can, |
5568 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5569 | |
5570 | public: |
5571 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5572 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5573 | |
5574 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5575 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5576 | } |
5577 | |
5578 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5579 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5580 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5581 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5582 | |
5583 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5584 | }; |
5585 | |
5586 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5587 | /// |
5588 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5589 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5590 | /// protocols. |
5591 | /// |
5592 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5593 | /// \code |
5594 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5595 | /// \@protocol P; |
5596 | /// \endcode |
5597 | /// |
5598 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5599 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5600 | /// |
5601 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5602 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5603 | /// protocol list. |
5604 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5605 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5606 | /// |
5607 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5608 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5609 | /// and no protocols. |
5610 | /// |
5611 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5612 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5613 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5614 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5615 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5616 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5617 | |
5618 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5619 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5620 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5621 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5622 | // |
5623 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5624 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5625 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5626 | // |
5627 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5628 | // and uniqued. |
5629 | |
5630 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5631 | QualType BaseType; |
5632 | |
5633 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5634 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5635 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5636 | |
5637 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5638 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5639 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5640 | } |
5641 | |
5642 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5643 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5644 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5645 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5646 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5647 | } |
5648 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5649 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5650 | } |
5651 | |
5652 | protected: |
5653 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5654 | |
5655 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5656 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5657 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5658 | bool isKindOf); |
5659 | |
5660 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5661 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false), |
5662 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5663 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5664 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5665 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5666 | } |
5667 | |
5668 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5669 | |
5670 | public: |
5671 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5672 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5673 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5674 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5675 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5676 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5677 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5678 | |
5679 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5680 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5681 | } |
5682 | |
5683 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5684 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5685 | } |
5686 | |
5687 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5688 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5689 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5690 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5691 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5692 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5693 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5694 | return false; |
5695 | } |
5696 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5697 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5698 | |
5699 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5700 | /// really is an interface. |
5701 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5702 | |
5703 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5704 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5705 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5706 | |
5707 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5708 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5709 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5710 | } |
5711 | |
5712 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5713 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5714 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5715 | |
5716 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5717 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5718 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5719 | |
5720 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5721 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5722 | |
5723 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5724 | /// written. |
5725 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5726 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5727 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5728 | } |
5729 | |
5730 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5731 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5732 | |
5733 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5734 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5735 | |
5736 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5737 | /// |
5738 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5739 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5740 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5741 | /// there is no superclass. |
5742 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5743 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5744 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5745 | |
5746 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5746, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
5747 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5748 | } |
5749 | |
5750 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5751 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5752 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5753 | |
5754 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5755 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5756 | |
5757 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5758 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5759 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5760 | } |
5761 | }; |
5762 | |
5763 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5764 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5765 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5766 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5767 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5768 | friend class ASTContext; |
5769 | |
5770 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5771 | // will need to be modified. |
5772 | |
5773 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5774 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5775 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5776 | bool isKindOf) |
5777 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5778 | |
5779 | public: |
5780 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5781 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5782 | QualType Base, |
5783 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5784 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5785 | bool isKindOf); |
5786 | }; |
5787 | |
5788 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5789 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5790 | } |
5791 | |
5792 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5793 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5794 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5795 | } |
5796 | |
5797 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5798 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5799 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
5800 | } |
5801 | |
5802 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
5803 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
5804 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
5805 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
5806 | /// |
5807 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
5808 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
5809 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
5810 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
5811 | /// fail to compile. |
5812 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
5813 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
5814 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
5815 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5816 | friend class ASTReader; |
5817 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
5818 | |
5819 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
5820 | |
5821 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
5822 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
5823 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
5824 | |
5825 | public: |
5826 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
5827 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
5828 | |
5829 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5830 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5831 | |
5832 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5833 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5834 | } |
5835 | |
5836 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
5837 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
5838 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
5839 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
5840 | enum { |
5841 | qual_iterator, |
5842 | qual_begin, |
5843 | qual_end, |
5844 | getNumProtocols, |
5845 | getProtocol |
5846 | }; |
5847 | }; |
5848 | |
5849 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
5850 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
5851 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
5852 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
5853 | return T->getDecl(); |
5854 | |
5855 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
5856 | } |
5857 | |
5858 | return nullptr; |
5859 | } |
5860 | |
5861 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
5862 | /// |
5863 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
5864 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
5865 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
5866 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
5867 | /// |
5868 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
5869 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
5870 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5871 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5872 | |
5873 | QualType PointeeType; |
5874 | |
5875 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
5876 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, |
5877 | Pointee->isDependentType(), |
5878 | Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
5879 | Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
5880 | Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
5881 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
5882 | |
5883 | public: |
5884 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
5885 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
5886 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
5887 | |
5888 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
5889 | /// |
5890 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
5891 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
5892 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
5893 | /// \code |
5894 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
5895 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
5896 | /// typedef A A1; |
5897 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
5898 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
5899 | /// \endcode |
5900 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5901 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5902 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
5903 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
5904 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5905 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
5906 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
5907 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
5908 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
5909 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
5910 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
5911 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
5912 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
5913 | } |
5914 | |
5915 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
5916 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
5917 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
5918 | /// |
5919 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5920 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
5921 | |
5922 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
5923 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
5924 | /// |
5925 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
5926 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
5927 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
5928 | } |
5929 | |
5930 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
5931 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
5932 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
5933 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
5934 | } |
5935 | |
5936 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
5937 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
5938 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
5939 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
5940 | } |
5941 | |
5942 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
5943 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
5944 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
5945 | } |
5946 | |
5947 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5948 | /// protocols. |
5949 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
5950 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
5951 | } |
5952 | |
5953 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
5954 | /// protocols. |
5955 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
5956 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
5957 | } |
5958 | |
5959 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
5960 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
5961 | |
5962 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5963 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
5964 | |
5965 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
5966 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5967 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
5968 | } |
5969 | |
5970 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
5971 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
5972 | |
5973 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5974 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5975 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5976 | |
5977 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5978 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
5979 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
5980 | } |
5981 | |
5982 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
5983 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5984 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
5985 | } |
5986 | |
5987 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
5988 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
5989 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
5990 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
5991 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5992 | |
5993 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5994 | |
5995 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
5996 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
5997 | } |
5998 | |
5999 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6000 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6001 | } |
6002 | |
6003 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6004 | |
6005 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6006 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6007 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6008 | } |
6009 | |
6010 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6011 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6012 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6013 | } |
6014 | |
6015 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6016 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6017 | |
6018 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6019 | /// |
6020 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6021 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6022 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6023 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6024 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6025 | |
6026 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6027 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6028 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6029 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6030 | |
6031 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6032 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6033 | } |
6034 | |
6035 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6036 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6037 | } |
6038 | |
6039 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6040 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6041 | } |
6042 | }; |
6043 | |
6044 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6045 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6046 | |
6047 | QualType ValueType; |
6048 | |
6049 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6050 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(), |
6051 | ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6052 | ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6053 | ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6054 | ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6055 | |
6056 | public: |
6057 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6058 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6059 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6060 | |
6061 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6062 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6063 | |
6064 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6065 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6066 | } |
6067 | |
6068 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6069 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6070 | } |
6071 | |
6072 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6073 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6074 | } |
6075 | }; |
6076 | |
6077 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6078 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6079 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6080 | |
6081 | QualType ElementType; |
6082 | bool isRead; |
6083 | |
6084 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6085 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(), |
6086 | elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(), |
6087 | elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(), |
6088 | elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()), |
6089 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6090 | |
6091 | public: |
6092 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6093 | |
6094 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6095 | |
6096 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6097 | |
6098 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6099 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6100 | } |
6101 | |
6102 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6103 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6104 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6105 | } |
6106 | |
6107 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6108 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6109 | } |
6110 | |
6111 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6112 | }; |
6113 | |
6114 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6115 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6116 | public: |
6117 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6118 | |
6119 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6120 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6121 | /// with those already in the type. |
6122 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6123 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6124 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6125 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6126 | |
6127 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6128 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6129 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6130 | } |
6131 | |
6132 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6133 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6134 | |
6135 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6136 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6137 | }; |
6138 | |
6139 | // Inline function definitions. |
6140 | |
6141 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6142 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6143 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6144 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6145 | return desugar; |
6146 | } |
6147 | |
6148 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6149 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6150 | } |
6151 | |
6152 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6153 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6154 | } |
6155 | |
6156 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6157 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6158 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6159 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6160 | |
6161 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6162 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6163 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6164 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6165 | } |
6166 | |
6167 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6168 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6169 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6170 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6171 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6172 | return Quals; |
6173 | } |
6174 | |
6175 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6176 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6177 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6178 | return quals; |
6179 | } |
6180 | |
6181 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6182 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6183 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6184 | return cvr; |
6185 | } |
6186 | |
6187 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6188 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6189 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6190 | } |
6191 | |
6192 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6193 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6194 | } |
6195 | |
6196 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6197 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6198 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6199 | |
6200 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6201 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6202 | return false; |
6203 | |
6204 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6205 | } |
6206 | |
6207 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6208 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6209 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6210 | } |
6211 | |
6212 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6213 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6214 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6215 | } |
6216 | |
6217 | |
6218 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6219 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6220 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6221 | } |
6222 | |
6223 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6224 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6225 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6226 | } |
6227 | |
6228 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6229 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6230 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6231 | |
6232 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6233 | } |
6234 | |
6235 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6236 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6237 | return split(); |
6238 | |
6239 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6240 | } |
6241 | |
6242 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6243 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6244 | } |
6245 | |
6246 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6247 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6248 | } |
6249 | |
6250 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6251 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6252 | } |
6253 | |
6254 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6255 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6255, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6256 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6257 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6258 | |
6259 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6260 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6261 | } |
6262 | |
6263 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6264 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6265 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6266 | } |
6267 | |
6268 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6269 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6270 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6271 | } |
6272 | |
6273 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6274 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6275 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6276 | return false; |
6277 | } |
6278 | |
6279 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6280 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6281 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6282 | return false; |
6283 | } |
6284 | |
6285 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6286 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6287 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6288 | return false; |
6289 | } |
6290 | |
6291 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6292 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6293 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6294 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6295 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6296 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6297 | |
6298 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6299 | } |
6300 | |
6301 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6302 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6306 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6307 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6308 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6309 | /// int". |
6310 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6311 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6312 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6313 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6314 | } |
6315 | |
6316 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6317 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6318 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6319 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6320 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6321 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6322 | |
6323 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6324 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6325 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6326 | |
6327 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6328 | } |
6329 | |
6330 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6331 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6332 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6333 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6334 | /// |
6335 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6336 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6337 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6338 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6339 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6340 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6341 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6342 | else |
6343 | return *this; |
6344 | } |
6345 | |
6346 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6347 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6348 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6349 | } |
6350 | |
6351 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6352 | /// |
6353 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6354 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6355 | return isVoidType() || |
6356 | isNullPtrType() || |
6357 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6358 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6359 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6360 | } |
6361 | |
6362 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6363 | /// |
6364 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6365 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6366 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6367 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6368 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6369 | return isArrayType() || |
6370 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6371 | isFunctionType() || |
6372 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6373 | isPointerType() || |
6374 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6375 | isReferenceType() || |
6376 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6377 | isRecordType() || |
6378 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6379 | // types at different times; |
6380 | isUnionType() || |
6381 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6382 | isEnumeralType() || |
6383 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6384 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6385 | } |
6386 | |
6387 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6388 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6389 | } |
6390 | |
6391 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6392 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6393 | } |
6394 | |
6395 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6396 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6397 | } |
6398 | |
6399 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6400 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6401 | } |
6402 | |
6403 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6404 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6405 | } |
6406 | |
6407 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6408 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6409 | } |
6410 | |
6411 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6412 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6413 | } |
6414 | |
6415 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6416 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6417 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6418 | else |
6419 | return false; |
6420 | } |
6421 | |
6422 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6423 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6424 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6425 | else |
6426 | return false; |
6427 | } |
6428 | |
6429 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6430 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6431 | } |
6432 | |
6433 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6434 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6435 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6436 | else |
6437 | return false; |
6438 | } |
6439 | |
6440 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6441 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6442 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6443 | else |
6444 | return false; |
6445 | } |
6446 | |
6447 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6448 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6449 | } |
6450 | |
6451 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6452 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6453 | } |
6454 | |
6455 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6456 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6457 | } |
6458 | |
6459 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6460 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6461 | } |
6462 | |
6463 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6464 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6465 | } |
6466 | |
6467 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6468 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6469 | } |
6470 | |
6471 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6472 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6473 | } |
6474 | |
6475 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6476 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6477 | } |
6478 | |
6479 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6480 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6481 | } |
6482 | |
6483 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6484 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6485 | } |
6486 | |
6487 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6488 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6489 | } |
6490 | |
6491 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6492 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6493 | } |
6494 | |
6495 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6496 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6497 | } |
6498 | |
6499 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6500 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6501 | } |
6502 | |
6503 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6504 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6505 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6506 | } |
6507 | |
6508 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6509 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6510 | } |
6511 | |
6512 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6513 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6514 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6515 | return false; |
6516 | } |
6517 | |
6518 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6519 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6520 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6521 | return false; |
6522 | } |
6523 | |
6524 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6525 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6526 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6527 | return false; |
6528 | } |
6529 | |
6530 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6531 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6532 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6533 | return false; |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6537 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6538 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6539 | return false; |
6540 | } |
6541 | |
6542 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6543 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6544 | } |
6545 | |
6546 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6547 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6548 | } |
6549 | |
6550 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6551 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6552 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6553 | } |
6554 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6555 | |
6556 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6557 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6558 | } |
6559 | |
6560 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6561 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6562 | } |
6563 | |
6564 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6565 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6566 | } |
6567 | |
6568 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6569 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6570 | } |
6571 | |
6572 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6573 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6574 | } |
6575 | |
6576 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6577 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6578 | return |
6579 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6580 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6581 | } |
6582 | |
6583 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6584 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6585 | } |
6586 | |
6587 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6588 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6589 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6590 | } |
6591 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6592 | |
6593 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6594 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6595 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6596 | return |
6597 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6598 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6599 | } |
6600 | |
6601 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6602 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6603 | return |
6604 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6605 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6606 | } |
6607 | |
6608 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6609 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6610 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6611 | } |
6612 | |
6613 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6614 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6615 | } |
6616 | |
6617 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6618 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6619 | if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K) |
6620 | return true; |
6621 | return false; |
6622 | } |
6623 | |
6624 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6625 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6626 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6627 | return false; |
6628 | } |
6629 | |
6630 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6631 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6632 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6633 | return BT; |
6634 | return nullptr; |
6635 | } |
6636 | |
6637 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6638 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6639 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6640 | return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K); |
6641 | return false; |
6642 | } |
6643 | |
6644 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6645 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6646 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6647 | return false; |
6648 | } |
6649 | |
6650 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6651 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6652 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void; |
6653 | return false; |
6654 | } |
6655 | |
6656 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6657 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6658 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half; |
6659 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6660 | return false; |
6661 | } |
6662 | |
6663 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6664 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6665 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16; |
6666 | return false; |
6667 | } |
6668 | |
6669 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6670 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6671 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128; |
6672 | return false; |
6673 | } |
6674 | |
6675 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6676 | if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
6677 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6678 | return false; |
6679 | } |
6680 | |
6681 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6682 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6683 | |
6684 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6685 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6686 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6687 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6688 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6689 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6690 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6691 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6692 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6693 | } |
6694 | return false; |
6695 | } |
6696 | |
6697 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
6698 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6699 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6700 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6701 | } |
6702 | return false; |
6703 | } |
6704 | |
6705 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
6706 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
6707 | } |
6708 | |
6709 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6710 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6711 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6712 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
6713 | } |
6714 | return false; |
6715 | } |
6716 | |
6717 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
6718 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
6719 | } |
6720 | |
6721 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
6722 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6723 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
6724 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
6725 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
6726 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
6727 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
6728 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
6729 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
6730 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
6731 | } |
6732 | return false; |
6733 | } |
6734 | |
6735 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
6736 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
6737 | } |
6738 | |
6739 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
6740 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6741 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
6742 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
6743 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6744 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
6745 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
6746 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6747 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6748 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6749 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
6750 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
6751 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6752 | } |
6753 | |
6754 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
6755 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6756 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6757 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6758 | |
6759 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
6760 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
6761 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
6762 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
6763 | |
6764 | return false; |
6765 | } |
6766 | |
6767 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
6768 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6769 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
6770 | return false; |
6771 | } |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
6774 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
6775 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
6776 | } |
6777 | |
6778 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
6779 | /// an overloaded operator. |
6780 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
6781 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
6782 | } |
6783 | |
6784 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
6785 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
6786 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
6787 | } |
6788 | |
6789 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
6790 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
6791 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
6795 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6796 | } |
6797 | |
6798 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
6799 | const Type *type = this; |
6800 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
6801 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
6802 | return type; |
6803 | } |
6804 | |
6805 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
6806 | const Type *type = this; |
6807 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
6808 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
6809 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
6810 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
6811 | return type; |
6812 | } |
6813 | |
6814 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a |
6815 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6816 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6817 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6818 | DB.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6819 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6820 | return DB; |
6821 | } |
6822 | |
6823 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
6824 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6825 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6826 | Qualifiers Q) { |
6827 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
6828 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
6829 | return PD; |
6830 | } |
6831 | |
6832 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a |
6833 | /// diagnostic with <<. |
6834 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
6835 | QualType T) { |
6836 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6837 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6838 | return DB; |
6839 | } |
6840 | |
6841 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
6842 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
6843 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
6844 | QualType T) { |
6845 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
6846 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
6847 | return PD; |
6848 | } |
6849 | |
6850 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
6851 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
6852 | template <typename T> |
6853 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
6854 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
6855 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
6856 | |
6857 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
6858 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
6859 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6860 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
6861 | |
6862 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6863 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6864 | return Ty; |
6865 | |
6866 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6867 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6868 | return nullptr; |
6869 | |
6870 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6871 | // losing all typedef information. |
6872 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6873 | } |
6874 | |
6875 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
6876 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
6877 | |
6878 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
6879 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
6880 | return Ty; |
6881 | |
6882 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6883 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
6884 | return nullptr; |
6885 | |
6886 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
6887 | // type. |
6888 | const Type *Ty = this; |
6889 | while (Ty) { |
6890 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
6891 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
6892 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
6893 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6894 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
6895 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6896 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
6897 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6898 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
6899 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
6900 | else |
6901 | break; |
6902 | } |
6903 | |
6904 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
6905 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
6906 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
6907 | } |
6908 | |
6909 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6910 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
6911 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
6912 | return arr; |
6913 | |
6914 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
6915 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
6916 | return nullptr; |
6917 | |
6918 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
6919 | // losing all typedef information. |
6920 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6921 | } |
6922 | |
6923 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
6924 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
6925 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
6926 | |
6927 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
6928 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6928, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6929 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6930 | } |
6931 | |
6932 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
6933 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6933, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6934 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
6935 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
6939 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
6940 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
6941 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
6942 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
6943 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
6944 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-10~svn373517/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6944, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
6945 | #endif |
6946 | } |
6947 | |
6948 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
6949 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
6950 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
6951 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
6952 | } |
6953 | |
6954 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
6955 | // as a scaled integer. |
6956 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
6957 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
6958 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
6959 | unsigned Scale); |
6960 | |
6961 | } // namespace clang |
6962 | |
6963 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |